You are on page 1of 164

Catalog No. 6.4.

PIPE SUPPORT
HARDWARE

CARPENTER & PATERSON, INC.


DESIGNERS ENGINEERS MANUFACTURERS

Introduction
Since 1913 Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. has specialized
in the manufacture and distribution of a complete line
of pipe hangers and supports for commercial and
industrial applications. Our designs are in accordance
with ASME B31.1 and MSS-SP 58.
We have extensive capabilities to design, and fabricate
support systems utilizing the latest technologies that
will satisfy all customer requirements. Our sales and
engineering group offer a full range of experience in
the areas of product design and value engineering and
are available to discuss your project needs.
Our supports have been specified and installed on
major water treatment, pharmaceutical, process piping,
petro-chemical, hospital, and school buildings as well
as many other industrial projects throughout the world.
Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. products and the Witch
trademark are synonymous in the pipe support industry
for quality. Our mission is to support the mechanical
industry with timely estimates, efficient designs, and
full-line inventories that will allow us to meet our customers critical schedules.

WITCH
PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEMS

Copyright 2011 Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. All Rights Reserved

PICTORIAL INDEX
PIPE ATTACHMENTS

Figure 1A
Band Hanger
Page 11

Figure 34
Hinge Hanger
Page 13

Figure 72
Pipe Clip
Page 15

Figures 81, 81BRT,


81PT, 81SG
Extension Ring
Hanger
Page 16

Figure 89
Riser Clamp
Page 18

CL
CL

Figures 90, 90PT


Split Ring Hanger,
Double Tapping
Page 19

Figures 91, 91Z


Heavy Duty Three
Bolt Pipe Clamp
Pages 20, 21

Figures 100, 100SS


Clevis Hanger
Page 22

CL

CL

Figure 100DI
Clevis Hanger for
Ductile Iron Pipe
Page 24

Figure 100EL
Elongated
Clevis Hanger
Page 25

Figure 111
Wire Pipe Hook
Page 28

Figure 114
Short Clip
Page 29

CL

CL

Figure 126
Extension
Riser Clamp
Page 32

Figure 126LD
Plastic Pipe
Riser Clamp
Page 34

CL

CL

CL

Figure 100SH
Refrigeration
Hanger and Shield
Page 26

Figure 101
Adjustable
Pipe Support
Page 27

Figure 101U
Adjustable
Floor Support
Page 28

CL

CL

Figure 124
Riser Clamp
Page 30

Figure 125
Pipe Saddle
with Yoke
Page 31

Figure 125SP
Floor Support
Page 32

PICTORIAL INDEX
PIPE ATTACHMENTS

CL

Figure 127
Anchor Chair
Page 34

Figure 136
Pipe Support
Page 35

Figure 136SP
Floor Support
Page 32

Figure 137
Adjustable
Pipe Support
Page 35

Figure 138
Threaded
Base Stand
Page 36

CL

C
L

Figure 145
Pipe Chair
Page 37

Figure 158
Ductile Iron
Pipe Clamp
Page 38

CL

Figure 200
Light Duty
Clevis Hanger
Page 41

Figure 158DB
Double Bolt Ductile
Iron Pipe Clamp
Page 38

Figures 175, 175SP


Two Bolt
Pipe Clamp
Page 40

Figure 179
Offset Pipe Clamp
Page 39

Figure 200VT
Vee Trough
Page 86

Figure 221
Wall Pipe Support
Page 43

Figure 222
Short U-Bolt
Page 44

CL

Figure 200V
Vee Clevis Hanger
Page 42

Figure 227
Return Line
Offset Hook
Page 45

Figure 227S
Return Line Hook
Page 45

Figure 237S
One Hole
Pipe Clamp
Page 46

Figure 240
Adjustable Split
Swivel Hanger
Page 47

Figure 247
Pipe Support
Page 46

PICTORIAL INDEX
PIPE ATTACHMENTS

CL

Figure 258
Underground Socket
Clamp Washer
Page 39

Figure 267
Extended Offset
Pipe Clamp
Page 48

Figure 282
Right Angle
Beam Clamp
Page 48

CL

CL

Figures 283, 283SS


Standard U-Bolt
Page 49

Figure 283L
Light Duty U-bolt
Page 51

Figure 374
Angle Iron Support
Page 118

CL

Figure 298
Heavy Duty Two
Bolt Pipe Clamp
Page 52

Figure 304
Three Bolt
Pipe Clamp
Page 53

Figure 304Z
Alloy Three Bolt
Pipe Clamp
Page 54

Figure 371
Back-to-Back
Channel Assembly
Page 118

Figure 800
Adjustable
Swivel Ring
Page 55

Figure 800FP
NFPA Swivel Ring
Page 57

Figure C1108
Pipe Strap
Page 59

Figure DWV
Drain, Waste,
Vent Clamp
Page 59

PIPE ROLLS

Figure 17
Chair and Roll
Page 60

Figure 39
Chair and Roll
Page 61

Figure 40
Adjustable Chair
and Roll
Page 63

Figure 53
Adjustable Chair
and Roll
Page 65

Figure 54
Roller Chair
Page 67

PICTORIAL INDEX
PIPE ROLLS

CL

Figure 63
Roll and Plate
Page 68

Figure 67
Pipe Roll
Page 69

Figure 109
Adjustable
Roll Support
Page 70

Figure 142
Adjustable
Roll Support
Page 74

Figure 173
Pipe Roll
Page 76

Figure 333
Roller Support
Page 77

Figure 110
Roller Support
Page 71

Figure 140
Harvard
Roll Hanger
Page 72

PIPE SADDLES AND SHIELDS

CL

Saddle with
Fig. 173 Roll

Figure 265GS
Insulation Shield
Page 78

Figure 265P
Insulation Shield
Page 79

Figure 265 CVB


Iron Pipe Insulation
Shield
Page 80

Figure 351 thru 357Z


Pipe Covering
Protection Saddles
Pages 81-84

Figure 465 CVB


High Temperature
Page 85

Figure 18
Top or Side
Beam Clamp
Page 89

Figure 31
J Beam Hook
Page 102

BEAM CLAMPS

Figure 6
Top Beam Clamp
Page 86

Figures 14 , 14A
Adjustable
Beam Clamp
Page 87

Figure 15
Beam Clamp
Page 88

PICTORIAL INDEX
BEAM CLAMPS

Figure 82
Adjustable
Beam Clamp
Page 90

Figure 217
Adjustable
Side Beam Clamp
Page 93

Figure 268
Beam Clamp
Page 94

Figure 297
Steel Beam Clamp
with Eyenut
Page 95

Figure 314
Extended
Beam Clamp
Page 96

Figure 192
Top Beam Clamp
with Locking Nut
Page 91

Figure 192RS
Top Beam Clamp
Retaining Clip
Page 91

Figure 702
Beam Clamp with
Swing Nut
Page 97
C-CLAMPS

Figure 22
C-Clamp
Retaining Clip
Page 98

Figures 47, 47SS


C-Clamp
with Locking Nut
Page 99

Figure 238
C-Clamp without
Locking Nut
Page 99

Figure 192W
Wide Mouth Top
Beam Clamp
Page 92

Figure 196
C-Clamp with
Locking Nut
Page 100

Figure 290
Purlin Clamp
Page 94

PICTORIAL INDEX
STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

Figure 9
Angle knee
Page 101

Figure 10
Extension Bar
Page 101

Figure 49
Wall Bracket
Page 102

Figure 69
Light Welded
Steel Bracket
Page 103

Figure 75 , 75N
Steel Concrete
Insert and Nut
Page 104

Figure 78
Steel Bracket Clip
Page 103

Figure 83
Bracket
Page 105

Figure 84
Medium Welded
Steel Bracket
Page 105

Figures
85E, 85B, 85SE
Single Plate
Page 106

Figure 104F
Female Ceiling
Mount Bolt
Page 107

CL

CL

CL

Figure 104M
Male Ceiling
Mount Bolt
Page 107

Figure 108, 108N


Malleable Concrete
Insert and Nut
Page 108

Figure 113A, 113B


Welded Beam
Attachment
Page 109

Figure 139
Heavy Welded
Steel Bracket
Page 110

Figure 143
Metal Deck
Ceiling Bolt
Page 110

Figure 150
Steel Bracket
Page 111

Figure 151
Ceiling Stirrup
Page 111

Figure 152
Return Line Angle
Page 112

Figure 153, 153S


Side Beam
Connector
Page 112

Figure 177
Anchor Bolt
Page 113

PICTORIAL INDEX
STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

Figure 216
Welding Clevis
Attachment
Page 113

Figure 650
Steel Concrete Insert
Page 117

Figure 220
Welding Lug
Page 114

Figure 303
Side Beam
Angle Bracket
Page 115

Figure 650N
Concrete Insert Nut
Page 117

Figure 450
Pipe Sleeve
Page 136

Figure 1020
Concrete
Attachment
Page 118

Figure 453
Waterproof
Pipe Sleeve
Page 137

Figure 1022
Concrete Single
Plate Lug
Page 119

RODS AND ROD ATTACHMENTS

Figure 12
Eye Socket
Page 120

Figure 28
Lag Rod
Page 120

Figures 33, 33L


Machine Thread Eye
Rod (Unwelded)
Page 121

Figure 38
Hanger Adjuster
Page 121

Figure 93, 93L


Welded Eyerod
Page 122

Figures 123, 123W


Steel Rod Coupling
Page 123

Figure 94, 94SS


All-Thread
Hanger Rod
Page 123

Figures 133, 133L


Machine Thread
Rod
Page 124

Figure 102
Light Duty Washer
Plate
Page 124

Figure 123R
Steel Reducing
Rod Coupling
Page 122

PICTORIAL INDEX
RODS AND ROD ATTACHMENTS

Figure 132
Turnbuckle
Page 125

Figure 157
Extension Piece
Page 125

Figures 167, 167R


Malleable
Rod Coupling
Page 126

Figure 224
Round Hanger Rod
(Plain Ends)
Page 126

Figures 306, 341


Linked Eye Rods
Page 129

Figure 701
Male and Female
Swing Rod Fitting
Page 129

Figure 260
Washer Plate
Page 127

CL

Figures 276, 276P


Forged Steel Clevis
Page 128

Figures 279, 279L


Forged Weldless
Eyenut
Page 128

FASTENERS

Figure 11
Flattened End
Lag Screw
Page 130

Figure 59
Toggle Bolt
Page 130

Figure 107
Steel Coach Screw
Page 131

Figure 162
Hex Head Bolt
Page 132

Figure 166
Steel Drive Screw
Page 133

Figures 165, 165H


Hex Nut
Page 132

Figures 103, 103E,


103G, 103S
Round Washer
Page 131

Figure 176
Lock Washer
Page 133

Figure 514
Drop-In Type
Concrete Anchor
Page 134

Figure 1309
Wedge Anchor
Page 135

PICTORIAL INDEX
PIPE GUIDES AND SLIDES

Figure 1006
Pipe Alignment
Guide
Page 138

Figure 1007
Pipe Alignment
Guide
Page 140

Figure 1010
Pipe Slide Assembly
Page 142

COPPER TUBING HANGERS

Figure 1A CT
Copper Tubing
Band Hanger
Page12

Figure 12CT
Eye Socket
Page 120

Figure 34CT
Hinge Hanger for
Copper Tubing
Page 13

Figure 38CT
Hanger Adjuster
Page 121

Figure 66CT
Stamped Steel
Hanger
Page 14

CL

Figure 72CT
Copper Tubing
Pipe Clip
Page 15

Figure 81CT, 81SCT


Copper Extension
Ring Hanger
Page 17

Figure 85CT, 85SCT


Single Plate
Page 106

Figure 365 CVB


Copper Tubing
Insulation Shield
Page 80

Figure 800CT
Copper Tubing
Swivel Ring
Page 56

Figure 90CT
Split Ring Hanger,
Double Tapping
Page 19

Figure 100CT
Copper Clevis
Hanger
Page 23

CL

Figure 126CT
Copper Riser Clamp
Page 33

PICTORIAL INDEX
PVC COATED ATTACHMENTS

CL
CL

CL

CL

Figure 1A PVC
PVC Band Hanger
Page 11

Figure 100PVC
PVC Clevis Hanger
Page 22

Figure 126PVC
PVC Coated
Riser Clamp
Page 33

Figure 126LD PVC


Plastic Pipe
Riser Clamp
Page 34

CL

Figure 283PVC
PVC Coated
Standard U-Bolt
Page 49

Figure 800PVC
PVC Coated
Adjustable Swivel Ring
Page 58
ENGINEERED PRODUCTS

10

Figure 399
Spring Hanger
Page 136

Figure 478
Cushion
Spring Assembly
Page 137

Figures
910, 920, 940, 960
Variable Springs
Upon Request

Figure 2250
Rigid Struts
Upon Request

Figure 2301, 2302


Sway Brace Assemblies
Upon Request

Figure 7054
Horizontal Traveler
Upon Request

Figures 880H, 880V


Constant Springs
Upon Request

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

BAND HANGER

Figure 1A
Designed to support non-insulated, stationary lines from above. The lower nut
(not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, while the top nut
(not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened
securely to assure proper hanger performance. For copper tubing please see
our Figure 1A CT. For plastic coated please see our Figure 1A PVC.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 7, MSS-SP-69 Type 7.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M1A.

E
C
D

PVC BAND HANGER


Figure 1A PVC
This product is designed to protect the pipe from coming into direct contact
with the hanger by having the contact surface PVC coated. Install the same as
a Figure 1A.
Material: Carbon Steel
Operating temperature: Should not exceed 140 F / 60 C.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 7, MSS-SP-69 Type 7.
Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric
applications specify Figure M1A PVC. See Figure 1A for plain and
electro-galvanized finishes. For Copper Tubing see Figure 1A CT.
FIGURE 1A BAND HANGER
PIPE
SIZE
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
312
90
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200

MAXIMUM
LOAD
610
2714
610
2714
610
2714
610
2714
610
2714
610
2714
970
4315
970
4315
970
4315
1250
5560
1250
5560
1600
7117
1800
8007

ROD SIZE
A
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
3
4
M20
7
8
M22

C
214
57
218
54
218
54
2516
59
2716
62
278
73
318
79
334
95
378
98
414
108
41516
125
51516
151
71516
202

D
21116
68
21116
68
21316
71
3316
81
3716
87
4116
103
4716
113
512
140
578
149
612
165
758
194
914
235
1214
311

ADJ.
E
138
35
118
29
1116
27
1
25
1116
27
1316
30
7
8
22
138
35
114
32
138
35
112
38
11116
43
212
64

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

WEIGHT
EACH
0.13
0.06
0.13
0.06
0.14
0.06
0.16
0.07
0.18
0.08
0.20
0.09
0.37
0.17
0.43
0.20
0.47
0.21
0.69
0.31
0.82
0.37
1.50
0.68
1.89
0.86

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
11

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

COPPER TUBING BAND HANGER

Figure 1A CT
Designed to support non-insulated, copper tubing lines from
above. Install the same as a Figure 1A.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Copper.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 7,
MSS-SP-69 Type 7.
Ordering: Specify tubing size, and figure number. For
Metric applications specify Figure M1A CT. See Figure 1A
for plain and electro-galvanized finishes. For PVC Coating
refer to Figure 1A PVC.

E
C
D

FIGURE 1A CT COPPER TUBING BAND HANGER


TUBE
SIZE
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
312
90
4
100

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
12

MAX
LOAD
610
2714
610
2714
610
2714
610
2714
610
2714
610
2714
610
2714
970
4315
970
4315
1250
5560

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

ROD SIZE
A
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

C
2716
62
234
70
218
54
218
54
238
60
2916
65
21516
75
314
83
3716
87
334
95

D
234
70
21116
68
21116
68
21316
71
3716
87
358
92
414
108
41316
122
514
133
51516
151

ADJ.
E
158
41
1516
33
1116
27
15
16
24
1116
27
1
25
1116
27
1
25
1
25
1
25

WEIGHT
EACH
0.11
0.05
0.11
0.05
0.11
0.05
0.12
0.05
0.14
0.06
0.16
0.07
0.16
0.07
0.38
0.17
0.42
0.19
0.45
0.20

PIPE ATTACHMENTS
FIGURE 34 HINGE HANGER

HINGE HANGER
Figure 34
Designed to support non-insulated, stationary lines from
above. The hinged design is easier to install making it
ideal for retrofit needs. The Figure 38 Hanger Adjustor is
commonly used to connect to this part. For Copper Tubing
please see the Figure 34CT.
Material: Malleable Iron
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 11,
MSS-SP-69 Type 11.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M34.
C

3/8

10

1/2

15

3/4

20
1
25
11/4
32
11/2
40
2
50
21/2
65
3
80
31/2
90
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200

MAXIMUM
LOAD
200
890
200
890
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
450
2002
450
2002
450
2002
520
2313
520
2313
1300
5783
1800
8007

3/4

19

15/16

24
11/8
29
11/4
32
19/16
40
111/16
43
2 1/16
52
21/4
57
23/4
70
31/8
79
35/8
92
41/2
114
57/16
138
63/8
162

WEIGHT
EACH
0.07
0.03
0.08
0.04
0.11
0.05
0.12
0.05
0.17
0.08
0.20
0.09
0.32
0.15
0.43
0.20
0.67
0.30
0.86
0.39
0.93
0.42
1.52
0.69
2.64
1.20
3.84
1.74

FIGURE 34CT HINGE HANGER FOR COPPER TUBING

HINGE HANGER
FOR COPPER TUBING

PIPE
SIZE

1/2

Figure 34CT
Designed to support non-insulated, stationary lines from
above. The hinged design is easier to install making it ideal for
retrofit needs. The Figure 38CT Hanger Adjustor is commonly
used to connect to this part. For piping sizes please see the
Figure 34.
Material: Malleable Iron
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 11,
MSS-SP-69 Type 11.
Finish: Copper
Ordering: Specify tubing size and figure number.
For Metric applications specify Figure M34CT.

ED

U
N
I
NT

O
C
S
DI

PIPE
SIZE

15

3/4

20
1
25
11/4
32
11/2
40
2
50
21/2
65
3
80
31/2
90
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250

MAXIMUM
LOAD
200
890
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
450
2002
450
2002
450
2002
520
2313
1500
6673
1600
7117
2500
11121
2500
11121

3/4

19

7/8

22
11/8
29
11/4
32
13/8
35
111/16
43
115/16
49
21/4
57
25/8
67
215/16
75
133/4
349
151/4
387
181/2
470
203/4
527

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
EACH
0.08
0.04
0.10
0.05
0.12
0.05
0.14
0.06
0.18
0.08
0.26
0.12
0.38
0.17
0.49
0.22
0.64
0.29
0.88
0.40
3.60
1.63
3.68
1.67
7.26
3.29
11.0
4.99

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

13

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

STAMPED STEEL HANGER


Figure 66CT
Our Figure 66CT Stamped Steel Hanger for copper tubing
is a strong, neat, and light concealed screw hanger. It supports the tubing one inch from the back of the tube to the
wall and has only two parts. It takes the place of rough
unsightly looking hangers in a finish room and eliminates
the use of ordinary pipe clips.
Material: Steel.
Finish: Copper.
Ordering: Specify tube size and figure number.
FIGURE 66CT STAMPED STEEL HANGER
TUBE
SIZE
3
8
10
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
1 1/2
40
2
50

A
118
29
1316
30
1516
33
1716
37
1916
40
1 1/4
32
1 3/4
44

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
14

B
158
41
158
41
158
41
158
41
158
41
1 5/8
41
1 5/8
41

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

WEIGHT
EACH
0.075
0.03
0.075
0.03
0.08
0.04
0.085
0.04
0.09
0.04
0.06
0.03
0.07
0.03

PIPE ATTACHMENTS
FIG. 72 PIPE CLIP

PIPE CLIP
Figure 72
The Figure 72 is designed to hold pipe flush to the mounting surface. A reinforcing bead through the center adds
strength to the product. Our Figure 72CT is available for
copper tubing lines.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, and figure number.
For Metric applications Specify Figure M72.

D
H
(TYP)

PIPE
SIZE
3
8
10
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
4
100
6
150

B
238
60
258
67
234
70
338
86
414
108
414
108
5
127
638
162
738
187
838
213
1118
283

C
158
41
178
48
2
51
258
67
314
83
312
89
414
108
478
124
578
149
718
181
912
241

D
5
8
16
7
8
22
1
25
138
35
158
41
2
51
238
60
278
73
312
89
412
114
658
168

H
3
16
5
3
16
5
3
16
5
9
32
7
9
32
7
9
32
7
9
32
7
11
32
9
11
32
9
11
32
9
11
32
9

WGT.
EACH
0.03
0.01
0.04
0.02
0.07
0.03
0.09
0.04
0.10
0.05
0.14
0.06
0.22
0.10
0.25
0.11
0.30
0.14
0.40
0.18
0.80
0.36

H
3
16
5
3
16
5
3
16
5
3
16
5
3
16
5
7
16
11
7
16
11

WGT.
EACH
0.019
0.009
0.020
0.009
0.022
0.010
0.025
0.011
0.031
0.014
0.063
0.029
0.075
0.034

COPPER TUBING PIPE CLIP

FIG. 72CT COPPER TUBING PIPE CLIP

Figure 72CT

TUBING
SIZE
3
8
10
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50

The Figure 72CT is designed to hold copper tubing flush to


the mounting surface. Our Figure 72 is available for steel
piping lines.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Copper.
Ordering: Specify tubing size, and figure number.
For Metric applications Specify Figure M72CT.

B
2
51
2
51
238
60
312
89
334
95
378
98
412
114

C
138
35
138
35
134
44
234
70
3
76
3
76
358
92

D
1
2
13
5
8
16
7
8
22
118
29
138
35
158
41
218
54

H
(TYP)

C
B

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
15

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

EXTENSION RING HANGER


Figure 81
Figure 81BRT
Figure 81SG

(Rod Tapped Electro-Galvanized)


(Rod Tapped Plain Finish)
(Two Bolt, Rod Tapped, Domestic Electro-Galvanized)
This split ring hanger is designed for the support of non-insulated stationary pipe lines. Also available
in a two screw design. The Figure 85 or 85CT Ceiling Plate is normally used with this product.
Material: Malleable Iron, except Figure 81SG and 81SCT which are carbon steel.
Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. For Copper Coating please see Figure 81CT or Figure 81SCT.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 12, MSS-SP-69 Type 12.
Ordering: Specify pipe size and figure number. For Metric applications
specify Figure M81, M81BRT, M81PT, M81SG or 81SCT.

FIGURE 81 AND 81SG EXTENSION HANGER RING


PIPE
SIZE
3
8
10
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
4
100

MAX
LOAD
180
801
180
801
180
801
180
801
180
801
180
801
180
801
480
2135
480
2135
480
2135

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
16

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

PIPE SIZE
A
1
4
8
1
4
8
1
4
8
1
4
8
1
4
8
1
4
8
1
4
8
1
2
15
1
2
15
1
2
15
WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

ROD SIZE
A
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12

FIGURE 81
B
13
16
21
7
8
22
1
25
118
29
1516
33
1716
37
11116
43
218
54
2716
62
315
81

FIGURE 81SG
B
23

32
18
13
16
21
31
32
25
118
29
114
32
112
38

WEIGHT EACH
FIG. 81
FIG. 81SG
0.16
0.07
0.17
0.10
0.08
0.05
0.20
0.11
0.09
0.05
0.21
0.12
0.10
0.05
0.29
0.13
0.13
0.06
0.31
0.14
0.14
0.06
0.35
0.16
0.16
0.07
0.57
0.26
0.72
0.33
1.16
0.53

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

COPPER EXTENSION RING HANGER


Figure 81CT
Figure 81SCT (Domestic)
This split ring hanger is designed for the support of non-insulated copper tubing
lines. The Figure 81CT is furnished tapped for bolt thread and is used with the
Figure 85CT Ceiling Plate. Also available in a two bolt design.
Material: Malleable Iron. Figure 81SCT is Carbon Steel.
Finish: Copper. For Electro-Galvanizing please see Figure 81.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type12, MSS-SP-69 Type 12.
Ordering: Specify tube size and figure number. For Metric applications specify
Figure M81CT or Figure M81SCT.

FIGURE 81CT AND 81SCT COPPER EXTENSION HANGER RING


TUBE
SIZE
1
4
8
3
8
10
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
4
100

MAX
LOAD
180
801
180
801
180
801
180
801
180
801
180
801
180
801
180
801
480
2135
480
2135
480
2135

ROD SIZE
A
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
1
2
15
1
2
15
1
2
15

FIG. 81CT
B
5
8
16
5
8
16
3
4
19
7
8
22
1
25
114
32
114
32
112
38
2
51
214
57
234
70

FIG 81SCT
B

19

32
15
23
32
18
27
32
21
1
25
1332
28
11132
34

WEIGHT EACH
FIG. 81CT
FIG 81SCT
0.06
0.03
0.08
0.04
0.08
0.09
0.04
0.04
0.10
0.10
0.05
0.05
0.12
0.11
0.05
0.05
0.14
0.12
0.06
0.05
0.18
0.13
0.08
0.06
0.24
0.15
0.11
0.07
0.38
0.17
0.48
0.22
0.68
0.31

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
17

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

RISER CLAMP

FIGURE 89 RISER CLAMP

Figure 89
The Figure 89 is normally used for the support of uninsulated vertical piping where no movement will occur. This
product is not intended for use with hanger rods.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 8,
MSS-SP-69 Type 8.
Load Rating: Up to 650 F (343 C).
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M89.

6"
A

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
18

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

PIPE
SIZE
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500

MAXIMUM
LOAD
255
1134
255
1134
255
1134
255
1134
255
1134
255
1134
390
1735
530
2358
810
3603
1160
5160
1570
6984
2500
11121
2500
11121
2700
12011
2700
12011
2900
12900
2900
12900
2900
12900

A
938
238
938
238
958
244
10
254
1038
264
1034
273
1114
286
12
305
1312
343
1412
368
1512
394
1812
470
2034
527
2234
578
24
610
26
660
28
711
30
762

WEIGHT
EACH
1.30
0.59
1.36
0.62
1.38
0.63
1.95
0.88
2.01
0.91
2.17
0.98
2.29
1.04
2.50
1.13
3.42
1.55
5.10
2.31
5.50
2.49
10.0
4.54
11.4
5.17
17.6
7.98
19.25
8.73
32.5
14.7
33.8
15.3
35.0
15.88

PIPE ATTACHMENTS
FIGURE 90 SPLIT RING HANGER - DOUBLE TAPPING

SPLIT RING HANGER


DOUBLE TAPPING

Figure 90
Figure 90CT

(Rod Tapped Electro-galvanized)


(Rod Tapped Copper Finish)
This split ring hanger is designed for the support of noninsulated stationary pipe lines, one pipe line under the other,
by means of a pipe nipple or threaded rods. The Figure 85
or 85CT Ceiling Plate is normally used with this product.
The combined loads for all hangers used must not exceed the
rating of the structural attachment.
Material: Malleable Iron.
Finish: Electro-galvanized. For Copper Coating please see
Figure 90CT.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, bolt or pipe thread, and figure
number. For Metric applications specify Figure M90.

PIPE
SIZE
3
8
10
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
4
100

MAX
LOAD
180
801
180
801
180
801
180
801
180
801
180
801
180
801
460
2046
460
2046
460
2046

ROD
SIZE
1
4
8
1
4
8
1
4
8
1
4
8
1
4
8
1
4
8
1
4
8
1
2
15
1
2
15
1
2
15

BOLT
SIZE
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12

B
178
48
2
51
214
57
212
64
2
51
318
79
358
92
412
114
518
130
658
168

WEIGHT
EACH
0.16
0.07
0.17
0.08
0.20
0.09
0.21
0.10
0.29
0.13
0.31
0.14
0.35
0.16
0.57
0.26
0.72
0.33
1.16
0.53

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
19

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

HEAVY DUTY THREE BOLT


PIPE CLAMP

C
F

Figure 91
The Figure 91 is designed to accommodate higher loads
than the Figure 304 for insulated piping. The spacer on the
top inner bolt provides uniform space for the connecting
eyerod or weldless eyenut.
Rated loads are for up to 750 F (399 C).
Material: Carbon Steel.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 3,
MSS-SP-69 Type 3, and BSPSS-BS3974.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, and pipe size.
For Metric applications specify Figure M91.

D
E

CL
B

FIGURE 91 HEAVY DUTY THREE BOLT PIPE CLAMP


PIPE
SIZE
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600
30
750
36
900

MAXIMUM LOAD
650 F
750 F
343 C
399 C
3500
3125
15569
13901
4800
4285
21352
19061
5500
4910
24466
21842
7000
6250
31139
27802
9500
8485
42260
37745
10000
8930
44484
39724
13800
12325
61388
54827
15300
13665
68060
60787
16300
14555
72509
64746
20500
18300
91192
81406
28000
.
124555
.

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
20

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

43 4
121
6
152
71 4
184
87 8
225
10
254
107 8
276
121 2
318
131 2
343
16
406
197 8
505
245 8
625

13 4
44
2
51
21 4
57
21 2
64
21 2
64
3
76
31 2
89
31 2
89
31 2
89
41 4
108
41 2
114

101 4
260
113 8
289
131 8
333
147 8
378
155 8
397
171 8
435
193 4
502
203 4
527
231 4
591
323 4
832
401 4
1022

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

TAKE
OUT
E
9
229
101 8
257
113 8
289
127 8
327
135 8
346
147 8
378
171 4
438
181 4
464
201 4
514
281 4
718
343 4
883

1
M24
11 8
M30
11 4
M30
11 2
M36
11 2
M36
13 4
M42
2
M48
2
M48
2
M48
21 4
M56
23 4
M72

6
152
71 4
184
9
229
107 8
276
12
305
131 8
333
15
381
16
406
19
483
243 8
619
301 8
765

WEIGHT
EACH
14.26
6.47
22.20
10.07
35.10
15.92
58.09
26.35
71.31
32.35
105.77
47.98
153.73
69.73
176.40
80.02
237.02
107.51
388.37
176.16
678.00
307.54

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

HEAVY ALLOY THREE BOLT


PIPE CLAMP
Figure 91Z

C
F

The Figure 91Z is designed to accommodate higher loads


than the Figure 304Z for use on insulated alloy piping.
The spacer on the top inner bolt provides uniform space
for the connecting eyerod or weldless eyenut.
Temperature range: Above 750 F (399 C) to 1050 F
(566 C).
Material: Chrome Molybdenum Steel ASTM A-387
Grade 22.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 3,
MSS-SP-69 Type 3, and BSPSS-BS3974.
Finish: Plain.
Ordering: Specify figure number and pipe size.
For Metric applications specify Figure M91Z.

D
E

CL
B

FIGURE 91Z HEAVY ALLOY THREE BOLT PIPE CLAMP


PIPE
SIZE
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600
30
750
36
900

MAXIMUM LOAD
950 F
1000 F
1050 F
510 C
538 C
566 C
7300
5200
3700
32473
23132
16459
7300
5200
3700
32473
23132
16459
10000
7200
5000
44484
32028
22242
10000
7200
5000
44484
32028
22242
11600
8300
6000
51601
36922
26690
11600
8300
6000
51601
36922
26690
11600
8300
6000
51601
36922
26690
15000
10600
7500
66726
47153
33363
15000
13000
9000
66726
57829
40036
15000
13000
9000
66726
57829
40036
15000
13000
9000
66726
57829
40036

51 4
133
65 8
168
77 8
200
93 8
238
97 8
251
11
279
12
305
131 2
343
153 4
400
19
483
22
559

13 4
44
13 4
44
2
51
2
51
21 4
57
21 4
57
21 4
57
21 4
57
21 4
57
21 4
57
21 4
57

11
279
12
305
14
356
15
381
161 4
413
171 4
438
181 4
464
201 2
521
23
584
28
711
31
787

9
229
10
254
12
305
13
330
14
356
15
381
16
406
18
457
20
508
25
635
28
711

11 2
M36
11 2
M36
13 4
M42
13 4
M42
17 8
M48
17 8
M48
17 8
M48
2
M48
2
M48
2
M48
2
M48

7
178
81 2
216
10
254
111 4
286
12
305
13
330
14
356
151 2
394
18
457
211 2
546
241 2
622

WEIGHT
EACH
28
13
33
15
53
24
65
29
88
40
95
43
103
47
142
64
213
97
300
136
340
154

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

21

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

CLEVIS HANGER
Figure 100
Figure 100PVC
Figure 100SS

Designed to support non-insulated, stationary lines from above allowing for


approximately 1 to 11/2 of vertical adjustment after the pipe is in place. The
lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, the top
nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened
B
securely to assure proper hanger performance.
Rated Loads are for up to 650F (343C) for Carbon Steel, Plain
C
Maximum Galvanized temperature is 450F (232C)
Maximum PVC temperature is 140F (60C).
Maximum Stainless Steel Loads are 0.80 times the stated loads below.
Materials: Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel
Compliance: Federal Specification WW-H-171E Type 1, A-A-1192A Type 1,
ANSI/MSS SP-58 and SP-69 Type 1, BSPSS-BS3974, and U.L. listed and F.M.
approved (Sizes 3/4 through 8).
Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-dip Galvanized, Electro-galvanized, PVC Plastic Coated, Stainless Steel
Ordering: Specify figure number, pipe size, and finish.

C
L

FIGURE 100 CLEVIS HANGER


PIPE
SIZE

1/2

15

34

20
1
25
1 14
32
11/2
40
2
50
21/2
65
3
80
31/2
90
4
100
5
125
6
150
7
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600
30
750
36
900
22

MAXIMUM
LOAD
610
2714
610
2714
730
3247
730
3247
730
3247
730
3247
1350
6005
1350
6005
1350
6005
1430
6361
1430
6361
1940
8630
2000
8897
2000
8897
3600
16014
3800
16904
4200
18683
4600
20463
4800
21352
4800
21352
4800
21352
6000
26690
9500
42260

38

M10

38

M10

38

M10

38

M10

38

M10

38

M10

1/2

M12

1/2

M12

1/2

M12

58

M16

58

M16

34

M20

34

M20

34

M20

78

M20

78

M22
1
M24 3
1
M24
1
M24
114
M30
114
M30
114
M30
11/2
M36

B
234
70
218
54
3
76
318
79
314
83
338
86
418
105
5
127
41/2
114
538
137
6
152
7
178
758
194
81/2
216
10
254
1118
283
121/2
18
15
381
1534
400
1738
441
1958
498
2434
629
3278
835

C
318
79
234
70
334
95
4
102
414
108
458
117
558
143
678
175
658
168
734
197
878
225
101/2
267
1134
298
1234
324
1538
391
171/2
445
191/2
495
23
584
2434
629
2738
695
3158
803
4034
1035
5078
1292

ROD TAKE OUT


E
178
48
11/2
38
214
57
214
57
238
60
318
79
318
79
418
105
358
92
438
111
5
127
578
149
61/2
165
634
171
814
210
914
235
1058
270
1318
333
1334
349
1514
387
171/2
445
2134
552
30
762

WEIGHT
EACH
0.27
0.12
0.29
0.13
0.33
0.15
0.36
0.16
0.42
0.19
0.52
0.24
0.61
0.28
0.90
0.41
0.99
0.45
1.40
0.64
2.10
0.95
3.00
1.36
5.42
2.46
4.50
2.04
9.10
4.13
11.8
5.33
14.3
6.46
20.8
9.41
23.0
10.4
41.5
18.8
50.0
22.7
68.1
30.9
191
86.6

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

COPPER CLEVIS HANGER

Figure 100CT
Designed to support non-insulated, stationary copper tubing
lines from above, allowing for approximately 1" to 112" of vertical
adjustment after the tubing is in place. The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, the top nut
(not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be
tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 1,
MSS-SP-69 Type 1 and BSPSS-BS3974. Rated Loads are for
up to 650 F (343 C).
Finish: Copper.
Ordering: Specify tubing size, and figure number. For Metric
applications specify Figure M100CT.

B
E
C
CL

FIGURE 100CT COPPER CLEVIS HANGER


TUBE SIZE
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
312
90
4
100
5
125
6
150

MAXIMUM
LOAD
150
667
250
1112
250
1112
250
1112
250
1112
250
1112
350
1557
350
1557
350
1557
350
1557
900
4004
900
4004

A
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
5
8
M16

B
278
73
258
67
258
67
318
79
338
86
338
86
358
92
378
98
418
105
412
114
5
127
534
4

C
318
79
3
76
318
79
334
95
418
105
438
111
478
124
538
137
578
149
614
159
734
197
878
225

ROD TAKE OUT


E
218
54
178
48
178
48
238
60
258
67
258
67
258
67
278
73
318
79
312
89
378
98
458
117

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

WEIGHT
EACH
0.16
0.07
0.16
0.07
0.19
0.09
0.22
0.10
0.29
0.13
0.32
0.15
0.72
0.33
0.82
0.37
0.91
0.41
1.07
0.49
1.76
0.80
1.92
0.87

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
23

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

CLEVIS HANGER FOR DUCTILE IRON


AND A.W.W.A. CAST IRON PIPE

Figure 100DI
Designed to support non-insulated, stationary ductile iron and
A.W.W.A. cast iron lines from above allowing for approximately 1"
to 112" of vertical adjustment after the pipe is in place. The lower nut
(not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, the top
nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be
tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Compliance: MSS-SP-69 Type 1, A-A-1192A Type 1.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric
applications specify Figure M100DI.

B
E
C
CL

FIGURE 100DI CLEVIS HANGER FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE


PIPE SIZE
4
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
350
14
400
16
450
18
500
20
600
24
700

MAXIMUM
LOAD
1430
6361
1940
8630
2000
8897
3600
16014
3800
16904
4200
18683
4800
21352
4800
21352
4800
21352
4800
21352

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
24

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

A
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
3
4
M20
7
8
M22
7
8
M22
1
M24
1
M24
1
M24
114
M30
114
M30

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

B
534
146
7
178
914
235
1014
260
1258
321
1418
359
1478
378
1734
451
1834
476
2178
556

C
818
206
1038
264
1334
349
1534
400
1914
489
2134
552
2358
600
2734
705
2912
749
3434
883

ROD TAKE OUT


E
438
111
51/2
140
734
197
858
219
11
279
1214
311
13
330
1534
400
1612
419
1912
495

WEIGHT
EACH
2.08
0.94
2.78
1.26
4.47
2.03
8.87
4.02
12.0
5.46
15.2
6.87
23.6
10.7
25.9
11.7
44.3
20.1
53.5
24.2

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

ELONGATED CLEVIS HANGER


A

Figure 100EL
The 100EL is designed for the suspension of insulated stationary
pipe lines. It will accommodate 2 inches (51mm) of insulation up to
11/2 (40mm) pipe, and 4 inches (102mm) of insulation for pipe 2
(50mm) and larger.
Hanger locking nut above the clevis must be tightened securely to
assure proper hanger performance. The nuts are not included.
Maximum Temperature: Plain 650F (343C), Galvanized 450F
(232C)
Material: Carbon Steel
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-dip Galvanized
Approvals: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 1, MSS-SP-58
Type 1, and BSPSS-BS3974.
Ordering: Specify figure number, pipe size and finish.

C
L

FIGURE 100EL ELONGATED CLEVIS HANGER


PIPE
SIZE

1/2

15

3/4

20
1
25
11/4
32
11/2
40
2
50
21/2
65
3
80
31/2
90
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300

MAXIMUM
LOAD
730
3247
730
3247
730
3247
730
3247
730
3247
730
3247
1350
6005
1350
6005
1350
6005
1430
6361
1430
6361
1940
8630
2000
8897
3600
16014
3800
16904

3/8

M10

3/8

M10

3/8

M10

3/8

M10

3/8

M10

3/8

M10

1/2

M12

1/2

M12

1/2

M12

5/8

M16

5/8

M16

3/4

M20

3/4

M20

7/8

M20

7/8

M20

B
33/4
95
41/4
108
51/8
130
53/8
137
51/2
140
75/8
194
77/8
200
81/8
206
83/8
213
95/8
244
103/8
264
107/8
276
125/8
321
131/4
337
153/4
400

C
41/4
108
47/8
124
53/4
146
61/8
156
63/8
162
83/4
222
91/4
235
97/8
251
103/8
264
117/8
302
131/8
333
141/8
359
167/8
429
185/8
473
221/8
562

E
31/2
89
37/8
98
43/4
121
47/8
124
5
127
71/8
181
71/4
184
71/2
191
73/4
197
87/8
225
95/8
244
10
254
115/8
295
121/8
308
145/8
371

WEIGHT
EACH
0.66
0.30
0.70
0.32
0.74
0.34
0.78
0.35
0.81
0.37
0.88
0.40
1.83
0.83
1.97
0.89
2.06
0.93
2.57
1.17
3.00
1.36
4.05
1.84
6.00
2.72
10.1
4.58
12.9
5.85

5/8

16

5/8

16
15/8
41
15/8
41
11/2
38
15/8
41
11/8
29
11/8
29
11/4
32
13/4
44
17/8
48
15/8
41
21/8
54
23/8
60
25/8
67

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

25

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

REFRIGERATION HANGER
AND SHIELD

Figure 100SH
This hanger is a combination of the Figure 100 and
Figure 265 where the protection shield is welded to the
clevis hanger. Designed to support insulated, stationary
lines from above and prevent crushing the insulation or
breaking the vapor barrier. It allows for approximately
1" to 112" of vertical adjustment after the pipe is in
place. The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe
line to the proper elevation, the top nut (not furnished)
prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 1,
MSS-SP-69 Type 1 and BSPSS-BS3974.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, insulation thickness,
figure number, and finish. For Metric applications
specify Figure M100SH.
Dimensional Data: See Figure 100 and Figure 265P.

C
L
FIGURE
265P
FIGURE 100

12"

FIGURE 100SH - REFRIGERATION HANGER AND SHIELD


HANGER
SIZE
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
312
90
4
100
5
125
6
150
7
M20
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600

ROD
SIZE
A
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
3
4
150
3
4
M20
7
8
M22
7
8
M22
1
M24
1
M24
1
M24
114
M30
114
M30

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
26

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

2" Cov.
13 Cov.
Bare Pipe Size
1
2
15
3
4 - 1
20 - 25
114 -112
32 - 40
2
50
212
65
3
80
312 - 4
90 - 100
5
125
6
125
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

1" Cov.
25 Cov.

1
2
15
3
4 - 1
20 - 25
114 - 112
32 - 40
2
50
212 - 3
65 - 80
312 - 4
90 - 100
5
90 - 100
6
150
8
200
10
250

12 - 14
300 - 350
16
400

Insulation Thickness
112" Cov.
2" Cov.
38 Cov.
51 Cov.

1
2 - 34
15 - 20
1 - 114
25 - 32
112 - 2
40 - 50
212 - 3
65 - 80
312 - 4
65 - 80
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400

1
2 - 114
15 - 32
112 - 2
40 - 50
212 - 3
40 - 50
312 - 4
90 - 100
5-6
125 - 150
8
200

10
250
12 - 14
300 - 350
16
400

212" Cov
64 Cov.

1
2 - 114
15 - 32
112 - 2
15 - 32
212 - 3
65 - 80
312 - 4
90 - 100
5-6
125 - 150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400

3" Cov.
76 Cov.

2 - 114

112 - 2
40 - 50
212 - 4
65 - 100
5-6
125 - 150
8
200
10
250
12 - 14
300 - 350
16
400

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

ADJUSTABLE PIPE SUPPORT


Figure 101
The Figure 101 is used for support of piping from below
without welding to the pipe and consists of a steel saddle,
nipple, and pipe reducer. It connects to a threaded pipe
standard and base which is also available, ordered separately,
as our Figure 138.
Rated loads are for up to 650 F (343 C).
Materials: Reducer is Cast Iron, Pipe saddle and nipple are
carbon steel.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 39,
MSS-SP-69 Type 39.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M101.

CL
B

E
D

FIGURE 101 ADJUSTABLE PIPE SUPPORT


PIPE
SIZE
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600
30
750
36
900

MAX
LOAD
5,000
22242
5,000
22242
5,000
22242
5,000
22242
7,000
31139
7,000
31139
7,000
31139
7,000
31139
7,000
31139
7,000
31139
7,000
31139
7,000
31139
7,000
31139
7,000
31139
10,000
44484
10,000
44484
10,000
44484

A
212
65
212
65
212
65
212
65
3
80
3
80
3
80
3
80
3
80
3
80
4
100
4
100
6
150
6
150
6
150
6
150
6
150

B
114
32
112
38
178
48
218
54
258
67
314
83
378
98
478
124
578
149
678
175
712
191
858
219
958
244
1058
270
1234
324
1534
400
1834
476

D
112
40
112
40
112
40
112
40
212
65
212
65
212
65
212
65
212
65
212
65
3
80
3
80
4
100
4
100
4
100
4
100
4
100

E
MIN.
8
203
8
203
8
203
814
210
918
232
958
244
10
254
11
279
1218
308
1318
333
13
330
1418
359
1518
384
1618
410
1814
464
2114
540
2414
616

E
MAX.
13
330
13
330
13
330
1314
337
1418
359
1458
371
15
381
16
406
1718
435
1818
460
18
457
1918
486
2018
511
2118
537
2314
591
2614
667
2914
743

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

WEIGHT
EACH
4.75
2.15
4.80
2.18
4.90
2.22
5.00
2.27
9.30
4.22
9.65
4.38
11.70
9.40
12.90
5.83
14.10
6.40
15.30
6.90
21.70
9.84
25.40
11.50
39.30
17.80
44.90
20.40
54.30
24.60
62.40
28.30
70.20
31.80

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
27

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

ADJUSTABLE FLOOR SUPPORT


Figure 101U
The Figure 101U is used for support of piping from below
without welding where there is no axial or transverse movement. It connects to a threaded pipe standard and base.
Made special to customer order.
Rated loads are for up to 650F (343C).
Materials: Reducer is Cast Iron, Pipe saddle, nipple U-bolt
are carbon steel.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A (Type 38),
MSS-SP-69 (Type 38).
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, load, overall height, figure
number, finish, and base plate bolting if needed. For Metric
applications specify Figure M101U.

WIRE PIPE HOOKS


Figure 111
The Wire Pipe Hook is made of special hard drawn wire,
extra Heavy gauge. The driving head is bent so as to make
it easy to drive. The point is cut to a sharp nail point which
will penetrate either hard or soft wood without bending. It
can be used on pipes in various orientations.
Material: Steel.
Finish: Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For
Metric applications specify Figure M111.
FIG. 111 WIRE PIPE HOOKS

PIPE
SIZE
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50

4
102
0.06
0.03
0.06
0.03
0.06
0.03
0.08
0.04
0.08
0.04

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
28

WEIGHT PER 100


LENGTH OF HANGER
6
8
10
152
203
254
0.08
0.10
0.12
0.04
0.05
0.05
0.08
0.10
0.12
0.04
0.05
0.05
0.08
0.10
0.12
0.04
0.05
0.05
0.10
0.12
0.14
0.05
0.05
0.06
0.10
0.12
0.14
0.05
0.05
0.06
0.10
0.12
0.14
0.05
0.05
0.06

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

12
305
0.14
0.06
0.14
0.06
0.14
0.06
0.16
0.07
0.16
0.07
0.16
0.07

CL

DOUBLE
U-BOLTS
FOR 20"
AND LARGER
PIPE SIZES

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

SHORT CLIP
Figure 114

Sprinkler Clips are used where piping runs close to the


ceilings or beams. Holes are drilled for No.18 wood screws
and 14" bolts can be used on all sizes.
Material: Steel.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 26,
MSS-SP-69 Type 26.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M114.

E
C

F
G

FIGURE 114 SHORT CLIP


PIPE
SIZE
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
4
100

MAX
LOAD
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
500
2224
500
2224
500
2224

C
338
86
414
108
412
114
5
127
512
140
6
152
612
165
718
181
814
210

D
114
32
114
32
114
32
114
32
114
32
114
32
112
38
112
38
112
38

E
234
70
3
76
314
83
334
95
414
108
434
121
514
133
578
149
7
178

F
1
2
13
3
4
19
3
4
19
118
29
114
32
138
35
134
44
178
48
212
64

WEIGHT
EACH
0.20
0.09
0.23
0.10
0.26
0.12
0.36
0.16
0.54
0.24
0.60
0.27
1.40
0.64
1.60
0.73
1.90
0.86

G
118
29
112
38
158
41
218
54
2 12
64
278
73
358
92
4
102
518
130

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
29

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

RISER CLAMP
This product is designed to support vertical piping by
resting on shear lugs welded to the pipe. Shear lugs are
not supplied.
The stated Maximum Loads are based upon the use of the
clamp as a rigid support. Use of the clamp with springs
units will double the given Maximum Loads. Rated loads
are for up to 650 F (343 C).
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, and pipe size.
For Metric applications specify Figure M124.
NOTE: For your Special Riser Clamp requirements that are
not covered by this product, please contact us to discuss
your application.
FIGURE 124 RISER CLAMP
PIPE
MAX
SIZE
LOAD
A
2
900
11 4
50
4004
32
21 2
900
11 4
65
4004
32
3
1500
11 2
80
6673
38
4
2200
11 2
100
9786
38
3 4
5
2200
125
9786
19
7 8
6
3000
150
13345
22
7 8
8
3000
200
13345
22
10
5500
11 4
250
24466
32
12
7800
13 8
300
34698
35
14
7800
13 8
350
34698
35
16
9000
11 2
400
40036
38
18
9000
11 2
450
40036
38
20
13500
17 8
500
60053
48
24
13500
17 8
600
60053
48

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
30

Figure 124

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

B
2
51
2
51
2
51
2
51
2
51
2
51
2
51
2
51
21 2
64
21 2
64
21 2
64
21 2
64
3
76
3
76

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

C
4
102
4
102

A
C

E
CL
CC

C-C
18
457
20
508
20
508
22
559
22
559
24
610
27
686
30
762
32
813
34
864
36
914
39
991
42
1067
45
1143

E
9
229
10
254
10
254
11
279
11
279
12
305
131 2
343
15
381
16
406
17
432
18
457
191 2
495
21
533
221 2
572

F
3 8
M10
3 8
M10
1 2
M12
1 2
M12
1 2
M12
5 8
M16
5 8
M16
7 8
M22
1
M24
1
M24
11 8
M30
11 8
M30
13 8
M36
13 8
M36

K
1316
5
11 16
27
13 8
35
17 8
48
23 8
60
213 16
71
313 16
97
45 8
117
51 2
140
61 8
156
7
178
8
203
83 4
222
103 4
273

S
3 4
19
3 4
19
3 4
19
3 4
19
3 4
19
1
25
1
25
11 2
38
13 4
44
13 4
44
2
51
2
51
21 2
64
21 2
64

WEIGHT
EACH
17.5
7.9
19.1
8.7
29.4
13.3
38.5
17.5
43.2
19.6
56.8
25.8
79.2
35.9
143.3
65.0
183.7
83.3
194.5
88.2
224.7
101.9
280.7
127.3
429.1
194.6
465.1
211.0

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

PIPE SADDLE WITH YOKE


Figure 125
The Figure 125 is used for support of piping from
below without welding to the pipe.
Rated loads are for up to 650 F (343 C). Maximum
Galvanized Temperature is 450F (232 C)
Material: Carbon Steel
Compliance: MSS-SP-58 Type 37, Federal
Specification A-A-1192A Type 37 and BSPSS-BS3974
Finish: Plain, Painted, Galvanized
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number,
and finish.
NOTE: The lower supporting pipe must be ordered
separately. A Figure 138 Without Threads can be used.
The stated Load of the Figure 125 is not applicable
to the stanchion used or anyother method used to
support the Figure 125.

C
L
E

4"

C
D
A

DOUBLE U-BOLTS
FOR 20" AND LARGER
PIPE SIZES

FIGURE 125 PIPE SADDLE WITH YOKE


PIPE SIZE
2
50
21/2
65
3
80
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600
30
750
36
900

MAXIMUM
LOAD
900
202
1200
270
1200
270
1200
270
1200
270
1200
270
1200
270
1200
270
1200
270
1500
337
1750
393
2000
450
3500
787
3500
787
3500
787
3500
787

SUPPORT PIPE
A
11/2
40
2
65
2
65
3
80
3
80
3
80
3
80
3
80
3
80
4
100
4
100
4
100
6
150
6
150
6
150
8
200

3/8

M10

1/2

M12

1/2

M12

1/2

M12

1/2

M12

5/8

M16

5/8

M16

3/4

M20

7/8

M20

7/8

M20

7/8

M20
1
M24
(2)-1
(2)-M24
(2)-11/8
(2)-M30
(2)-11/8
(2)-M30
(2)-11/4
(2)-M30

STEM
D
1
25
11/2
40
11/2
40
21/2
65
21/2
65
21/2
65
21/2
65
21/2
65
21/2
65
3
80
3
80
3
80
5
125
5
125
5
125
6
150

17/16
37
111/16
43
2
51
21/2
64
31/16
78
35/8
92
411/16
119
57/8
149
67/8
175
75/8
194
85/8
219
93/4
248
103/4
273
13
330
16
406
19
483

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

WEIGHT
EACH
4.51
2.05
4.85
2.20
5.05
2.29
5.15
2.34
5.61
2.54
7.30
3.31
9.25
4.20
13.75
6.24
15.50
7.03
25.35
11.50
30.80
13.97
37.64
17.07
75.35
34.18
112.80
51.17
137.30
62.28
210.15
95.32

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

31

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

FLOOR SUPPORTS
Figure 125SP
Figure 136SP
Both Figure 125SP and 136SP are intended
to support piping from below where there
is no axial or transverse movement. Made
special to customer design requirements,
either may be furnished with holes in
the base for bolting, or with no holes
for welding.
Material: Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, pipe material,
load, overall height, figure number, finish,
and base plate bolting if needed.

EXTENSION RISER CLAMP


Figure 126
The Figure 126 is designed for the support or steadying of
vertical pipe risers. It is made of carbon steel and is designed
to hold tight to the pipe, transmitting the load to the
structure through the ears on each end. When possible
the clamp should be placed under a coupling, hub, or lugs
welded to the pipe.
NOTE: Bolt torque should be to industry standards. This
product is not designed to be supported with rods. Use our
Figure 124 when hanger rods are required.
Material: Carbon Steel
Compliance: Federal Specification MSS-SP-58 Type 8,
A-A-1192A Type 8 and BSPSS-BS3974
Finish: Plain, Painted, Galvanized (450F Maximum)
Ordering: Specify figure number, pipe size and finish.

C
L
DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

32

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

FIGURE 126 EXTENSION RISER CLAMP


PIPE
SIZE

1/2

15

3/4

20
1
25
11/4
32
11/2
40
2
50
21/2
65
3
80
31/2
90
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600

MAXIMUM
LOAD
220
979
220
979
220
979
250
1112
250
1112
300
1335
400
1779
500
2224
600
2669
750
3336
1500
6673
1600
7117
2500
11121
2500
11121
2700
12011
2700
12011
2900
12900
2900
12900
2900
12900
3200
14235

A
9
229
93/8
238
95/8
244
10
254
101/4
260
103/4
6613
111/4
286
12
305
127/8
327
135/8
346
133/4
349
151/4
387
181/2
470
203/4
527
223/4
578
24
610
26
660
28
711
30
762
34
864

WEIGHT
EACH
1.00
0.45
1.08
0.49
1.08
0.49
1.86
0.84
1.22
0.55
1.30
0.59
1.74
0.79
1.98
0.90
2.14
0.97
2.28
1.03
3.60
1.63
3.68
1.67
7.26
3.29
11.0
4.99
15.9
7.23
17.4
7.87
29.7
13.5
31.6
14.4
34.8
15.8
52.0
23.6

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

COPPER RISER CLAMP

PVC COATED RISER CLAMP

Figure 126CT

Figure 126PVC

The Figure 126CT is normally used for the support of


uninsulated vertical tubing where no movement will occur.
Please use our Figure 126 for carbon steel piping or Figure
126PVC for plastic coating requirements.
NOTE: This product is not designed to be supported with
rods. Install using the maximum suggested torque values
shown in the Technical Section of this catalog.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 8,
MSS-SP-69 Type 8.
Finish: Copper.
Ordering: Specify tubing size and figure number. For
Metric applications specify Figure M126CT.

The Figure 126PVC is normally used for the support of


uninsulated vertical piping where no movement will occur.
PVC coating the contact surface prevents galvanic corrosion
with the pipe. Please use our Figure 126 for carbon steel
piping or Figure 126CT for copper tubing requirements.
NOTE: This product is not designed to be supported with
rods. Install using the maximum suggested torque values
shown in the Technical Section of this catalog.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 8,
MSS-SP-69 Type 8. Operating temperature should not
exceed 1400 F / 600 C.
Finish: Polyvinyl Chloride
Ordering: Specify pipe size and figure number. For Metric
applications Specify Figure M126PVC. A completely PVC
coated Figure 126 is available upon request. (Bolts and nuts
will not be PVC coated.)
PVC COATING

A
CL

FIGURE 126CT COPPER EXTENSION RISER CLAMP


TUBE
SIZE
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
312
90
4
100
5
125
6
150

MAXIMUM
LOAD
220
979
220
979
220
979
220
979
220
979
220
979
390
1735
530
2358
530
2358
530
2358
810
3603
1570
6984

A
9316
233
9316
233
912
241
934
248
1018
257
1012
6532
11
279
1158
295
1258
321
1318
333
14
356
15
381

WEIGHT
EACH
0.70
0.32
0.74
0.34
0.75
0.34
0.77
0.35
0.80
0.36
0.84
0.38
1.60
0.73
1.80
0.82
1.95
0.88
2.04
0.93
3.50
1.59
5.25
2.38

CL

FIGURE 126PVC PLASTIC COATED


EXTENSION RISER CLAMP
PIPE
SIZE
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
4
100

MAXIMUM
LOAD
225
1001
225
1001
225
1001
225
1001
225
1001
225
1001
390
1735
530
2358
810
3603

A
938
238
938
238
958
244
10
254
1038
264
1034
6694
1114
286
12
305
1312
343

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
EACH
1.30
0.59
1.36
0.62
1.38
0.63
1.95
0.88
2.01
0.91
2.17
0.98
2.29
1.04
2.50
1.13
3.42
1.55
WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
33

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

PLASTIC PIPE RISER CLAMP


Figure 126LD
Figure 126LD PVC

FIGURE 126LD RISER CLAMP


FIGURE 126LD PVC RISER CLAMP
PIPE
SIZE
112
40
2
50
3
80
4
100

The Figure 126LD is designed for the support or steadying


of vertical PVC pipe risers for DWV applications. It is
designed to hold tight to the pipe, transmitting the load to
the structure through the ears on each end. When possible
the clamp should be placed under a coupling, hub, or lugs
welded to the pipe. For heavier loads please see our Figure
126. The Figure 126LD PVC is completely PVC coated.
NOTE: This product is not designed to be supported
with rods.
Materials: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized, PVC.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192 Type 8,
MSS-SP-69 (Type 8) and BSPSS-BS3974.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify M126LD or M126LD PVC.

MAXIMUM
LOAD
225
1001
225
1001
225
1001
225
1001

WEIGHT
EACH
0.62
0.28
0.67
0.30
0.88
0.40
1.01
0.46

A
534
146
612
3710
714
184
812
216

CL

FIG. 127 ANCHOR CHAIR

ANCHOR CHAIR

PIPE
SIZE
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600

Figure 127
The Figure 127 in composed of two plates, one notched for
the correct pipe size and the other has holes punched for a
U-bolt. Both pieces are welded together. The U bolt has
sufficient thread to allow for tightening to the pipe.
This anchor is used in conjunction with our Figure 84 and
139 Welded Steel Brackets. A square washer is set under
the lips of angle iron sections of theBracket and nuts tightened on the U-bolt to prevent movement of the anchor.
Made special to customer order.
Material: Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size,
figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications
specify Figure M127.

A
H

D
B
34

A
3
76
358
92
4116
103
5516
135
612
165
758
194
812
216
958
244
1078
276
12
305
14
356

B
8
203
918
232
1014
260
1214
311
1412
368
1612
419
18
457
20
508
22
559
2412
622
2812
724

D
4
102
4
102
5
127
5
127
5
127
5
127
5
127
5
127
6
152
6
152
6
152

H
5
127
558
143
612
165
734
197
914
235
1058
264
1114
286
1238
314
1358
346
15
381
17
432

WEIGHT
EACH
6.28
2.85
7.32
3.32
10.55
4.79
15.25
6.92
21.30
9.66
25.50
11.57
31.50
14.29
40.00
18.14
49.50
22.45
65.90
29.89
81.00
36.74

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

PIPE SUPPORT

FIGURE 136 PIPE SUPPORT

Figure 136
The Figure 136 is used in conjunction with a pipe standard and flange
at the base to support piping from
below. Both pipe standard and
flange must be ordered separately.
Compliance: Federal Specification
A-A-1192A Type 38, MSS-SP-69
Type 38.
Finish: Plain, Painted, ElectroGalvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure
number, and finish. For Metric
applications Specify Figure M136.

A
C

ADJUSTABLE PIPE SUPPORT


Figure 137
Designed to support pipe from below, the Figure 137 is
used in conjunction with flange or base mounted pipe
column. The stem is threaded its full length and
furnished with an nut to allow for vertical adjustment.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192 Type 49, and
MSS SP-69 Type 49.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify figure number, finish and pipe size.
For Metric applications specify M137.

CL

PIPE
SIZE
2
50
3
80
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300

ROD
LENGTH
C
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
152

SIZE
B
7
8
M22
7
8
M22
1
M24
1
M24
114
M30
114
M30
112
M36
112
M36

A
7916
192
8 18
206
858
219
91316
233
91316
249
101316
275
1178
302
1278
327

WGT.
SIZE
1.57
0.71
1.85
0.84
2.70
1.22
3.14
1.42
4.90
2.22
5.75
2.61
9.88
4.48
11.4
5.17

FIGURE 137 ADJUSTABLE PIPE SUPPORT


PIPE
SIZE
1
25
11 2
40
2
50
21 2
65
3
80
31 2
90
4
100
5
125
6
160
8
200
10
250
12
300

A
5 8
M16
5 8
M16
5 8
M16
5 8
M16
5 8
M16
5 8
M16
7 8
M22
7 8
M22
1
M24
1
M24
11 4
M30
11 4
M30

B
8
203
8
203
8
203
8
203
8
203
8
203
8
203
8
203
8
203
8
203
8
203
8
203

WEIGHT
EACH
0.70
0.32
0.74
0.34
0.80
0.36
0.84
0.38
1.02
0.46
1.06
0.48
1.86
0.84
2.50
1.13
2.98
1.35
3.28
1.49
6.30
2.86
7.00
3.18

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
35

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

THREADED BASE STAND


A

Figure 138
The Figure 138 is designed for use with our Figure 101
and Figure 125.
Materials: Carbon Steel.
Compliance: To Federal Specification A-A-1192A
Types 36, 37, 38, MSS-SP-69 Types 36, 37, 38 when
used with the appropriate Pipe Saddle type attachment.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify figure number, pipe size, height, and
finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M138.

HEIGHT

FIGURE 138 THREADED BASE STAND


PIPE SIZE
A
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
4
100
6
150

B
1
25
1
25
1
25
1
25
114
32
112
40
112
40
112
40

C
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
13
16
21
15
16
24
118
29

Weights are based upon a height H of 18"

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
36

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

D
112
38
112
38
112
38
112
38
112
38
112
38
2
51
2
51

G
1
4 x 6 x 6
6 x 152 x 152
1
4 x 6 x 6
6 x 152 x 152
1
4 x 6 x 6
6 x 152 x 152
1
4 x 6 x 6
6 x 152 x 152
3
8 x 8 x 8
10 x 203 x 203
3
8 x 12 x 12
10 x 305 x 305
1
2 x 12 x 12
13 x 305 x 305
1
2 x 18 x 18
13 x 457 x 457

WEIGHT
EACH
4.95
2.25
5.83
2.64
6.49
2.94
7.85
3.56
15.20
6.91
26.20
11.90
35.90
16.30
73.50
9.40

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

PIPE CHAIR

Figure 145
Pipe Chairs are used to support piping in underground
trenches or on top of piers above or below ground. This
chair allows from 212" inches to 4" inches clearance
under pipeline.
Made special to customer order.
Material: Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M145.

G
E

C
D

FIGURE 145 PIPE CHAIR


PIPE
SIZE
3
80
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300

A
414
108
614
159
712
191
81316
224
1034
273
13
330
15
381

B
318
79
3916
90
4116
103
412
114
512
140
612
165
7916
192

C
4516
110
538
137
6116
154
6916
167
71516
202
9116
230
1012
267

D
2916
65
318
79
314
83
314
83
358
92
31116
94
418
105

E
3
4
19
15
16
24
1
25
1
25
1516
33
114
32
112
38

F
218
54
2516
59
21116
68
3316
81
4
102
5
127
5916
141

HOLE
G
7
16
11
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
11
16
17
5
8
16
11
16
17

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
EACH
2.75
1.25
5.25
2.38
7.90
3.58
10.0
4.54
16.3
7.37
25.8
11.7
33.3
15.1

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
37

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

DUCTILE IRON PIPE CLAMP


Figure 158
The Figure 158 can be used to secure mechanical joint
piping or socket fittings together to prevent separation
under pressure either under or above ground, vertically or
horizontally. If use in this fashion two (2) Figure 258
Socket Clamp Washers and Figure 133 Rods are also
required, but must be ordered separately. The Figure 158
may also be used to support and guide vertical Ductile
Iron pipe.
Materials: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M158.
A

DOUBLE BOLT
DUCTILE IRON PIPE CLAMP
Figure 158DB
The Figure 158DB can be used in the same manner as the
Figure 158, except the overall length is longer.
Materials: Carbon Steel.
Compliance: NFPA Standard NFPA-24 for Outside Protection.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M158DB.

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
38

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

FIGURE 158 UNDERGROUND PIPE CLAMP


PIPE
SIZE
3
80
4
100
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600
30
750

ACTUAL
PIPE O.D.
3.96
101
4.8
122
6.9
175
9.05
230
11.1
282
13.2
335
15.3
389
17.4
442
19.5
495
21.6
549
25.8
655
32
813

A
1214
311
1334
349
1534
400
18
457
2018
511
2278
581
2512
648
28
711
33
838
3512
902
4012
1029
48
1219

WASHER
SIZE
3
4
M20
3
4
M20
13
4
M20
3
4
M20
3
4
M20
3
4
M20
114
M30
114
M30
114
M30
112
M36
112
M36
112
M36

WEIGHT
EACH
9.00
4.08
9.00
4.08
10.70
9.40
12.20
5.54
14.60
6.64
16.60
7.53
41.90
18.99
61.90
28.10
65.10
29.50
92.20
41.80
122.70
55.70
184.00
83.50

FIGURE 158DB UNDERGROUND PIPE CLAMP


PIPE
SIZE
3
80
4
100
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600
30
750

ACTUAL
PIPE O.D.
3.96
101
4.8
122
6.9
175
9.05
230
11.1
282
13.2
335
15.3
389
17.4
442
19.5
495
21.6
549
25.8
655
32.0
813

A
1338
340
1434
375
17
432
1912
495
2314
591
2512
648
2814
718
3112
800
3514
895
3734
959
4412
1130
53
1346

WASHER
SIZE
5
8
M16
5
8
M16
5
8
M16
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
7
8
M22
114
M30
114
M30
114
M30
112
M36
112
M36
134
M42

WEIGHT
EACH
9.50
4.31
10.00
4.54
12.00
9.40
21.00
9.53
24.00
10.89
36.00
16.33
48.60
22.04
71.80
32.50
85.30
38.70
102.00
46.30
136.60
62.00
204.00
93.00

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

UNDERGROUND
SOCKET CLAMP WASHER
Figure 258
The Figure 258 is for use with our Figure 158 and Figure
158DB Underground Clamp. Two (2) Washers are required
per clamp. When installed the lug bears against the bolt
which prevents the washer from sliding off the clamp.
Material: Cast Iron.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M258.
FIGURE 258 UNDERGROUND SOCKET CLAMP WASHER
ROD SIZE
A
3
4
M20
114
M30
112
M36

USED WITH
CLAMP SIZE
4" to 12"
100 to 300
14" to 18"
350 to 450
20" to 36"
500 to 900

WEIGHT
EACH
1.25
0.57
2.85
1.29
7.06
3.20

OFFSET PIPE CLAMP

FIGURE 179 OFFSET PIPE CLAMP

Figure 179
The Offset Pipe Clamp is used on pipe lines running at
a fixed distance from a wall or floor. The standard
clearance is two inches (51mm) from the O.D. of pipe
to the face of the surface. Non-standard clearances can
be fabricated upon request.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Load Rating: Up to 650 F (343 C).
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip
Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M179.

CL
A
C

PIPE
SIZE
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300

MAX
LOAD
190
845
190
845
190
845
190
845
420
1868
420
1868
420
1868
610
2714
610
2714
870
3870
870
3870
1050
4671
1200
5338

B
834
222
9 14
235
934
248
10
254
1114
286
1134
298
1278
327
1378
352
1558
397
1634
425
1834
476
2112
546
2478
632

C
7
16
11
7
16
11
7
16
11
7
16
11
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
11
16
17
11
16
17
11
16
17
13
16
21
13
16
21

WGT
EACH
1.3
0.59
1.4
0.64
1.5
0.68
1.6
0.73
2.8
1.27
2.9
1.32
3.2
1.45
4.2
1.91
6.5
2.95
7.2
3.27
8.3
3.76
12.4
5.62
21.0
9.53

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

A
234
70
278
73
3116
78
3316
81
312
89
334
95
4116
103
4916
116
5116
129
558
143
658
168
738
187
838
213

39

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

TWO BOLT PIPE CLAMP

Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galv., Hot-Dip Galv.


Ordering: Specify figure number, finish and pipe size.
Also, include any special requirements for Figure 175SP.
For Metric applications specify Figure M175 or M175SP.

Figure 175
Figure 175SP
Designed to suspend cold or hot pipe lines where little or no
insulation is required. The Figure 175 is usually used with a
Figure 279 Weldless Eyenut, or Figure 93 Welded Eyerod.
See Figure 298 Heavy Duty Two Bolt Clamp when higher
loads are required. We will also design to meet special
requirements such as special pipe sizes, order Figure 175SP.
Rated Loads are for up to 750 F (399 C).
Material: Carbon Steel.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 4,
MSS-SP-69 Type 4 and BSPSS-BS3974.

CL
D

FIGURE 175 TWO BOLT PIPE CLAMP


PIPE
SIZE
1 2
15
3 4
20
1
25
11 4
32
11 2
40
2
50
21 2
65
3
80
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600
30
750

MAXIMUM LOAD
650 F / 343 C 750 F / 343 C
500
445
2224
1980
500
445
2224
1980
500
445
2224
1980
500
445
2224
1980
800
715
3559
3181
1040
930
4626
4137
1040
930
4626
4137
1040
930
4626
4137
1040
930
4626
4137
1040
930
4626
4137
1615
1440
7184
6406
1615
1440
7184
6406
2490
2220
11077
9875
2490
2220
11077
9875
2490
2220
11077
9875
2490
2220
11077
9875
3060
2730
13612
12144
3060
2730
13612
12144
3060
2730
13612
12144
3500
3360
15569
14947

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
40

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

C
3 8
10
3 8
10
3 8
10
3 8
10
3 8
10
1 2
13
5 8
16
5 8
16
3 4
19
3 4
19
7 8
22
1
25
1
25
1
25
11 8
29
11 8
29
11 4
32
13 8
35
11 2
38
2
51

ROD TAKE
OUT D
11 8
29
11 4
32
13 8
35
15 8
41
13 4
44
21 8
54
25 8
67
3
76
35 8
92
41 4
108
51 4
133
63 8
162
75 8
194
83 4
222
91 4
235
101 4
260
115 8
295
123 4
324
151 4
387
181 2
470

E
15 8
41
13 4
44
17 8
48
21 8
54
21 4
57
25 8
67
31 8
79
31 2
89
43 8
111
5
127
61 4
159
73 8
187
83 4
222
101 4
260
105 8
270
115 8
295
13
330
141 8
359
167 8
429
203 4
527

F
5 16
M8
5 16
M8
5 16
M8
5 16
M8
5 16
M8
1 2
M12
1 2
M12
1 2
M12
1 2
M12
1 2
M12
1 2
M12
3 4
M20
7 8
M22
7 8
M22
7 8
M22
7 8
M22
1
M24
11 8
M30
11 4
M30
11 2
M36

WEIGHT
EACH
0.31
0.14
0.35
0.16
0.39
0.18
0.40
0.18
0.45
0.20
1.23
0.56
1.33
0.60
1.53
0.69
2.20
1.00
2.39
1.08
5.87
2.66
6.95
3.15
14.39
6.53
16.73
7.59
21.26
9.64
23.39
10.61
32.96
14.95
36.74
16.67
52.96
24.02
103.50
46.95

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

LIGHT DUTY CLEVIS HANGER

Figure 200
Designed to support non-insulated, stationary lines from above
allowing for approximately 1" to 112" of vertical adjustment
after the pipe is in place. The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts
the pipe line to the proper elevation, the top nut (not furnished)
prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened
securely to assure proper hanger performance.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 1,
MSS-SP-69 Type 1.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M200.

B
E
C
CL

FIGURE 200 LIGHT DUTY CLEVIS HANGER


PIPE
SIZE
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
312
90
4
100

MAXIMUM
LOAD
150
667
250
1112
250
1112
250
1112
250
1112
250
1112
350
1557
350
1557
350
1557
400
1779

A
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
5
8
M16

B
178
48
238
60
238
60
278
73
3
76
312
89
4
102
414
108
438
111
512
140

C
238
60
278
73
378
79
334
95
4
102
434
121
512
140
618
156
612
165
778
200

WEIGHT
EACH
0.27
0.12
0.29
0.13
0.33
0.15
0.36
0.16
0.42
0.19
0.52
0.24
0.81
0.37
0.90
0.41
0.99
0.45
1.40
0.64

E
3
4
19
112
38
158
41
218
54
214
57
234
70
278
73
314
83
338
86
438
111

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
41

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

VEE CLEVIS HANGER

Figure 200V
Designed to support non-insulated, stationary, plastic lines from above. Used
with Figure 200VT Vee Trough (not furnished). The lower nut (not furnished)
adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, the top nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened securely to assure
proper hanger performance.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 1, MSS-SP-69 Type 1.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For
Metric applications specify Figure M200V.

D
B

C
CL

FIGURE 200V VEE CLEVIS HANGER


SIZE
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

PIPE
SIZE
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
312
90
4
100

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
42

MAXIMUM
LOAD
150
667
150
667
150
667
150
667
150
667
150
667
150
667
150
667
150
667
150
667

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

A
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
5
8
M16
5
8
M16
5
8
M16
5
8
M16

B
434
121
4916
116
438
111
418
105
4
102
31116
94
658
168
6316
157
51316
148
5716
138

C
512
140
512
140
512
140
512
140
512
140
512
140
834
222
834
222
834
222
834
222

D
158
41
158
41
158
41
158
41
158
41
158
41
134
44
134
44
134
44
134
44

E
4516
110
418
105
31516
100
31116
94
3916
90
314
83
51316
148
538
137
5
127
458
117

WEIGHT
EACH
0.38
0.17
0.38
0.17
0.38
0.17
0.38
0.17
0.38
0.17
0.38
0.17
1.15
0.52
1.15
0.52
1.15
0.52
1.15
0.52

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

WALL PIPE SUPPORT


Figure 221
The Figure 221 is used to support steel or cast iron pipe
close to walls, piers, or in a trench. These supports can be
made to carry pipelines at various distances from the wall,
Also for Hot Water Tanks 12" inches to 36" inches in
diameter. Prices furnished in accordance with customer
specifications.
Made special to customer order.
Material: Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M221.

A B

FIGURE 221 WALL PIPE SUPPORT


PIPE
SIZE
3
80
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300

A
918
232
1012
267
1234
324
14
356
18
457
22
559
2412
622

B
778
200
914
235
1114
286
1212
318
16
406
1912
495
22
559

C
214
57
238
70
3516
84
31316
97
538
137
638
162
738
187

D
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
11
16
17
11
16
17
11
16
17

WEIGHT
EACH
2.39
1.08
2.56
1.16
4.05
1.84
4.48
2.03
15.3
6.94
23.4
10.6
26.9
12.2

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
43

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

SHORT U-BOLT
Figure 222
The Figure 222 is recommended for use as a support
for piping where the tangent lengths are too long to use
a Figure 283. It is supplied with two hex nuts.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 2,
MSS-SP69 Type 24, and BSPSS-BS3974.
Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, or Hot-Dip Galvanized
(Rod Size 14" cannot be Hot-Dip Galvanized).
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify M222.

F
A

B
C

FIGURE 222 - SHORT U-BOLT


PIPE
SIZE
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
312
90
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300

MAX LOAD
650 F / 343 C
480
2135
480
2135
480
2135
1200
5338
1200
5338
1200
5338
1200
5338
1200
5338
1200
5338
2200
9786
2200
9786
2200
9786
2200
9786
2200
9786
3600
16014
3600
16014
5400
24021
7500
33363

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
44

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

STOCK SIZE
A
1
4
M6
1
4
M6
1
4
M6
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
7
8
M22

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

B
7
8
22
118
29
138
35
7
8
22
118
29
138
35
134
44
2
51
212
64
3
76
358
92
418
105
458
117
558
143
634
171
834
222
1078
276
1278
327

C
118
29
138
35
158
41
114
32
112
38
134
44
218
54
238
60
278
73
312
89
418
105
458
117
518
130
618
156
738
187
938
238
1158
295
1334
349

F
114
32
138
35
138
35
114
32
138
35
138
35
134
44
178
48
214
57
258
67
314
83
312
89
312
89
414
108
434
121
538
137
7
178
778
200

G
3
4
19
3
4
19
3
4
19
3
4
19
3
4
19
3
4
19
1
25
1
25
1
25
114
32
114
32
114
32
114
32
114
32
114
32
114
32
112
38
112
38

WEIGHT
EACH
0.08
0.04
0.09
0.04
0.10
0.05
0.08
0.04
0.09
0.04
0.10
0.05
0.27
0.12
0.30
0.14
0.34
0.15
0.72
0.33
0.80
0.36
0.95
0.43
0.95
0.43
1.13
0.51
1.24
0.56
2.10
0.95
2.68
1.22
3.20
1.45

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

RETURN LINE OFFSET HOOK

FIGURE 227 RETURN LINE OFFSET HOOK

Figure 227
Designed to support light duty pipe lines with clearance
requirements that run along walls or beams.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galv.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, and figure number. For Metric
applications specify Figure M227.

5"
A

PIPE
SIZE
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
312
90
4
100
5
125
6
150

MAX
LOAD
200
890
200
890
200
890
200
890
200
890
200
890
350
1557
350
1557
350
1557
450
2002
450
2002
450
2002

A
6 932
160
618
156
6 916
167
658
168
61116
170
7 332
4315
71532
190
758
194
8132
204
8 916
217
9
229
9 38
238

B
158
41
11116
43
178
48
2116
52
2316
56
258
67
21116
68
3
76
314
83
358
92
4316
106
41116
119

D
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14

WGT
EACH
0.53
0.24
0.55
0.25
0.81
0.37
0.84
0.38
0.89
0.40
0.96
0.44
1.26
0.57
1.38
0.63
1.47
0.67
2.39
1.08
3.90
1.77
4.25
1.93

D
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14

WGT
EACH
0.51
0.23
0.53
0.24
0.80
0.36
0.83
0.38
0.87
0.39
0.93
0.42
1.16
0.53
1.27
0.58
1.37
0.62
2.19
0.99
3.50
1.59
4.15
1.88

1"
B

RETURN LINE HOOK

FIGURE 227S RETURN LINE HOOK

Figure 227S
Designed to support light duty pipe lines that run next to
walls or beams.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, and figure
number. For Metric applications specify
Figure M227S.
D

PIPE
SIZE
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
312
90
4
100
5
125
6
150

MAX
LOAD
200
890
200
890
200
890
200
890
200
890
200
890
350
1557
350
1557
350
1557
350
1557
450
2002
450
2002

A
6932
160
618
156
6916
167
658
168
61116
170
7332
4315
71532
190
758
194
8132
204
8916
217
9
229
938
238

C
5
127
5
127
5
127
5
127
5
127
5
127
5
127
5
127
5
127
5
127
5
127
5
127

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
45

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

ONE HOLE PIPE CLAMP


Figure 237

Designed to support light duty pipe lines that run next to


walls or beams.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M237S.

D HOLE DIA.

FIGURE 226 ONE HOLE PIPE CLAMP


PIPE
SIZE
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
4
100

C
7
8
22
1
25
118
29
7
8
22
114
32
114
32
112
38
112
38
112
38

D
9
32
7
9
32
7
9
32
7
11
32
9
13
32
10
13
32
10
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14

L
258
67
3
76
314
83
312
89
412
114
658
168
658
168
612
165
8
203

W
3
4
19
1
25
1
25
1
25
1
25
1
25
114
32
114
32
114
32

WEIGHT
EACH
0.05
0.02
0.06
0.02
0.09
0.04
0.12
0.05
0.16
0.07
0.24
0.11
0.50
0.23
0.69
0.31
1.40
0.64

Figure 247
The Figure 247 is used in conjunction with a pipe stand
and flange at the base to support piping from below. Both
pipe stand and base must be ordered separately. Please
see Figure 138.
Load Rating: Up to 650 F (343 C).
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 38,
MSS-SP-69 Type 38.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M247.

46

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

FIGURE 247 PIPE SUPPORT

PIPE SUPPORT

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

PIPE
SIZE
2
50
3
80
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300

COUPLING
PIPE SIZE
114
32
112
40
2
50
2
50
212
65
212
65
3
80
3
80

WEIGHT
EACH
1.35
0.61
2.45
1.11
3.63
1.65
4.30
1.95
7.03
3.19
8.53
3.87
13.00
5.91
15.10
6.84

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

ADJUSTABLE SPLIT
SWIVEL HANGER

Figure 240
Designed to support non-insulated, stationary lines from
above. The hinged design is easier to install making it ideal
for retrofit needs. Vertical adjustment is made by turning the
swivel. Pipe sizes 34 to 2 do not have the window cutout.
Material: Malleable Iron
Compliance: MSS-SP-69 (Type 6)
Finish: Plain
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M240.

N
I
T
N

O
ISC

D
UE

B
D

CENTERLINE
OF PIPE

FIGURE 240 - ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL HANGER


PIPE
SIZE

34

20
1
25

14

32
11/2
40
2
50
21/2
65
3
80
31/2
90
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200

MAXIMUM
LOAD
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
500
2224
500
2224
500
2224
900
4004
900
4004
1300
5783
1800
8007

ROD SIZE
A

38

10

38

10

38

10

38

10

38

10

1/2

13

1/2

13

1/2

13

58

16

58

16

34

19

78

22

B
2 1/8
54
2 3/8
60
2 5/8
67
2 3/4
70
3 1/8
79
4 3/8
111
4 5/8
117
5
127
6
152
6 3/4
171
7 3/4
197
9 3/4
248

C
238
60
214
57
214
57
214
57
238
60
218
54
218
54
214
57
278
73
3
76
338
86
438
111

D
258
67
3
76
338
86
334
95
414
108
534
146
638
162
7
178
814
210
91/2
241
11
279
14
356

WEIGHT
EACH
0.23
0.10
0.25
0.11
0.30
0.14
0.32
0.15
0.34
0.15
0.65
0.29
0.78
0.35
0.85
0.39
1.54
0.70
2.00
0.91
3.20
1.45
5.00
2.27

E
2
51
134
44
134
44
134
44
178
48
178
48
2
51
278
73
278
73
3
76
31/2
89
378
98

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

47

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

EXTENDED OFFSET PIPE CLAMP


Figure 267
Designed to attach directly to piping where the exact distance
between the structure and the pipe cannot be determined until
the piping is in place. The extended legs can be modified in
the field to suit the location. Legs of longer lengths can be
furnished on order.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M267.

RIGHT ANGLE BEAM CLAMP


Figure 282
The Figure 282 is used in attaching conduit or pipe at a
right angle to a structural member.
Materials: Malleable iron body with
carbons steel U-bolt and nuts.
Finish: Hot-Dip Galvanized
Ordering: Specify pipe size,
figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications
specify Figure M282.

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
48

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

FIGURE 267 EXTENDED PIPE CLAMP


PIPE
SIZE
3
8
10
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350

A
12
305
12
305
12
305
255
12
305
1356
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305

B
334
95
334
95
434
121
512
140
578
149
618
156
7
178
712
191
778
200
1012
267
1214
311
13
330
1514
387
1814
464
2034
527
21
533

WEIGHT
EACH
1.85
0.84
1.85
0.84
1.85
0.84
2.34
1.06
2.40
1.09
2.45
1.11
3.13
1.42
4.21
1.91
4.47
2.03
4.90
2.22
4.90
2.22
5.32
2.41
11.20
5.06
13.50
6.12
22.00
110.00
35.00
15.90

FIGURE 282 - RIGHT ANGLE BEAM CLAMP


PIPE SIZE
3
8
10
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
312
90
4
100

WEIGHT EACH
0.33
0.15
0.41
0.19
0.42
0.19
0.47
0.21
0.54
0.24
0.57
0.26
0.85
0.39
1.06
0.48
1.10
0.50
1.28
0.58
1.40
0.64

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

STANDARD U-BOLT
Figure 283
Carbon Steel
Figure 283PVC PVC Coated
Figure 283SS Stainless Steel

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

Our standardU-BOLT
U-Bolts are recommended for use as supports
STANDARD
or guides
They are
supplied with four hex nuts.
Figure
283 for piping.
(Carbon
Steel)
The
Figure
283PVC
is
for
support
Figure 283PVC (PVC Coated) of piping where contact
with
the pipe is not
desire. Threads
Figure
283SS
(Stainless
Steel) and nuts are not coated.

The Figure
283SS
recommendedfor
foruse
support
of stainless
Our standard
U-Bolts
areisrecommended
as supports
or guides for
Please specify
thehex
grade
of stainless steel you
piping.steel
Theypiping.
are supplied
with four
nuts.
require when ordering.
The Figure 283PVC is for support of piping where contact with the pipe is not
Load Ratings shown are for Carbon Steel. PVC coating should
desired. Threads and nuts are not coated.
D
not exceed 140F/60C.
The Figure 283SS is recommended for support of stainless steel piping. Please
Materials: Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel
A
B
E
specify the grade of stainless steel you require when ordering.
Compliance: Federal Specification WW-H-171 Type 24,
Load Ratings
are 24),
for Carbon
Steel. PVC coating should not exceed
MSS-SPshown
69 (Type
and BSPSS-BS3974.
140F / 60C.
Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized
Materials:
Steel,
Stainless
Steel.Galvanized) Hot-dip
(Rod Carbon
Size 1/4
cannot
be Hot-Dip
Compliance:
Federal
Specification
A-A-1192A
Type
MSS-SP 69 Type 24,
galvanized
U-Bolts
will come with
oversized
hex24,
nuts.
C
and BSPSS-BS3974.
Maximum Stainless Steel Loads are 0.80 times the stated
CL
CL
Finish:loads
Plain,
Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized (Rod Size 1/4" cannot
below.
be Hot-Dip
Galvanized)
Hot-Dip
Galvanized
U-Bolts
will
come
with
oversized
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish.
hex nuts.
FIGURE
283 for
STANDARD
Side loads
are given
the FigureU-BOLT
283 for a maximum temperature of 650F / 343C. When the loading condition requires
the simultaneous application of a normal load and side
load, the following interaction equation must be used to determine if
STOCK
PIPEcan be used.MAXIMUM LOAD
the Figure 283
SIZE
WEIGHT
SIZE
A
650F/343C
750F
B Side Load)CThe result of Dthis equation cannot
E
EACH
(Actual Load / Maximum
Design Load)
+ /399C
(Actual Side Load
/ Maximum
580
454
0.11
1/2
1/4
7/8
13/16
21/4
21/8
exceed the value
the Figure 2832020
is to be used. M6
15 of 1.0 if 2580
22
30
57
54
0.05
580figure number,
454 and finish. 1/4
0.12
3/4
11/8
13/8 M283. 23/4
21/8
Ordering: Specify
pipe size,
For Metric applications
Specify
20
2580
2020
M6
1
580
454
1/4
2580
M6
FIGURE 28325
STANDARD
U-BOLT 2020
1200
1070
1/2*
3/8
LOAD
MAX.
15* MAXIMUM
5338
4760
M10
PIPE
750 F
SIDE
1070 LOAD
3/4* 650 F 1200
3/8
SIZE
399 C
650
20* 343 C
5338
4760F/ 343C M10A
1
1*
1200 435
1070 63
3/8 14
2
485
25* 2157
53381935
4760280
M10
15
M6
3
1460 435
1144 63
3/8 14
11/4 485
4
32 2157
64951935
5089280
M10
20
M6
1460
1144
3/8 1
11/2 485
1
435
63
40
6495
5089
M10 4
25
2 2157
14601935
1144280
3/8M6
1
3
2 *
50 1220
64951090
5089316
M10 8
15
1406
M10
27004760
2114
1/2
21/2 5338
3
4 *
65 1220
120111090
9404240
M1238
3 5338
27004760
2114
20
1068
1/2M10
80 1220
120111090
9404186
M1238
1*
27004760
2114827
1/2M10
31/2 5338
25
90 1220
120111090
9404194
M1238
114
4
2700
2114863
1/2M10
32
100 5427
120114849
9404
M12
3
112
1220
1090
194
8
40* Made special
5427to customer
4849order
863
M10
3
2
1220
1090
194
8
50
5427
4849
863
M10
1
212
2260
2020
184
2
65
10053
8986
819
M12
1
3
2260
2020
184
2
80
10053
8986
819
M12
1
312
2260
2020
184
2
90
10053
8986
819
M12
1
4
2260
2020
184
2
100
10053
8986
819
M12
* Made special to customer order.

29
13/8
35
7/8
22
11/8
B
29
7
13/8
8
35
22
1
113/4
8
44
29
2
138
51
235
1/2
7
648
22
3
1
176
8
329
5/8
92
138
435
1/8
105
134
444
5/8
117
2
51
212
64
3
76
358
92
418
105
458
117

35
15/8
41
11/4
32
11/2
C38
13113/4
6
2944
13281/8
3554
15260
83/8
4127/8
1173
4
3231/2
11289
3841/8
13105
4
4445/8
1
2117
8
51/8
54
130
238
60
278
73
312
89
418
105
458
117
518
130

70
23/4
70
23/4
70
23/4
D 70
23423/4
70 70
234 27/8
70 73
3
234 76
70 31/4
234 83
70 33/4
234 95
70 4
234102
70 41/2
278114
41/2
73114
3
76
314
83
334
95
4
102
412
114
DIMENSIONS
412
INCHES
114

MILLIMETERS

54
0.05
0.12
21/8
54
0.05
0.16
21/8
54
0.07
21/8 WEIGHT 0.16
E 54 EACH 0.07
0.19
218 21/8 0.11
0.09
54 54
0.05
0.28
218 21/8
0.12
0.13
54 54
0.05
1/2 0.12 0.30
218 264
0.14
54 21/2
0.05
0.33
218 64
0.16
0.15
54 3
0.07
0.70
218 76
0.16
0.32
0.78
54 3
0.07
0.35
218 76
0.19
0.84
54 3
0.09
0.38
218 76
0.28
3
0.90
54 76
0.13
0.41
212
0.30
64
0.14
212
0.33
64
0.15
3
0.70
76
0.32
3
0.78
76
0.35
3
0.84
76
0.38
TEMPERATURE
LOADS
WEIGHT
3
0.90
FAHRENHEIT
POUNDS
POUNDS
76
0.41
CELSIUS

NEWTONS

KILOGRAMS

49
DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT

LOADS
POUNDS

WEIGHT
POUNDS

PIPE ATTACHMENTS
FIGURE 283 STANDARD U-BOLT (CONT.)
PIPE
SIZE
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600
28
700
30
750
36
900

MAXIMUM LOAD
650F/343C 750F /399C
2700
2114
12011
9404
4320
3382
19217
15044
4320
3382
19217
15044
6460
5060
28737
22509
9960
7016
44306
31210
9960
7016
44306
31210
9960
7016
44306
31210
11800
8850
52491
39368
11800
8850
52491
39368
11800
8850
52491
39368
11800
8850
52491
39368
11800
8850
11800
39368
11800
8850
52491
39368

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

50

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

STOCK
SIZE
A

1/2

M12

5/8

M16

5/8

M16

3/4

M20

7/8

M20

7/8

M20

7/8

M20
1
M24
1
M24
1
M24
1
M24
1
M24
1
M24

B
55/8
143
63/4
171
83/4
222
107/8
276
127/8
327
141/8
359
161/8
410
181/8
460
201/8
511
241/8
613
281/8
714
301/8
765
361/8
918

C
61/8
156
73/8
187
93/8
238
115/8
295
133/4
349
15
381
17
432
191/8
486
211/8
537
251/8
638
291/8
740
311/8
791
371/8
943

D
5
127
61/8
156
71/8
181
83/8
213
95/8
244
101/4
260
111/4
286
125/8
321
135/8
346
155/8
397
175/8
448
185/8
473
215/8
549

E
3
76
33/4
95
33/4
95
4
102
41/4
108
41/4
108
41/4
108
43/4
121
43/4
121
43/4
121
43/4
121
43/4
121
43/4
121

WEIGHT
EACH
1.04
0.47
2.0
0.91
2.3
1.0
4.9
2.2
7.7
3.5
8.3
3.8
9.2
4.2
13.5
6.1
14.6
6.6
16.9
7.7
18.0
8.2
19.1
8.7
23.2
10.5

PIPE
ATTACHMENTS
PIPE
ATTACHMENTS

LIGHT DUTY
DUTY U-BOLT
LIGHT
U-BOLT
Figure 283L
283L
Figure

The Figure 283L is recommended for the guiding, anchoring


The
Figure 283Lofisconduit
recommended
the guiding,
anchorand supporting
or lightfor
piping
loads. Furnished
ing
of conduit or light piping loads.
withand
twosupporting
(2) hex nuts.
Furnished with two (2) hex nuts.
Material: Carbon Steel
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A (Type 24),
Compliance:
Federal
Specification
A-A-1192A (Type 24),
MSS-SP
69 (Type
24),
and BSPSS-BS3974.
MSS-SP 69 (Type 24), and BSPSS-BS3974.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain, Electro-galvanized
Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For
Metric applications specify Figure M283L.

D
E

FIGURE 283L - LIGHT DUTY U-BOLT


FIGURE 283L - LIGHT DUTY U-BOLT
PIPE
MAXIMUM
SIZE
LOAD
A
PIPE
MAXIMUM
1
1
2
485
4
SIZE
LOAD
A
580
151/2
2157
M6
1/4
315
1
2580
M6
4
485
4
580
1/4
203/4
2157
M6
2580
M6
1
120
485
4
580
1/4
251
2157
M6
25
2580
M6
1
1111/4
4
485
580
1/44
32
2157
M6
32
2580
M6
1
1111/2
2
485
580
1/44
40
2157
M6
40
2580
M6
1
580
22
485
4
1/4
50
2580
M6
50
2157
M6
33/8
1460
2211/2
2
1220
8
65
6495
M10
65
5427
M10
1460
33/8
33
1220
8
80
6495
M10
80
5427
M10
1460
3/8
31 1/2
3
390
2
1220
8
6495
M10
904
5427
M10
1460
3/8
3
4
1220
8
100
6495
M10
5
1460
100
5427
M10
3/8
3
125
6495
M10
5
1220
8
6
2700
1/2
125
5427
M10
150
12011
M12
1
6
2260
2
8
2700
1/2
150
10053
M12
200
12011
M12
1
810
2260
2
4320
5/8
200
10053
M12
250
19217
M16
5
10
3620
8
250
16103
M16

B
1B
251
1
125
8
11/8
29
3
129
8
13/8
35
35
1133/4
4
44
44
22
51
51
2211/2
2
64
64
33
76
76
3355/8
8
92
92
411/8
4105
8
105
455/8
4117
8
117
55/8
5
5143
8
63/4
143
3
6171
4
83/4
171
222
834
107/8
222
276
1078
276

C
114 C
3211/4
13832
3513/8
15835
4115/8
41
22
5151
2124 1/4
5757
232
4 3/4
7070
333
8 3/8
8686
44
102
102
41/2
1
4 114
2
1145
5127
1276
6152
71/4
152
71184
4
91/4
184
235
914
111/2
235
292
1112
292

D
2D
51 2
21851
5421/8
21454
5721/4
57
2328 3/8
6060
212
2 1/2
6464
2324 3/4
7070
3138 1/8
7979
3338 3/8
86
8635/8
5
3 892
9237/8
37898
9845/8
45117
8
51/8
117
51130
8
61/8
130
156
618
71/4
156
184
1
7 4
184

E
134 E
4413/4
13444
4413/4
13444
4413/4
44
13413/4
44 44
13413/4
44 44
13413/4
44 44
2 2
51 51
2 2
51
51 2
2 51
51 2
2 51
5121/4
21457
5721/4
21457
5721/4
57
214
21/2
57 64
212
64

WEIGHT
EACH
WEIGHT
0.06
EACH
0.06
0.03
0.03
0.07
0.07
0.03
0.03
0.07
0.07
0.03
0.03
0.08
0.08
0.04
0.04
0.09
0.09
0.04
0.04
0.10
0.10
0.05
0.05
0.28
0.28
0.13
0.13
0.31
0.31
0.14
0.14
0.35
0.35
0.16
0.16
0.38
0.38
0.17
0.45
0.17
0.20
0.45
0.95
0.20
0.43
0.95
1.2
0.43
0.54
1.20
2.3
0.54
1.04
2.30
1.04

DIMENSIONS
TEMPERATURE LOADS
LOADS
WEIGHT
DIMENSIONS
TEMPERATURE
WEIGHT
INCHES FAHRENHEIT
FAHRENHEIT POUNDS
POUNDS POUNDS
POUNDS
INCHES
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
NEWTONS KILOGRAMS
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
NEWTONS
KILOGRAMS

51

51

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

HEAVY DUTY TWO BOLT


PIPE CLAMP
Figure 298

Designed to suspend heavy loads on cold or hot pipe lines


where little or no insulation is required. The Figure 298 is
usually used with a Figure 279 Weldless Eyenut or Figure
93 Welded Eyerod.
Rated Loads are for up to 750 F (399 C).
Material: Carbon Steel.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 4,
MSS-SP-69 Type 4 and BSPSS-BS3974.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify figure number, finish and pipe size.
For Metric applications specify Figure M298.

FIGURE 298 HEAVY DUTY TWO BOLT PIPE CLAMP


PIPE
SIZE
2
50
3
80
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600
30
750
36
900

MAXIMUM LOAD
650 F
750 F
343 C
399 C
3400
3000
15125
13345
3550
3150
15792
14012
3550
3150
15792
14012
3550
3150
15792
14012
4900
4350
21797
19351
4900
4350
21797
19351
6000
5400
26690
24021
8700
7750
38701
34475
9150
8150
40703
36254
9150
8150
40703
36254
13800
12280
61388
54626
15300
13620
68060
60587
16300
14500
72509
64502
20500
18250
91192
81183
28000
24900
124555
110765

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
52

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

2
51
31 8
79
33 4
95
43 8
111
53 8
137
63 4
171
75 8
194
91 4
235
93 4
248
11
279
141 2
368
16
406
181 2
470
221 2
572
261 2
673

3 4
19
1
25
1
25
1
25
11 8
29
11 8
29
11 4
32
15 8
41
15 8
41
15 8
41
3
76
3
76
31 4
83
31 2
89
31 2
89

3
76
4
102
47 8
124
51 2
140
63 4
171
81 8
206
91 8
232
113 8
289
117 8
302
127 8
327
171 4
438
183 4
476
211 2
546
26
660
301 4
768

2
51
31 8
79
33 4
95
43 8
111
53 8
137
63 4
171
73 4
197
91 2
241
10
254
11
279
141 2
368
16
406
181 2
470
221 2
572
261 2
673

5 8
M16
3 4
M20
7 8
M22
7 8
M22
1
M24
1
M24
11 4
M30
11 2
M36
11 2
M36
11 2
M36
2
M48
2
M48
21 4
M56
21 2
M64
23 4
M72

3
76
4
102
47 8
124
51 2
140
63 4
171
81 8
206
9
229
111 8
283
115 8
295
127 8
327
171 4
438
183 4
476
211 2
546
26
660
301 4
768

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

WEIGHT
EACH
2.1
1.0
3.8
1.7
6.5
2.9
7.4
3.4
14.0
6.4
16.4
7.4
25.3
11.5
44.1
20.0
58.8
26.7
64.1
29.1
126.3
57.3
150.0
68.0
210.5
95.5
365.4
165.7
575.1
260.9

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

THREE BOLT PIPE CLAMP

Figure 304
The Figure 304 is designed for hot insulated pipe lines up to 750F.
The spacer on the top inner bolt provides uniform space for the
connecting eyerod or weldless eyenut. See Figure 91 for higher
load ratings. We can also design to meet any of your special
clamp requirements.
Material: Carbon Steel
Compliance: MSS-SP-69 Type 3, Federal Specification: A-A-1192A
Type 3, and BSPSS-BS3974.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Galvanized (450F Maximum)
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number and finish.

C
L
B

FIGURE 304 THREE BOLT PIPE CLAMP


PIPE
SIZE

1/2

15

3/4

20
1
25
11/4
32
11/2
40
2
50
21/2
65
3
80
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600
28
700
30
750
32
800
34
850
36
900

MAXIMUM LOAD
650F/343C 750F /399C
950
845
4226
3759
950
845
4226
3759
950
845
4226
3759
950
845
4226
3759
1545
1380
6873
6139
1545
1380
6873
6139
1545
1380
6873
6139
1545
1380
6873
6139
2500
2230
11121
9920
2500
2230
11121
9920
2865
2555
12745
11366
2865
2555
12745
11366
3240
2890
14413
12856
3240
2890
14413
12856
4300
3835
19128
17060
4300
3835
19128
17060
4300
3835
19128
17060
4500
4015
20018
17860
5490
4900
24422
21797
6000
5357
26690
23830
7500
6690
33363
29760
8250
7366
36699
32767
9800
8750
43594
38923
10500
9360
46708
41637

B
1
25
11/8
29
11/2
38
11/2
38
13/4
44
21/8
54
21/4
57
23/4
70
33/8
86
4
102
43/4
121
53/4
146
67/8
175
83/8
213
91/8
232
10
254
115/8
295
123/8
314
143/4
375
171/2
445
181/2
470
195/8
498
211/2
546
221/2
572

5/8

16

5/8

16

5/8

16

3/4

19
1
25
11/8
29
11/8
29
11/8
29
1
25
11/8
29
11/4
32
11/4
32
11/4
32
11/2
38
2
51
2
51
2
51
2
51
2
51
21/4
57
11/2
38
21/2
64
3
76
3
76

D
27/8
73
31/4
83
33/4
95
35/8
92
47/8
124
57/8
149
61/8
156
65/8
168
75/8
194
81/8
206
95/8
244
105/8
270
12
305
13
330
143/8
365
155/8
397
163/4
425
171/2
445
197/8
505
241/4
616
263/8
670
28
711
311/4
794
321/8
816

TAKE
OUT
E
21/4
57
21/2
64
21/2
64
27/8
73
41/8
105
51/8
130
53/8
137
6
152
61/2
165
7
178
81/4
210
91/4
235
101/2
267
111/2
292
123/4
324
14
356
151/8
384
157/8
403
177/8
454
213/4
552
233/8
594
25
635
273/4
705
283/4
730

3/8

M10

3/8

M10

3/8

M10

3/8

M10

5/8

M16

5/8

M16

5/8

M16

5/8

M16

3/4

M20

3/4

M20

7/8

M20

7/8

M20
1
M24
1
M24
11/4
M30
11/4
M30
11/4
M30
13/8
M36
11/2
M36
13/8
M36
11/2
M36
11/2
M36
13/4
M42
13/4
M42

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

H
15/8
41
13/4
44
21/8
54
21/4
57
23/8
60
23/4
70
3
76
31/2
89
41/2
114
51/8
130
61/8
156
71/8
181
81/4
210
97/8
251
103/4
273
113/4
298
131/4
337
14
356
163/8
416
20
508
21
533
225/8
575
25
635
26
660
LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
EACH
0.61
0.28
0.66
0.30
0.69
0.31
0.75
0.34
2.14
0.97
2.43
1.10
2.92
1.32
3.19
1.45
7.12
3.23
7.96
3.61
11.9
5.38
13.6
6.16
21.3
9.68
23.7
10.7
38.8
17.6
42.9
19.5
46.4
21.0
58.7
26.6
89.3
40.5
112
50.8
141
63.9
194
88.0
249
112.9
246
112
WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

53

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

ALLOY THREE BOLT PIPE CLAMP


Figure 304Z

C
F

The Figure 304Z is designed for hot insulated pipelines.


The spacer on the top inner bolt provides uniform space for
the connecting eyerod or weldless eyenut. See Figure 91Z
for higher load ratings.
Temperature range: above 750 F (399 C) to 1050 F
(566 C).
Material: Chrome Molybdenum Steel, ASTM A-387
Grade 22.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 3,
MSS-SP-69 Type 3 and BSPSS-BS3974.
Finish: Plain.
Ordering: Specify figure number, and pipe size.
For Metric applications, specify Fig M304Z.

D
E

CL
B
H

FIGURE 304Z ALLOY THREE BOLT PIPE CLAMP


PIPE
SIZE
11 2
40
2
50
21 2
65
3
80
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600

MAXIMUM LOAD
950 F
1000 F
510 C
538 C
1400
1000
6228
4448
1400
1000
6228
4448
1400
1000
6228
4448
1400
1000
6228
4448
2300
1600
10231
7117
2300
1600
10231
7117
2600
1800
11566
8007
2600
1800
11566
8007
3000
2100
13345
9342
3000
2100
13345
9342
3900
2800
17349
12456
3900
2800
17349
12456
3900
2800
17349
12456
5000
3200
22242
14235
5500
3500
24466
15569

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
54

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

1050 F
566 C
700
3114
700
3114
700
3114
700
3114
1100
4893
1100
4893
1300
5783
1300
5783
1500
6673
1500
6673
2000
8897
2000
8897
2000
8897
2000
8897
2700
12011

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

13 4
44
21 8
54
21 4
57
23 4
70
33 8
86
4
102
43 4
121
53 4
146
67 8
175
83 8
213
91 8
232
10
254
115 8
295
123 8
314
143 4
375

1
25
1
25
1
25
1
25
1
25
11 8
29
11 4
32
11 4
32
11 4
32
11 2
38
2
51
2
51
2
51
2
51
11 2
38

47 8
124
57 8
149
61 8
156
63 4
171
75 8
194
81 8
206
10
254
11
279
12
305
131 8
333
141 8
365
151 8
397
163 4
425
171 2
445
197 8
505

TAKE
OUT
E
41 8
105
51 8
130
53 8
137
6
152
61 2
165
7
178
85 8
219
95 8
244
101 2
267
115 8
295
123 4
324
14
356
151 8
384
157 8
403
177 8
454

5 8
M16
5 8
M16
5 8
M16
5 8
M16
3 4
M20
3 4
M20
7 8
M22
7 8
M22
1
M24
1
M24
11 4
M30
11 4
M30
11 4
M30
11 8
M36
11 2
M36

23 8
60
23 4
70
3
76
31 2
89
41 2
114
51 8
130
61 8
156
71 8
181
81 4
210
97 8
251
103 4
273
113 4
298
131 4
337
14
356
163 8
416

WEIGHT
EACH
2.48
1.12
2.70
1.22
2.76
1.25
3.19
1.45
7.30
3.31
7.96
3.61
12.26
5.56
14.04
6.37
21.33
9.68
24.00
10.89
38.78
17.59
43.13
19.56
47.78
21.67
58.67
26.61
90.82
41.20

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL RING

Figure 800
Designed for the support of non-insulated static pipe lines.
The swivel nut is knurled to provide a gripping surface
when adjusting the pipe elevation.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 10,
MSS SP-69 Type 10, Underwriters Laboratory listed, and
Factory Mutual approved (34" through 8").
We also offer Swivel Ring hangers that are for Copper
Tubing (Figure 800CT), PVC coated (Figure 800PVC), and
for NFPA requirements (Figure 800FP), in this catalog.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M800.

E
B
D

FIGURE 800 ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL RING


PIPE
SIZE
1
2
10
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
312
90
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200

MAXIMUM
LOAD
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
600
2669
600
2669
600
2669
1000
4448
1000
4448
1250
5560
1800
8007

A
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
7
8
M22

B
234
70
212
64
212
64
21316
71
318
79
3516
84
31116
94
4
102
4516
110
41516
125
558
143
61116
170
8516
211

D
3116
78
3116
78
3316
81
3916
90
378
98
438
111
518
130
578
149
658
168
718
181
812
216
1018
257
1278
327

E
1716
37
118
29
1
25
1116
27
1116
27
118
29
114
32
118
29
112
38
114
32
138
35
2
51
258
67

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

WEIGHT
EACH
0.09
0.04
0.10
0.05
0.10
0.05
0.10
0.05
0.11
0.05
0.12
0.05
0.32
0.15
0.35
0.16
0.39
0.18
0.43
0.20
0.65
0.29
1.09
0.49
1.24
0.56

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
55

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

COPPER TUBING SWIVEL RING

Figure 800CT
Designed for the support of non-insulated static copper
tubing lines. The swivel nut is knurled to provide a gripping
surface when adjusting the tubing elevation.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 10,
MSS SP-69 Type 10.
We also offer Swivel Ring hangers that are for carbon
steel pipe (Figure 800), PVC coated (Figure 800PVC), and
for NFPA requirements (Figure 800FP), in this catalog.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Copper.
Ordering: Specify copper tubing size and figure number.
For Metric applications specify Figure M800CT.

E
B
D

FIGURE 800CT - ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL RING


PIPE
SIZE
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
312
90
4
100
5
125
6
150

MAXIMUM
LOAD
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
525
2335
525
2335
525
2335
650
2891
1000
4448
1000
4448

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
56

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

A
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

B
238
60
238
60
212
64
234
70
21516
75
3516
84
4
102
4916
116
4916
116
5916
141
614
159
7316
183

D
314
83
318
79
318
79
314
83
358
92
418
105
458
117
5916
141
578
149
612
165
838
213
91316
249

E
11116
43
138
35
1
25
15
16
24
118
29
1116
27
118
29
1516
33
118
29
1316
30
158
41
214
57

WEIGHT
EACH
0.11
0.05
0.11
0.05
0.11
0.05
0.13
0.06
0.13
0.06
0.15
0.07
0.16
0.07
0.32
0.15
0.35
0.16
0.38
0.17
0.58
0.26
0.92
0.42

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

NFPA SWIVEL RING

Figure 800FP
Designed for the support of non-insulated static pipe lines.
The swivel nut is knurled to provide a gripping surface when
adjusting the tubing elevation and is tapped to the reduced
rod standards of NFPA.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 10,
MSS SP-69 Type 10, Underwriters Laboratory listed,
and Factory Mutual approved (34" through 8"), and NFPA
standards.
We also offer Swivel Ring hangers that are for standard
commercial pipe (Figure 800), copper tubing (Figure 800CT),
and PVC coated (Figure 800PVC), in this catalog.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number and finish. For
Metric applications specify Figure M800N.

E
B
D

FIGURE 800FP NFPA ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL RING


PIPE
SIZE
1
2
10
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
312
90
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200

MAXIMUM
LOAD
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
525
2335
525
2335
525
2335
650
2891
1000
4448
1000
4448
1000
4448

A
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12

B
234
70
212
64
212
64
21316
71
318
79
3516
84
31116
94
334
95
4516
110
412
114
558
143
612
165
71516
202

D
3116
78
3116
78
3316
81
3916
90
378
98
438
111
5
127
5916
141
6516
160
7
178
838
213
91316
249
1214
311

E
1716
37
118
29
1
25
1116
27
1116
27
118
29
114
32
118
29
112
38
158
41
214
57
2716
62
258
67

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

WEIGHT
EACH
0.09
0.04
0.10
0.05
0.10
0.05
0.10
0.05
0.11
0.05
0.12
0.05
0.25
0.11
0.30
0.14
0.33
0.15
0.41
0.19
0.58
0.26
0.92
0.42
1.16
0.53

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
57

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

PVC COATED
ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL RING

Figure 800PVC
Designed for the support of non-insulated static pipe lines
and to protect the pipe from coming into direct contact with
the hanger by having the contact surface PVC coated.. The
swivel nut is knurled to provide a gripping surface when
adjusting the pipe elevation.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 10,
MSS SP-69 Type 10, Underwriters Laboratory listed, and
Factory Mutual approved (3/4" through 8").
We also offer Swivel Ring hangers that are for Copper
Tubing (Figure 800CT) and for NFPA requirements
(Figure 800FP) in this catalog.
Operating temperature should not exceed 140 F / 60 C.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, and figure number.
For Metric applications specify Figure M800PVC.

E
B
D

FIGURE 800PVC - PVC COATED ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL RING


PIPE
SIZE
1
2
10
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
312
90
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200

MAXIMUM
LOAD
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
600
2669
600
2669
600
2669
1000
4448
1000
4448
1250
5560
1800
8007

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
58

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

A
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
7
8
M22

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

B
234
70
212
64
212
64
21316
71
318
79
3516
84
31116
94
4
102
4516
110
41516
125
558
143
61116
170
8516
211

D
3116
78
3116
78
3316
81
3916
90
378
98
438
111
518
130
578
149
658
168
718
181
812
216
1018
257
1278
327

E
1716
37
118
29
1
25
1116
27
1116
27
118
29
114
32
118
29
112
38
114
32
138
35
2
51
258
67

WEIGHT
EACH
0.11
0.05
0.13
0.06
0.13
0.06
0.15
0.07
0.17
0.08
0.18
0.08
0.34
0.15
0.39
0.18
0.42
0.19
0.48
0.22
0.69
0.31
1.13
0.51
1.29
0.59

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

PIPE STRAP

FIG. C1108 PIPE STRAP

Figure C1108
The Figure C1108 is designed hold piping flush to its
mounting surface. This item may be bolted to a structure or
channel strut, or welded into place.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Electro-Plated.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications Specify Figure MC1108.

H
(TYP)

D
B

PIPE
SIZE
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
312
90
4
100
5
125
6
150

MAX
VERT
LOAD
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
800
3559
800
3559
800
3559
800
3559
800
3559
800
3559
800
3559

B
21316
71
3516
84
31116
94
4
102
418
105
51316
148
6516
160
7
178
778
200
778
200
9116
230
101316
275

H
9
32
7
9
32
7
9
32
7
9
32
7
9
32
7
13
32
10
13
32
10
13
32
10
13
32
10
13
32
10
13
32
10
13
32
10

WGT
EACH
0.20
0.09
0.23
0.10
0.28
0.13
0.33
0.15
0.36
0.16
0.94
0.43
1.11
0.50
1.30
0.59
1.49
0.68
1.73
0.78
1.83
0.83
2.43
1.10

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

D
7
16
11
7
16
11
7
16
11
7
16
11
7
16
11
13
16
21
13
16
21
13
16
21
13
16
21
13
16
21
13
16
21
13
16
21

DRAIN, WASTE, VENT CLAMP


Figure DWV
Designed to provide economical and quick way to support
of non-insulated PVC drain, waste, and vent pipe lines with
sufficient adjustment to most all application. Can be field
adjusted to suit unique configurations.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size and figure number. For Metric
applications specify Figure MDWV.

8"

FIGURE DWV
PIPE
SIZE
112
40
2
50
3
80
4
100

A
312
89
4
102
512
140
6
152

B
212
64
278
73
334
95
334
95

B
A

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

59

PIPE ROLLS

CHAIR AND ROLL


Figure 17
The Figure 17 is designed for longitudinal movement
of pipe where vertical adjustment is not required.
Material: Cast Iron Pipe Roll and Chair with
Carbon Steel Axle. Use a Figure 39 when a
Carbon Steel Chair is required. Do not exceed
450 F / 232 C at the contact point to the roll.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A
Type 44, MSS-SP-69 Type 44.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized
For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering
protection saddle the Figure 17 will have to be
oversized to suit. Please see the Table on page 62
showing the correct sizing for insulated pipe.
Ordering: Specify chair number, figure number,
and finish. For Metric applications specify
Figure M17.

P
K
S

O
D

N
PIPE SIZES 2" TO 4"

PIPE SIZES 8" TO 30"

FIGURE 17 CHAIR AND ROLL


CHAIR
NO.
1A

MAX
LOAD
390

1A

1735

950

4226

2100

9342

3075

13679

4980

22153

5
5
6
6
7

6100
27135
7500
33363
12000

53381

BARE
PIPE
SIZE
2
21 2
3
31 2
50
65
80
90
4
5
6
100
125
150
8
10
200
250
12
14
300
350
16
18
20
400
450
500
24
600
30
750
36
42
900
1050

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
60

C
5 3 4

D
81 2

146

216

53 4

1018

146

257

6 7 8

878

175

225

7 7 8

11

200

279

83 4

121 2

222

318

8 7 8
225
103 4
273
12

133 4
349
1714
438
183 4

305

476

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

E
11 2
13 4
21 2
23 4
38
44
64
70
23 4
3 3 8
3 7 8
70
86
98
518
6 1 4
130
159
738
8
187
203
878
10
11
225
254
279
13
330
1614
413
20
2318
508
587

J
612

K
1

N
2

O
7 16

P
312

S
418

WGT.
EA.
7.0

165

25

51

11

89

105

3.2

2 3 8

43 4

414

10.5

203

25

60

14

121

108

4.8

78

33 4

58

16.5

102

22

95

16

178

127

7.5

53 4

78

43 4

914

26.8

146

22

121

14

235

152

12.2

63 4

4 5 8

3 4

101 4

61 2

40.5

171

25

117

19

260

165

18.4

7 1 2
191
10
254
12

1
25
1
25
1

43 4
121
558
143
53 4

13 16

21
1
25
15 16

1112
292
1438
365
17

63 4
171
8
203
9

51.0
23.1
89.8
40.7
152

305

25

146

33

432

229

68.9

9 16

9 16

PIPE ROLLS

CHAIR AND ROLL


Figure 39

D
J
P

The Figure 39 is designed for longitudinal movement of


pipe where vertical adjustment is not required. Because the
chair is made of steel, it can be either welded or bolted in
C S
position
Material: Carbon Steel Chair and Axle with Cast Iron Pipe
Roll. Use a Figure 17 when a Cast Iron Chair is required. Do
not exceed 450 F / 232 C at the contact point to the roll.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 44,
MSS-SP-69 Type 44.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
E
For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle
the Figure 39 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the
N
Table below showing the correct sizing for insulated pipe.
Ordering: Specify chair number, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M39.

P
J

E
N
CHAIR NO. 1A & 1

CHAIR NO. 2 THRU 7

FIGURE 39 CHAIR AND ROLL


CHAIR
NO.
1A

MAX
LOAD
390

1A

1735

950

4226

2100

9342

3075

13679

4980

22153

5
5
6
6
7

6100
27135
7500
33363
12000

53381

BARE
PIPE
SIZE
2
21 2
3
31 2
50
65
80
90
4
5
6
100
125
150
8
10
200
250
12
14
300
350
16
18
20
400
450
500
24
600
30
750
36
42
900
1320

C
6

D
81 2

152

216

1018

152

257

178

229

11

203

279

121 2

229

318

87 8
225
11
279
12

1334
349
171 4
438
20

305

508

E
11 2
134
218
238
38
44
54
60
234
3 3 8
37 8
70
86
98
5 1 8
61 4
130
159
7 3 8
8
187
203
87 8
10
11
225
254
279
13
330
161 4
413
20
2318
508
587

J
61 2

K
1

M
1 4

N
2

O
9 16

P
31 2

S
418

WGT.
EA.
7.0

165

25

51

14

89

105

3.2

1 4

238

9 16

43 4

41 4

10.5

203

25

60

14

121

108

4.8

334

11 16

16.5

102

25

10

95

17

178

127

7.5

534

38

434

11 16

26.8

146

25

10

121

17

229

152

12.2

634

1 2

434

13 16

10

61 2

40.5

171

25

13

121

21

254

165

18.4

71 2
191
10
254
12

1
25
1
25
1

5 8
16
5 8
16
1

47 8
124
558
143
57 8

13 16

21
13 16
21
1116

111 2
292
141 4
362
17

634
171
8
203
9

51.0
23.1
89.8
40.7
145

305

25

25

149

27

432

229

65.8

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
61

PIPE ROLLS
PIPE SIZE OF COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE TO BE USED WITH FIGURES 17 AND 39
CHAIR
NUMBER
1A

1
2
3
4
5
5
6
6
7
7

BARE
PIPE
SIZE
2
21 2
3
31 2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
600
30
750
36
900
42
1050

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
62

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

Fig. 351
1" Cov.
25

Fig. 352
112" Cov.
38

3 4 to 3
20 to 80

3 4

3 4

4 to 6
100 to 150

3 to 5
80 to 125

2 to 4
50 to 100

8
200
10 to 12
250 to 300
14 to 18
350 to 450

6 to 8
150 to 200
10 to 12
250 to 300
14 to 18
350 to 450

5 to 8
125 to 200
10 to 12
250 to 300
14 to 18
350 to 450

20
500
24
600
30
750
40
1000

20
500
24
600
30
750
36
900

18 to 20
450 to 500
24
600
30
750
36
900

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

to 21 2
20 to 65

Fig. 353
2" Cov.
51

Fig. 354
212" Cov.
64

Fig. 355
3" Cov.
76

Fig. 356
4" Cov.
102

2 to 5
50 to 125
6 to 8
150 to 200
10 to 16
250 to 400

2 to 6
50 to 150
8
200
10 to 14
250 to 350

4 to 5
100 to 125
6 to 8
150 to 200
10 to 12
250 to 300

18 to 20
450 to 500
24
600
30
750
36
900

16 to 18
400 to 450
20 to 24
500 to 600
30
750
36
900

14 to 18
350 to 450
20 to 24
500 to 600
28
700
32
800

to 11 2
20 to 40
to 11 2
20 to 40

3 4

PIPE ROLLS

ADJUSTABLE CHAIR AND ROLL


Figure 40
The Figure 40 is designed for longitudinal movement of pipe where vertical
and lateral adjustment is required. Because the base plate is made of steel, it
can be either welded or bolted in position. The correct height can be obtained
by adjusting the screws at each corner. The correct lateral location can be
achieved by sliding the chair on the ends of the adjusting screws. The Figure
40 may be used without the Base Plate to rest on customer provided flooring
or structure.
Material: Carbon Steel Chair, Base, Axle and Adjusting Screws with Cast Iron
Pipe Roll. Use a Figure 53 when a Cast Iron Chair and Base are required. Do
not exceed 450 F / 232 C at the contact point to the roll.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 46, MSS-SP-69 Type 46.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure 40 will
have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table below showing the correct sizing for insulated pipe.
Ordering: Specify chair number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M40.

ALL HOLES
IN BASE
ARE 1" DIA.

D
B
ADJUSTING
BOLT

FIGURE 40 ADJUSTABLE STEEL CHAIR AND ROLL


CHAIR
NO.
1A

MAX
LOAD
390

1A

1735

950

4226

2100

9342

3075

13679

4980

22153

5
5
6
6
7
7
7
7

6100
27135
7500
33363
12000
53381
12000
53381

BARE
PIPE
SIZE
2
21 2
3
31 2
50
65
80
90
4
5
6
100
125
150
8
10
200
250
12
14
300
350
16
18
20
400
450
500
24
600
30
750
36
900
42
1050

N
B
67 8

C
51 2

D
37 8

175

140

98

81 2

534

518

216

146

130

1058

61 2

738

270

165

187

121 2

734

91 2

318

197

241

1458

858

1118

371

219

283

1534
400
191 4
489
221 2
572
221 2
572

858
219
101 2
267
12
305
12
305

121 4
311
1534
400
16
406
16
406

E
134
21 8
21 2
21 2
44
54
64
64
27 8
3
37 8
73
76
98
538
6
137
152
718
8
181
203
91 4
101 2
111 4
235
267
286
1338
340
1678
429
20
508
2318
587

MIN.
3

MAX.
378

WGT.
EA.
15.5

76

98

7.0

338

41 2

20.7

86

114

9.4

478

658

34.3

124

168

15.6

578

758

50.6

149

194

23.0

578

734

73.6

149

197

33.4

618
156
71 4
184
838
213
838
213

8
203
101 2
267
1134
298
1134
298

88.7
40.2
166
75.3
233
106
233
106

63

PIPE ROLLS
PIPE SIZE OF COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE TO BE USED WITH FIGURE 40
CHAIR
NUMBER
1A

1
2
3
4
5
5
6
6
7
7

BARE
PIPE
SIZE
2
21 2
3
31 2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
600
30
750
36
900
42
1050

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
64

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

Fig. 351
1" Cov.
25
3 4 to 3
20 TO 80

Fig. 352
112" Cov.
38
to 21 2
20 to 65

Fig. 353
2" Cov.
51

Fig. 354
212" Cov.
64

Fig. 355
3" Cov.
76

Fig. 356
4" Cov.
102

to 11 2
20 to 40

3 4

3 4

4 to 6
100 to 150

3 to 5
80 to 125

2 to 4
50 to 100

8
200
10 to 12
250 to 300
14 to 18
350 to 450

6 to 8
150 to 200
10 to 12
250 to 300
14 to 18
350 to 450

5 to 8
125 to 200
10
250 to 300
12 to 18
350 to 450

2 to 5
50 to 125
6 to 8
150 to 200
10 to 16
250 to 400

2 to 6
50 to 150
8
200
10 to 14
250 to 350

4 to 5
100 to 125
6 to 8
150 to 200
10 to 12
250 to 300

20
500
24
600
30
750
40
1000

20
500
24
600
30
750
36
900

18 to 20
450 to 500
24
600
30
750
36
900

18 to 20
450 to 500
24
600
30
750
36
900

16 to 18
400 to 450
20 to 24
500 to 600
30
750
36
900

14 to 18
350 to 450
20 to 24
500 to 600
28
700
32
800

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

to 11 2
20 to 40

3 4

PIPE ROLLS

ADJUSTABLE CHAIR AND ROLL


Figure 53
The Figure 53 is designed for longitudinal movement of pipe where vertical and lateral adjustment is required.The correct height can be obtained
by adjusting the screws at each corner. The correct lateral location can be
achieved by sliding the chair on the ends of the adjusting screws. The
Figure 53 may be used without the Base Plate to rest on customer provided flooring or structure.
Material: Cast Iron Chair and Roll. Carbon Steel Axle, Base, and
Adjusting Screws. Use a Figure 40 when a Carbon Steel Chair is required.
Do not exceed 450 F / 232 C at the contact point to the roll.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 46,
MSS-SP-69 Type 46.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection
saddle the Figure 53 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table
below showing the correct sizing for insulated pipe.
Ordering: Specify chair number, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M53.

ALL HOLES
IN BASE
ARE 1" DIA.

D
B
ADJUSTING
BOLT

FIGURE 53 ADJUSTABLE STEEL CHAIR AND ROLL


CHAIR
NO.
1A

MAX
LOAD
390

1A

1735

950

4226

2100

9342

3075

13679

4980

22153

5
5
6
6
7
7
7
7

6100
27135
7500
33363
12000
53381
12000
53381

BARE
PIPE
SIZE
2
21 2
3
31 2
50
65
80
90
4
5
6
100
125
150
8
10
200
250
12
14
300
350
16
18
20
400
450
500
24
600
30
750
36
900
42
1050

N
B
67 8

C
51 2

D
37 8

175

140

98

81 2

534

518

206

146

130

1058

712

738

270

171

187

12 1/2

8 1/4

91 2

333

203

241

1458

914

1118

371

219

283

1534
400
191 4
489
221 2
572
221 2
572

914
219
111 2
267
13
305
13
305

121 4
311
1534
400
16
406
16
406

E
134
21 8
21 2
21 2
44
54
64
64
27 8
3
37 8
73
76
98
538
6
137
152
718
8
181
203
91 4
101 2
111 4
235
267
286
1338
340
1678
429
20
508
2318
587

MIN.
3

MAX.
378

WGT.
EA.
15.5

76

98

7.0

338

41 2

20.7

86

114

9.4

478

658

34.3

124

168

15.6

5 7 8

758

50.6

149

194

23.0

578

734

73.6

149

197

33.4

618
156
71 4
184
83 8
213
838
213

8
203
101 2
267
1134
298
1134
298

88.7
40.2
166
75.3
233
106
233
106
65

PIPE ROLLS
PIPE SIZE OF COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE TO BE USED WITH FIGURE 53
CHAIR
NUMBER
1A

1
2
3
4
5
5
6
6
7
7

BARE
PIPE
SIZE
2
21 2
3
31 2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
600
30
750
36
900
42
1050

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
66

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

Fig. 351
1" Cov.
25

Fig. 352
112" Cov.
38

3 4 x 3
20 to 80

3 4

3 4

4 to 6
100 to 150

3 to 5
80 to 125

2 to 4
50 to 100

8
200
10 to 12
250 to 300
14 to 18
350 to 450

6 to 8
150 to 200
10 to 12
250 to 300
14 to 18
350 to 450

5 to 8
125 to 200
10 to 12
250 to 300
14 to 16
350 to 400

20
500
24
600
30
750
40
1000

20
500
24
600
30
750
36
900

18 to 20
450 to 500
24
600
30
750
36
900

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

to 21 2
20 to 65

Fig. 353
2" Cov.
51

Fig. 354
212" Cov.
64

Fig. 355
3" Cov.
76

Fig. 356
4" Cov.
102

2 to 5
50 to 125
6 to 8
150 to 200
10 to 16
250 to 400

2 to 6
50 to 150
8
200
10 to 14
250 to 350

4 to 5
100 to 125
6 to 8
150 to 200
10 to 12
250 to 300

18 to 20
450 to 500
24
600
30
750
36
900

16 to 18
400 to 450
20 to 24
500 to 600
30
750
36
900

14 to 18
350 to 450
20 to 24
500 to 600
28
700
32
800

to 11 2
20 to 40
to 11 2
20 to 40

3 4

PIPE ROLLS

ROLLER CHAIR
Figure 54
The Figure 54 is designed for longitudinal movement of
pipe where vertical adjustment is not required. Although
two bolts are supplied for installation the chair can be alternatively welded in position
Material: Carbon Steel Chair and Axle with Cast Iron
Pipe Roll. Use a Figure 17 when a Cast Iron Chair is
required. Do not exceed 450 F / 232 C at the contact
point to the roll.
Compliance: A-A 1192A Type 44, MSS SP-69 Type 44.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection
saddle the Figure 54 will have to be oversized to suit.
Please see the Table for the Figure 142 which shows the
correct sizing for insulated pipe.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M54.

G
D
A

FIGURE 54 ROLLER CHAIR


PIPE
SIZE
2
50
212
65
3
80
312
90
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600

MAX
LOAD
300
1335
600
2669
600
2669
600
2669
700
3114
700
3114
1000
4448
1300
5783
1700
7562
2300
10231
3100
13790
3900
17349
4200
18683
4500
20018
6000
26690

A
478
124
478
124
6
152
612
165
7
178
758
194
934
248
1178
302
1412
368
1614
413
1812
470
20
508
2234
578
2558
651
30
762

B
158
41
2
51
214
57
258
67
278
73
312
89
4
102
518
130
638
162
712
191
838
213
938
238
1012
267
1158
295
14
356

C
112
38
158
41
134
44
218
54
238
60
212
64
234
70
3
76
358
92
418
105
434
121
538
137
6
152
612
165
778
200

D
2
51
2
51
2
51
2
51
212
64
3
76
314
83
412
114
5
127
6
152
612
165
10
254
914
235
1014
260
1214
311

BOLT SIZE
G
3
8 x 112
M10 x 38
3
8 x 112
M10 x 38
3
8 x 112
M10 x 38
3
8 x 112
M10 x 38
3
8 x 112
M10 x 38
1
2 x 2
M12 x 51
1
2 x 2
M12 x 51
5
8 x 2
M16 x 51
3
4 x 212
M20 x 64
3
4 x 212
M20 x 64
3
4 x 212
M20 x 64
3 4 x 2 1/2
M20 x 76
3
4 x 212
M20 x 64
3
4 x 212
M20 x 64
7
8 x 312
M22 x 102

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
EACH
1.10
0.50
1.40
0.64
1.60
0.73
2.60
1.18
2.90
1.32
3.90
1.77
6.00
2.72
9.00
4.08
13.80
6.26
18.90
8.57
28.10
12.70
34.90
15.80
44.40
20.10
56.30
25.60
87.50
39.70

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
67

PIPE ROLLS

ROLL AND
PLATE
Figure 63
The plate is made of steel
with holes for anchoring to
piers. It is used for supporting pipe lines where vertical
adjustment is not required.
Material: Steel Plate,
Cast Iron Roll. Do not
exceed 450 F / 232 C at
the contact point to the roll.
Compliance: A-A 1192A
Type 45, MSS SP-69
Type 45.
Finish: Plain, Painted,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify plate
number and figure number.

H
Traverse

1"

FIGURE 63 ROLL AND PLATE


PLATE
NO.
1A
1A
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6

PIPE
SIZES
2-3 1/2
50 - 80
4-6
100 - 150
8-10
200 - 250
12-14
300 - 350
16-20
400 - 500
24
600
30
750

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
68

MAXIMUM
LOAD
390
177
950
431
2100
953
3075
1395
4980
2259
6100
2767
7500
3402

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

A
114
32
138
35
2
51
212
64
234
70
278
73
338
86

B
318
79
418
105
612
165
858
219
958
244
1034
273
1312
343

C
638
162
738
187
812
216
958
244
1058
270
1134
298
13
330

H
438
111
514
133
538
137
614
159
7
178
8
203
812
216

J
378
98
434
121
534
146
612
165
712
191
812
216
912
241

P
5
16
8
5
16
8
3
8
10
3
8
10
1
2
13
5
8
16
5
8
16

WEIGHT
EACH
3.16
1.43
4.75
2.15
11.4
5.17
21.9
9.93
28.2
12.8
38.9
17.6
59.0
26.7

PIPE ROLLS

PIPE ROLL
Figure 67
Our Figure 67 Pipe Roll is used with Figure17, 39, 40,and
53 adjustable and non-adjustable chairs and rolls, also on
various types of hangers and supports
This product is shown for conceptual special assembly
design purposes only and is not sold as an individual
product.
Material: Cast Iron.
Do not exceed 450 F / 232 C at the contact point to
the roll.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify roll size and figure number. For Metric
applications specify Figure M67.

FIGURE 67 PIPE ROLL


ROLL
NO.
1A
1A
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6

PIPE
SIZES
2-31/2
50 - 80
4-6
100 - 150
8-10
200 - 250
12-14
300 - 350
16-20
400 - 500
24
600
30
750

A
21116
68
334
95
6
152
8
203
918
232
10
254
1212
318

B
178
48
2116
52
314
83
4
102
412
114
4716
113
512
140

ROD
C
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
3
4
M20
7
8
M20
118
M30
138
M36
134
M42

WEIGHT
EACH
1.02
0.46
1.26
0.57
4.42
2.00
8.82
4.00
12.2
5.53
14.5
6.58
23.6
10.7

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
69

PIPE ROLLS

ADJUSTABLE ROLL SUPPORT

FIGURE 109 ADJUSTABLE ROLL SUPPORT

Figure 109
The Figure 109 is designed for longitudinal movement
of pipe where vertical adjustment of up to six inches of is
required. This part is normally used directly above the
supporting structure.
Material: Cast Iron Pipe Roll and Sockets, Carbon Steel
Axle, Continuous Thread Rods, and Hex Nuts. Do not
exceed 450 F / 232 C at the contact point to the roll.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection
saddle the Figure 109 will have to be oversized to suit.
Please see the Table for the Figure 142 which shows the
correct sizing for insulated pipe.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M109.

D
A

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
70

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

PIPE
SIZE
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
312
90
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600
30
750

MAX
LOAD
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
600
2669
600
2669
700
3114
700
3114
700
3114
1000
4448
1300
5783
1700
7562
2300
10231
3075
13679
3970
17660
4200
18683
4550
20240
6160
27402
7290
32429

A
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
7
8
M22
7
8
M22
7
8
M22
1
M24
1
M24
1
M24
114
M30
112
M36
112
M36

B
338
86
358
92
418
105
512
140
618
156
718
181
718
181
838
213
958
244
12
305
1418
359
1618
410
1734
451
2012
521
2218
562
2418
613
2878
733
3512
902

D
714
184
714
184
714
184
8
203
8
203
8
203
812
216
9
229
9
229
10
254
11
279
12
305
12
305
18
457
18
457
18
457
24
610
24
610

H
114
32
138
35
158
41
2
51
214
57
258
67
278
73
312
89
4
102
518
130
638
162
712
191
838
213
912
241
1012
267
1158
295
14
356
1712
445

WGT.
EACH
1.08
0.49
1.11
0.50
1.65
0.75
2.72
1.23
2.72
1.23
2.72
1.23
3.91
1.77
4.63
2.10
7.07
3.21
11.40
5.15
13.70
6.22
15.90
7.21
28.70
13.00
42.50
19.30
46.60
21.10
66.20
30.00
102.50
46.50
186.80
84.70

PIPE ROLLS

ROLLER SUPPORT
Figure 110
Figure 110 Roller Support is used on steam or hot water
systems where pipe is to be supported in tunnels, trenches,
structural brackets and frames. Adjustment is made by
raising and lowering the top nut on the legs and locked into
position by tightening the lower nut.
Material: Steel Axle, Cast Iron Roll.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M110.

H
A

FIGURE 110 ROLLER SUPPORT


PIPE
SIZE
2
50
212
65
3
80
312
90
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400

Figure 110
PIPE SIZE
OF ROLL
4"
100
5"
125
6"
150
7"
200
8"
200
10"
250
12"
300
14"
350
16"
400

MAXIMUM
LOAD
300
1335
600
2669
600
2669
600
2669
700
3114
700
3114
1000
4448
1300
5783
1700
7562
2300
10231
3075
13679
3075
13679

A
412
114
5
127
578
149
7
178
7
178
812
216
10
254
12
305
14
356
16
406
17
432
1912
495

C
158
41
1516
33
214
57
258
67
21316
71
3716
87
4116
103
518
130
614
159
7716
189
834
222
9716
240

D
334
95
412
114
412
114
412
114
412
114
412
114
4 12
114
514
133
512
140
6
152
7
178
8
203

E
1316
30
138
35
1716
37
158
41
11116
43
2
51
238
60
234
70
338
86
31516
100
434
121
5116
129

H
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
7
8
M22
7
8
M22
7
8
M22
1
M24
1
M24

WEIGHT
EACH
0.79
0.36
1.44
0.65
1.62
0.73
1.64
0.74
1.82
0.83
2.90
1.32
4.66
2.11
7.29
3.31
10.23
4.64
12.27
5.57
21.39
9.70
27.76
12.59

PIPE SIZE OF COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE to be used with Figure 110 Roller Support
Figure 351
Figure 352
Figure 353
Figure 354
Figure 355
Figure 356
1" Cov.
112" Cov.
2" Cov.
212" Cov.
3" Cov.
4" Cov.
25
38
51
64
76
102
2-1/2"-3"
2"-2-1/2"
65 - 80
50 - 65
3-1/2"
90
4"-5"
3"-3-1/2"
2"-2-1/2"
100 - 125
80 - 90
50 - 65
6"
4"-5"
3"-4"
2"-2-1/2"
2"-2-1/2"
150
100 - 125
80 - 100
50 - 65
50 - 65
8"
6"
5"
3"-3-1/2"
3"-3-1/2"
200
150
125
80 - 90
80 - 90
8"
6"
4"-5"
4"-5"
200
150
100 - 125
100 - 125
10"
10"
8"
6"
6"-8"
4"-6"
250
250
200
150
150 - 200
100 - 150
12"
12"
10"
8"
300
300
250
200
14"
14"
12"-14"
10"
8"
8"
350
350
300 - 350
250
200
200
71

PIPE ROLLS

HARVARD ROLL HANGER

Figure 140
Designed to support piping lines from above, allowing for
vertical adjustment, and axial movement in the piping. The
lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper
elevation, the top nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due
to vibration, and must be tightened securely to assure proper
hanger performance.
Material: Carbon Steel frame with a Cast Iron Roll. Do not
exceed 450 F / 232 C at the contact point to the roll.
Compliance: A-A-1192A Type 43 and MSS-SP-69 Type 43.
Finish: Plain, Painted, and Hot-Dip Galvanized.
For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection
saddle the Figure 140 will have to be oversized to suit.
Please see the Table below showing the correct sizing for
insulated pipe.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M140.

E
B
CL
D

FIGURE 140 HARVARD ROLL HANGER


PIPE
SIZE
2
50
212
65
3
80
312
90
4
100
5
125
6
150
7
175
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600

MAXIMUM
LOAD
150
667
225
1001
310
1379
390
1735
475
2113
685
3047
780
3470
780
3470
780
3470
965
4293
965
4293
1200
5338
1400
6228
1400
6228
1600
7117
1800
8007

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
72

ROD SIZE
A
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
3
4
M20
7
8
M20
7
8
M22
7
8
M22
1
M24
1
M24
1
M24
114
M30
112
M36

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

B
414
108
478
124
614
159
678
175
712
191
838
213
978
251
1118
283
1258
321
15
381
1718
435
1838
467
2012
521
2318
587
2412
622
2978
759

C
234
70
314
83
378
98
412
114
478
124
638
162
758
194
812
216
912
241
1114
286
1312
343
1458
371
1714
438
19
483
21
533
2434
629

D
158
41
2
51
214
57
258
67
278
73
312
89
4
102
434
121
518
130
614
159
712
191
838
213
912
241
1012
267
1158
295
14
356

E
258
67
278
73
318
79
312
89
358
92
412
114
5
127
514
133
618
156
714
184
838
213
834
222
934
248
1112
292
1214
311
1534
400

G
3
16 x 114
5 x 32
3
16 x 114
5 x 32
3
16 x 114
5 x 32
1
4 x 114
6 x 32
1
4 x 112
6 x 38
1
4 x 2
6 x 51
1
4 x 2
6 x 51
1
4 x 2
6 x 51
3
8 x 2
10 x 51
3
8 x 212
10 x 64
1
2 x 2
13 x 51
1
2 x 212
13 x 64
1
2 x 212
13 x 64
1
2 x 3
13 x 76
5
8 x 3
16 x 76
5
8 x 3
16 x 76

WEIGHT
EACH
1.60
0.73
2.00
0.91
2.30
1.04
2.50
1.13
4.00
1.81
5.30
2.40
7.00
9.40
9.40
4.26
12.30
5.58
19.30
8.75
23.10
10.50
35.50
16.10
46.50
21.10
57.00
25.90
75.90
34.40
119.30
54.10

PIPE ROLLS
Figure 140
PIPE SIZE
OF ROLL
212
65
3
80
4
100
5
125
6
150
7
175
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600

Figure 351
1" Cov.
25
3
4
20
1 to 112
25 to 40
2 to 212
50 to 65
3 to 312
80 to 90
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350

PIPE SIZE OF COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE to be used with Figure 140


Figure 352
Figure 353
Figure 354
Figure 355
Figure 356
112" Cov.
2" Cov.
212" Cov.
3" Cov.
4" Cov.
38
51
64
76
100

1 to 112
25 to 40
2 to 212
50 to 65
3 to 312
80 to 90
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18 to 20
450 to 500

4 to 112
20 to 40
2 to 212
50 to 65
3 to 312
80 to 90
4
100
5 to 6
125 to 150
8
200
10
250
12 to 14
300 to 350
16
400
18 to 20
450 to 500

4 to 1
20 to 25
114 to 112
32 to 40
2 to 3
50 to 80
312 to 5
90 to 125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
18
450

2
50
212
65
3 to 4
80 to 100
5 to 6
125 to 150
5 to 6
125 to 150
8
200
10 to 12
250 to 300
14
350
18
450

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

8
200
10
250
12
300
16
400

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
73

PIPE ROLLS

ADJUSTABLE ROLL SUPPORT


B

Figure 142
The Figure 142 is designed for longitudinal movement
of pipe where vertical adjustment is required. Although
primarily used for support of the pipe, this component
may also be placed over the pipe to act as a guide.
Material: Cast Iron Pipe Roll and Sockets with a Carbon
Steel Axle. Do not exceed 450 F / 232 C at the contact
point to the roll.
Compliance: A-A-1192A Type 42, MSS SP-69 Type 41.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galv., Hot-Dip Galv.
For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection
saddle the Figure 142 will have to be oversized to suit.
Please see the Table below which shows the correct sizing
for insulated pipe.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M142.

FIGURE 142 ADJUSTABLE ROLL SUPPORT


PIPE
SIZE
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
4
100
5
125
6
150
7
175
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600
30
750
DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
74

MAX
LOAD
600
2669
600
2669
600
2669
600
2669
600
2669
700
3114
700
3114
700
3114
1000
4448
1200
5338
1300
5783
1700
7562
2400
10676
3100
13790
3900
17349
4200
18683
4500
20018
6100
27135
7200
32028
LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

ROD SIZE
A
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
3
4
M20
7
8
M22
7
8
M22
7
8
M22
1
M24
1
M24
1
M24
114
M30
112
M36
112
M36
WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

B
3
76
338
86
358
92
418
105
512
140
618
156
718
181
838
213
958
244
1034
273
12
305
1418
359
1618
410
1734
451
2012
521
2218
562
24 18
613
2878
733
3512
902

D
1
25
114
32
138
35
158
41
2
51
214
57
278
73
312
89
4
102
434
121
518
130
614
159
712
191
838
213
912
241
1012
267
1158
295
14
356
1712
445

K
418
105
412
114
434
121
514
133
7
178
758
194
858
219
978
251
1138
289
1212
318
14
356
16
406
18
457
20
508
2218
562
2438
619
2658
676
3218
816
3978
1013

WGT.
EACH
0.45
0.20
0.48
0.22
0.51
0.23
0.57
0.26
1.48
0.67
1.48
0.67
1.78
0.81
2.42
1.10
3.96
1.80
5.99
2.72
6.43
2.92
8.45
3.83
10.20
4.63
20.90
9.48
26.07
11.80
36.59
16.60
39.00
17.70
66.90
30.30
134.00
60.80

PIPE ROLLS
Figure 142
PIPE SIZE
OF ROLL
212
65
3
80
4
100
5
125
6
150
7
175
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600
30
750

Figure 351
1" Cov.
25
3
4 to 1
20 to 25
114 to 112
32 to 40
212 to 3
65 to 80
312
90
4 to 5
100 to 125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600

PIPE SIZE OF COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE to be used with Figure 142


Figure 352
Figure 353
Figure 354
Figure 355
Figure 356
112" Cov.
2" Cov.
212" Cov.
3" Cov.
4" Cov.
38
51
64
76
102
3

4 to 1
20 to 25
112
40
2 to 212
50 to 65
3 to 312
80 to 90
4 to 5
100 to 125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600

4 to 1
20 to 25
114 to 112
32 to 40
2 to 212
50 to 65
3 to 4
80 to 100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12 to 14
300 to 350
16
400
18 to 20
450 to 500
24
600

4 to 1
20 to 25
114 to 112
32 to 40
2 to 212
50 to 65
3 to 312
80 to 90
4 to 5
100 to 125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12 to 14
300 to 400
16
400
18 to 20
450 to 500
24
600

2 to 212
50 to 65
3 to 312
80 to 90
4 to 5
100 to 125
6 to 8
150 to 200
10
250
12 to 14
300 to 400
16 to 20
400 to 450
24
600

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

4 to 6
100 to 150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14 to 18
350 to 450
20 to 24
500 to 600

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
75

PIPE ROLLS
FIG. 173 PIPE ROLL

PIPE ROLL
Figure 173
The Figure 173 is used in conjunction with our Figure 140,
142, and 333 Roll Hangers The inside of the roll is cored. A
special non-conductive roll is available upon request.
Material: Cast Iron.
Do not exceed 450 F / 232 C at the contact point to the roll.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Note: Not sold as an individual product.

PIPE
SIZE
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
312
90
4
100
5
125
6
150
7

8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600
30
750

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
76

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

A
112
38
178
48
218
54
278
73
318
79
334
95
438
111
434
121
578
149
634
171
8
203
878
225
11
279
13
330
1438
365
17
432
1838
467
2038
518
2414
616
3014
768

Roll Rod
Diameter
C
3
8
10
3
8
10
3
8
10
3
8
10
1
2
13
1
2
13
1
2
13
1
2
13
5
8
16
3
4
16
3/4
19
7
8
19
7
8
22
7
8
22
1
25
114
32
114
32
114
32
112
38
134
44

WEIGHT
EACH
0.12
0.05
0.18
0.08
0.24
0.11
0.34
0.15
0.37
0.17
0.42
0.19
0.68
0.31
0.90
0.41
1.29
0.59
1.8
0.82
2.4
1.09
3.3
1.50
4.8
2.18
10.0
4.5
12.0
5.4
19.0
8.6
22.5
10.2
22.6
10.3
43.7
19.8
98
44.5

PIPE ROLLS

ROLLER SUPPORT

Figure 333
The Figure 333 is designed for axial movement of pipe where
vertical adjustment is required. This part is normally used directly above the supporting structure.
Material: Cast Iron Pipe Roll, Carbon Steel Axle, Chair, and
Hex Nuts. Do not exceed 450 F / 232 C at the contact point to
the roll.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the
Figure 333 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table
for the Figure 142 which shows the correct sizing for insulated
pipe.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For
Metric applications specify Figure M333.

FIGURE 333 ROLLER SUPPORT


PIPE
SIZE
2
50
212
65
3
80
312
90
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300

MAXIMUM
LOAD
400
1779
400
1779
400
1779
400
1779
600
2669
600
2669
900
4004
900
4004
1100
4893
1100
4893

A
278
73
338
86
4
102
412
114
518
130
618
156
714
184
938
238
1112
292
1312
343

B
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
152

C
278
73
314
83
358
92
4
102
4516
110
5116
129
6
152
714
184
81316
224
10516
262

ROD
G
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
3
4
M20
1
M24
1
M24

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

WEIGHT
EACH
2.09
0.95
2.43
1.10
2.65
1.20
2.72
1.23
3.43
1.56
4.26
1.93
7.71
3.50
9.93
4.50
16.70
7.55
19.30
8.77

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
77

PIPE SADDLES AND PIPE SHIELDS

INSULATION SHIELD
Figure 265GS
The Figure 265GS is designed to support insulated pipe
and prevent crushing of the insulation at the point of
support. This item is usually used with our Figure 100
Clevis Hanger.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Compliance: A-A 1192A Type 40, MSS SP-69 Type 40.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify hanger size, and figure number. For
Metric applications specify Figure M265GS.

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
78

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

FIGURE 265GS INSULATION SHIELD


INSIDE
DIA.
238
60
278
73
312
89
4
102
412
114
5
127
558
143
658
168
758
194
858
219
958
244
1034
273
1134
298
1234
324
14
356
15
381
16
406
17
432
18
457
19
483
20
508
21
533
22
559
23
584
24
610
26
660
27
686
28
711

CLEVIS
HANGER
SIZE
2
50
212
65
3
80
312
90
4
100
5
125
6
150
6
150
7
175
8
200
10
250
10
250
12
300
12
300
14
350
16
400
16
400
18
450
18
450
20
500
20
500
24
600
24
600
24
600
24
600
30
750
30
750
30
750

SHIELD
GAUGE
18
1
18
1
18
1
18
1
18
1
18
1
18
1
16
1
16
1
16
1
16
1
16
1
14
2
14
2
14
2
14
2
14
2
14
2
12
3
12
3
12
3
12
3
12
3
12
3
12
3
12
3
12
3
12
3

LENGTH
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
18
457
18
457
24
610
24
610
24
610
24
610
24
610
24
610
24
610
24
610
24
610
24
610
24
610
24
610
24
610
24
610
24
610
24
610

WEIGHT
EACH
0.62
0.28
0.76
0.34
0.92
0.42
1.04
0.47
1.16
0.53
1.32
0.60
1.46
0.66
2.30
1.04
2.70
1.22
3.00
1.36
5.10
2.31
5.60
2.54
10.00
4.50
11.00
5.00
12.00
5.40
13.00
5.90
14.00
6.40
15.00
6.80
17.00
7.70
23.00
10.40
24.00
10.90
25.00
11.30
26.00
11.80
28.00
12.70
29.00
13.20
31.00
14.10
32.00
14.50
34.00
15.40

PIPE SADDLES AND PIPE SHIELDS

INSULATION SHIELD
Figure 265P
The Figure 265P is designed to protect the insulation and
distribute the load at the hanger point. This item is usually
used with our Figure 100 Clevis Hanger.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Compliance: A-A 1192A Type 40, MSS SP-69 Type 40.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify hanger size, and figure number. For
Metric applications specify Figure M265P.

FIGURE 265P INSULATION SHIELD


INSIDE
DIAMETER
238
60
278
73
312
89
4
102
412
114
5
127
558
143
658
168
758
194
858
219
958
244
1034
273
1134
298
1234
324
14
356
15
381
16
406
17
432
18
457
19
483
20
508
21
533
22
559
23
584
24
610

CLEVIS
HANGER
SIZE
2
50
212
65
3
80
312
90
4
100
5
125
5
125
6
150
7
175
8
200
10
250
10
250
12
300
12
300
14
350
16
400
16
400
18
450
18
450
20
500
20
500
24
600
24
600
24
600
24
600

LENGTH
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
EACH
0.62
0.28
0.76
0.34
0.92
0.42
1.04
0.47
1.16
0.53
1.32
0.60
1.46
0.66
1.58
0.72
1.74
0.79
2.02
0.92
2.28
1.03
2.54
1.15
2.84
1.29
4.18
1.90
4.58
2.08
4.90
2.22
5.20
2.36
5.53
2.51
6.20
2.81
6.50
2.95
7.25
3.29
7.30
3.31
7.60
3.45
7.75
3.52
8.00
3.63

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
79

PIPE SADDLES AND PIPE SHIELDS

IRON PIPE INSULATION SHIELD


Figure 265 CVB

COPPER TUBING INSULATION SHIELD


Figure 365 CVB
Both the Figure 265 CVB and 365 CVB are designed to insulated
the pipe and tubing for thermal efficiency as well as to provide a
vapor barrier to prevent moisture condensation after installation.
Both products are comprised of a poly-urethane insulation, an outer
wrapper and a galvanized steel shield. Recommended for an operating temperature range of 200 F (-129 C) to +250 F (121 C).
Materials: Polyurethane, ASJ (Vapor Barrier), Carbon Steel.
Finish: Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe/tubing size, covering thickness, and figure
number. For Metric applications specify Figure M265CVB or
M365CVB.
FIGURE 265 CVB IRON PIPE SHIELD
FIGURE 365 CVB COPPER TUBING SHIELD
PIPE
SIZE
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500

TUBING
SIZE
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
4
100
5
125
6
150

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
80

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

SHIELD
LENGTH
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
152
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

VAPOR
BARRIER
LENGTH
10
254
10
254
10
254
10
254
10
254
10
254
10
254
10
254
10
254
10
254
10
254
16
406
16
406
16
406
16
406
16
406
16
406
16
406

4"
0.48
0.22
0.54
0.24
0.61
0.28
0.75
0.34
0.77
0.35
0.99
0.45
1.18
0.54
1.47
0.67
1.74
0.79
3.04
1.38
2.75
1.25
3.15
1.43
3.95
1.79
4.67
2.12
5.19
2.35
5.94
2.69
6.57
2.98
8.64
3.92

NOMINAL INSULATION THICKNESS


WEIGHT
1"
112"
2"
0.60
0.97
1.56
0.27
0.44
0.71
0.62
1.02
1.58
0.28
0.46
0.72
0.77
1.37
1.73
0.35
0.62
0.78
0.80
1.51
1.76
0.36
0.68
0.80
0.92
1.60
2.14
0.42
0.73
0.97
1.26
1.82
2.29
0.57
0.83
1.04
1.40
2.16
3.17
0.64
0.98
1.44
1.57
2.30
3.37
0.71
1.04
1.53
2.11
3.32
4.06
0.96
1.51
1.84
2.44
3.58
5.11
1.11
1.62
2.32
3.20
4.43
5.90
1.45
2.01
2.68
3.25
3.47
8.78
1.47
1.57
3.98
4.05
4.27
8.95
1.84
1.94
4.06
4.77
4.97
9.04
2.16
2.25
4.10
5.29
5.45
9.17
2.40
2.47
4.16
6.14
6.35
9.44
2.79
2.88
4.28
6.68
6.85
9.47
3.03
3.11
4.30
8.75
8.95
9.60
3.97
4.06
4.35

PIPE SADDLES AND PIPE SHIELDS

PIPE COVERING
PROTECTION SADDLE
Figure 351 to 357Z
The Figure 351 to 357APCP saddles are used to protect the
insulation against damage and keep heat loss to a minimum.
They are designed for from 1" up to 5" of covering. All
Saddles are 12" long with three tabs on each side for welding to pipe. Sizes 12" and larger have a welded in center rib.
Material: Carbon Steel (except Fig 356Z and 357Z which
are Chrome Molybdenum Steel).

Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A


Type 39A or 39B, MSS-SP-69 Type 39A or 39B
and BSPSS-BS3974.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galv., Hot-Dip Galv.
Ordering: Specify figure number and pipe size.
For Metric applications specify Figure M351 to M357Z.

COVERING
THICKNESS

12"

CL
CENTER
RIB
SIZES
12" &
LARGER

Saddle with
Fig. 173 Roll

Saddle with
Fig. 67 Roll

FIGURE 351 TO 357Z PIPE COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE

PIPE
SIZE

FIG.
NO.
351

3 4
20

352
353
351

1
25

352
353
351

11 4
32

352
353
354
351

11 2
40

352
353
354

MAXIMUM
ACTUAL
COVERING COVERING
THICKNESS THICKNESS
15 16
1
25
24
11 2
11 2
38
38
2
2
51
51
1
11 16
25
27
11 2
19 16
38
40
2
21 8
51
54
7 8
1
25
22
11 2
15 8
38
41
2
115 16
51
49
21 2
21 2
64
64
1
11 16
25
27
11 2
19 16
38
40
2
23 8
51
60
21 2
27 8
64
73

MAX.
LOAD
1200
5338
1200
5338
1200
5338
1200
5338
1200
5338
1200
5338
1200
5338
1200
5338
1200
5338
1200
5338
1200
5338
1200
5338
1800
8007
1800
8007

SADDLE WITH
FIG. 173 ROLL
ROLL
SIZE
A
21 2
21 8
64
54
3
25 8
76
67
4
31 4
100
83
21 4
23 4
65
70
3
27 8
80
73
4
33 8
100
86
3
21 2
80
64
31 2
3
90
76
5
35 8
125
92
6
41 4
150
108
3
21 2
80
64
4
31 8
90
79
5
41 8
125
105
6
45 8
152
117

SADDLE WITH
FIG. 67 ROLL
B
15 8
41
21 8
54
25 8
67
13 4
44
23 8
60
23 4
70
2
51
21 2
64
31 16
78
31 2
89
2
51
25 8
67
33 8
86
37 8
98

ROLL
SIZE
2-31 2
50-90
2-31 2
50-90
2-31 2
50-90
2-31 2
50-90
2-31 2
50-90
2-31 2
50-90
2-31 2
50-90
2-31 2
50-90
2-31 2
50-90
4-6
100-150
2-31 2
50-90
2-31 2
50-90
2-31 2
50-90
4-6
100-150

A
25 16
59
211 16
68
33 8
86
27 16
62
215 16
75
31 2
89
29 16
65
33 16
81
311 16
94
41 16
103
211 16
68
35 16
84
33 4
95
43 16
106

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

B
15 8
41
21 8
54
25 8
67
13 4
44
23 8
60
23 4
70
2
51
21 2
64
31 16
78
31 2
89
2
51
25 8
67
33 8
86
37 8
98
LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
EACH
1.15
0.52
2.10
0.95
2.63
1.19
1.15
0.52
2.10
0.95
2.63
1.19
1.25
0.57
2.10
0.95
2.63
1.19
3.25
1.47
1.50
0.68
2.10
0.95
3.10
1.41
3.75
1.70
WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
81

PIPE SADDLES AND PIPE SHIELDS


FIGURE 351 TO 357Z PIPE COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE

PIPE
SIZE

FIG.
NO.
351
352

2
50

353
354
355
351
352

21 2
65

353
354
355
351
352

3
80

353
354
355
351
352
353

4
100

354
355
356
356Z
357Z
351
352
353

5
125

354
355
356
356Z
357Z

MAXIMUM
ACTUAL
COVERING COVERING
THICKNESS THICKNESS
1
11 16
25
27
11 2
19 16
38
40
2
21 8
51
54
21 2
25 8
64
67
3
31 16
76
78
1
11 16
25
27
11 2
17 8
38
48
2
23 8
51
60
21 2
27 8
64
73
3
33 8
76
86
1
11 16
25
27
11 2
19 16
38
40
2
21 16
51
52
21 2
29 16
64
65
3
31 16
76
78
1
11 16
25
27
11 2
19 16
38
40
2
21 16
51
52
21 2
29 16
64
65
3
31 8
76
79
4
41 8
102
105
4
41 16
102
103
51 2
511 16
140
144
1
11 16
25
27
11 2
19 16
38
40
2
21 16
51
52
21 2
29 16
64
65
3
31 16
76
78
4
41 4
102
108
4
43 16
102
106
51 2
511 16
140
144

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
82

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

MAX.
LOAD
1200
5338
1200
5338
1800
8007
1800
8007
1800
8007
1200
5338
1200
5338
1800
8007
1800
8007
1800
8007
1200
5338
1800
8007
1800
8007
1800
8007
1800
8007
5000
22242
5000
22242
5000
22242
5000
22242
5000
22242
5000
22242
5000
22242
5000
22242
1800
8007
1800
8007
1800
8007
1800
8007
1800
8007
1800
8007
5000
22242
5000
22242

SADDLE WITH
FIG. 173 ROLL
ROLL
SIZE
A
31 2
27 8
80
73
4
31 8
102
79
6
41 4
152
108
7
43 4
178
121
7
51 4
178
133
4
31 2
102
89
6
41 2
152
114
6
45 8
152
117
7
51 8
178
130
7
55 8
178
143
4
31 2
102
89
6
41 2
152
114
7
43 4
178
121
8
53 8
203
137
8
57 8
203
149
6
41 4
152
108
7
43 4
178
121
7
53 8
178
137
10
6
254
152
10
65 8
254
168
12
73 4
305
197
12
73 4
305
197
16
95 8
406
244
6
47 8
152
124
7
51 2
178
140
8
6
203
152
10
65 8
254
168
10
71 8
254
181
12
81 4
305
210
12
83 8
305
213
18
103 16
457
259

SADDLE WITH
FIG. 67 ROLL
B
23 8
60
25 8
67
31 2
89
4
102
41 2
114
27 8
73
33 8
86
37 8
98
43 8
111
47 8
124
27 8
73
33 4
95
4
102
45 8
117
5
127
31 2
89
4
102
45 8
117
51 8
130
53 4
146
61 2
165
61 2
165
81 4
210
41 8
105
43 4
121
51 4
133
53 4
146
61 4
159
7
178
71 8
181
83 4
222

ROLL
SIZE
2-31 2
50-90
2-31 2
50-90
4-6
100-150
4-6
100-150
7-10
180-255
2-31 2
50-90
2-31 2
50-90
4-6
100-150
7-10
180-255
7-10
180-255
2-31 2
50-90
4-6
100-150
4-6
100-150
7-10
180-255
7-10
180-255
4-6
100-150
4-6
100-150
4-6
100-150
7-10
180-255
7-10
180-255
7-10
180-255
7-10
180-255
16
180-255
4-6
100-150
4-6
100-150
7-10
180-255
7-10
180-255
7-10
180-255
7-10
180-255
7-10
180-255
18
180-255

A
215 16
75
35 16
84
37 8
98
413 16
122
55 16
135
39 16
90
33 4
95
43 16
106
51 16
129
59 16
141
39 16
90
41 16
103
49 16
116
53 8
137
6
152
4
102
41 16
103
51 8
130
57 8
149
63 8
162
79 16
192
75 8
194
91 2
241
4
102
53 16
132
6
152
67 16
164
75 32
182
83 32
206
81 4
210
103 4
273

B
23 8
60
25 8
67
31 2
89
4
102
41 2
114
27 8
73
33 8
86
37 8
98
43 8
111
47 8
124
27 8
73
33 4
95
4
102
45 8
117
5
127
31 2
89
4
102
45 8
117
51 8
130
53 4
146
61 2
165
61 2
165
81 4
210
41 8
105
43 4
121
51 4
133
53 4
146
61 4
159
7
178
71 8
181
83 4
222

WEIGHT
EACH
1.63
0.74
2.10
0.95
3.12
1.42
3.63
1.65
4.40
2.00
1.75
0.79
2.40
1.09
3.12
1.42
3.63
1.65
4.40
2.00
1.75
0.79
2.75
1.25
3.50
1.59
3.93
1.78
4.40
2.00
2.13
0.97
3.00
1.36
3.50
1.59
3.93
1.78
5.00
2.27
6.30
2.86
14.45
6.55
26.40
11.98
2.38
1.08
3.00
1.36
3.62
1.64
4.06
1.84
5.00
2.27
6.30
2.86
14.95
6.78
27.40
12.43

PIPE SADDLES AND PIPE SHIELDS


FIGURE 351 TO 357Z PIPE COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE

PIPE
SIZE

FIG.
NO.
351
352
353

6
150

354
355
356
356Z
357Z
351
352
353

8
200

354
355
356
356Z
357Z
351
352
353

10
250

354
355
356
356Z
357Z
351
352
353

12
300

354
355
356
356Z
357Z

MAXIMUM
ACTUAL
COVERING COVERING
THICKNESS THICKNESS
1
1
25
27
11 2
11 2
38
38
2
21 16
51
52
21 2
29 16
64
65
3
31 16
76
78
4
43 16
102
106
4
41 8
102
105
51 2
55 8
140
143
1
11 16
25
27
19 16
11 2
38
40
2
21 16
51
52
21 2
211 16
64
68
3
33 16
76
81
4
43 16
102
106
4
43 16
102
106
51 2
59 16
140
141
1
1
25
25
11 2
15 8
38
41
2
21 16
51
52
21 2
21 8
64
54
3
31 8
76
79
4
41 8
102
105
4
41 16
102
103
51 2
59 16
140
141
1
11 8
25
29
11 2
15 8
38
41
2
21 8
51
54
21 2
21 8
64
54
3
31 8
76
79
4
41 8
102
105
4
41 8
102
105
51 2
59 16
140
141

MAX.
LOAD
1800
8007
1800
8007
1800
8007
1800
8007
1800
8007
1800
8007
7200
32028
7200
32028
1800
8007
1800
8007
1800
8007
1800
8007
1800
8007
1800
8007
7200
32028
7200
32028
1800
8007
1800
8007
1800
8007
1800
8007
1800
8007
1800
8007
7200
32028
7200
32028
2500
11121
5000
22242
5000
22242
5000
22242
5000
22242
5000
22242
11000
48932
11000
48932

SADDLE WITH
FIG. 173 ROLL
ROLL
SIZE
A
7
53 8
178
137
8
57 8
203
149
10
63 8
254
162
12
7
305
178
12
73 4
305
197
12
87 8
305
225
12
87 8
305
225
18
119 16
457
294
10
7
254
178
10
7
254
178
12
71 2
305
191
14
81 4
356
210
12
87 8
305
225
16
10
406
254
16
10
406
254
20
1113 16
508
300
10
81 4
254
210
10
81 4
254
210
12
91 8
305
252
16
95 8
406
244
16
101 8
406
257
18
111 8
457
283
18
111 8
457
283
20
131 8
508
333
14
93 8
356
238
14
93 8
356
356
16
10
406
254
18
101 2
457
267
18
111 4
457
286
20
121 4
508
311
20
121 4
508
311
24
141 4
610
362

SADDLE WITH
FIG. 67 ROLL
B
45 8
117
5
127
51 2
140
6
152
61 2
165
75 8
194
77 8
200
10
254
6
152
6
152
61 2
165
7
178
75 8
194
83 4
222
83 4
222
101 4
260
71 4
184
71 4
184
77 8
200
81 8
206
87 8
225
93 4
248
93 4
248
111 4
286
81 8
206
81 8
238
85 8
219
91 8
232
93 4
248
103 4
273
103 4
273
123 8
314

ROLL
SIZE
4-6
100-150
7-10
180-255
7-10
180-255
12-15
305-380
7-10
180-255
12-15
305-380
12-15
305-381
18
180-255
7-10
180-255
7-10
180-255
7-10
180-255
12-15
305-380
12-15
305-380
12-15
305-380
12-15
305-380
20
180-255
7-10
180-255
7-10
180-255
7-10
180-255
16-20
406-508
16-20
406-508
16-20
406-508
16-20
406-508
20
406-508
12-15
305-380
12-15
305-380
16-20
406-508
16-20
406-508
16-20
406-508
16-20
406-508
16-20
406-508
24
406-508

A
51 8
130
63 16
157
61 2
165
75 8
194
71 2
191
813 16
224
87 8
225
111 2
292
69 16
167
73 16
183
711 16
195
811 16
221
827 32
225
913 16
249
97 8
251
113 4
298
69 16
167
73 16
183
711 16
195
911 16
246
103 8
264
111 16
281
111 8
283
125 8
321
91 4
235
97 8
251
915 16
252
109 16
268
111 8
283
121 16
306
121 8
308
133 4
349

B
45 8
117
5
127
51 2
140
6
152
61 2
165
75 8
194
77 8
200
10
254
6
152
6
152
61 2
165
7
178
75 8
194
83 4
222
83 4
222
101 4
260
71 4
184
71 4
184
77 8
200
81 8
206
87 8
225
93 4
248
93 4
248
111 4
286
81 8
206
81 8
206
85 8
219
91 8
232
93 4
248
1034
273
103 4
273
123 8
314

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
EACH
3.85
1.75
4.75
2.15
6.28
2.85
7.09
3.22
8.10
3.67
10.15
4.60
16.00
7.26
27.50
12.47
5.05
2.29
5.25
2.38
7.00
3.18
7.55
3.42
9.90
4.49
10.13
4.59
16.90
7.67
34.10
15.47
5.05
2.29
5.25
2.38
7.0
3.18
8.75
3.97
10.70
4.85
13.88
6.30
17.50
7.94
36.60
16.60
7.30
3.31
7.35
3.33
9.20
4.17
10.04
4.55
11.00
4.99
14.45
6.55
28.00
12.70
36.60
16.60

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
83

PIPE SADDLES AND PIPE SHIELDS


FIGURE 351 TO 357Z PIPE COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE

PIPE
SIZE

FIG.
NO.
352
353
354

14
350

355
356
356Z
357Z
352
353
354

16
400

355
356
356Z
357Z
352
353
354

18
450

355
356
356Z
357Z
352
353
354

20
500

355
356
356Z
357Z
352
353
354

24
600

355
356
356Z

84

MAXIMUM
ACTUAL
COVERING COVERING
THICKNESS THICKNESS
11 2
11 2
38
38
2
2
51
51
21 2
21 8
64
54
3
3
76
76
4
4
102
102
4
4
102
102
51 2
51 2
140
140
11 2
11 2
38
38
2
2
51
51
21 2
21 2
64
64
3
3
76
76
4
4
102
102
4
4
102
102
51 2
51 2
140
140
11 2
11 2
38
38
2
2
51
51
21 2
21 2
64
64
3
3
76
76
4
4
102
102
4
4
102
102
51 2
51 2
140
140
11 2
11 2
38
38
2
2
51
51
21 2
21 2
64
64
3
3
76
76
4
4
102
102
4
4
102
102
51 2
51 2
140
140
11 2
11 2
38
38
2
2
51
51
21 2
21 2
64
64
3
3
76
76
4
4
102
102
4
4
102
102

MAX.
LOAD
5000
22242
5000
22242
5000
22242
5000
22242
5000
22242
11000
48932
11000
48932
5000
22242
5000
22242
7200
32028
7200
32028
7200
32028
11000
48932
11000
48932
5000
22242
7200
32028
7200
32028
7200
32028
7200
32028
13200
58719
13200
58719
7200
32028
7200
32028
7200
32028
7200
32028
7200
32028
13200
58719
13200
58719
7200
32028
7200
32028
7200
32028
7200
32028
7200
32028
13200
58719

SADDLE WITH
FIG. 173 ROLL
ROLL
SIZE
A
16
101 4
406
260
18
103 4
457
273
18
113 8
457
289
18
12
457
305
24
131 4
610
337
24
123 4
610
324
24
15
610
381
18
111 8
457
283
20
113 4
508
298
20
121 4
508
311
24
127 8
610
327
24
14
610
356
24
14
610
356
30
161 5
762
411
20
121 4
508
311
24
131 8
610
333
24
131 2
610
343
24
14
610
356
24
153 8
610
330
24
151 8
610
384
30
171 3
762
440
24
131 2
610
343
24
14
610
356
24
145 8
610
371
24
151 4
610
387
30
161 2
762
359
7
165 8
178
422
30
181 3
762
465
30
163 8
762
416
30
163 8
762
416
30
17
762
432
30
171 2
762
445
30
183 4
762
422
30
187 8
762
479

SADDLE WITH
FIG. 67 ROLL
B
9
229
93 8
238
97 8
251
101 2
267
113 4
298
111 4
286
131 8
333
93 4
248
101 4
260
103 4
273
111 8
283
121 4
311
121 4
311
137 8
352
103 4
273
115 8
295
113 4
298
121 4
311
135 8
346
133 8
340
15
381
113 4
298
121 4
311
127 8
327
133 4
349
141 4
362
143 8
365
16
406
141 8
359
141 8
359
143 4
375
151 4
387
161 2
419
165 8
422

ROLL
SIZE
16-20
406-508
16-20
406-508
16-20
406-508
16-20
406-508
22-24
559-610
22-24
559-610
24
559-610
16-20
406-508
16-20
406-508
16-20
406-508
22-24
559-610
22-24
559-610
22-24
559-610
30
559-610
16-20
406-508
22-24
559-610
22-24
559-610
22-24
559-610
22-24
559-610
22-24
559-610
30
559-610
22-24
559-610
22-24
559-610
22-24
559-610
26-30
660-762
26-30
660-762
26-30
660-762
30
660-762
26-30
660-762
26-30
660-762
26-30
660-762
26-30
660-762
26-30
660-762
26-30
660-762

A
103 8
264
103 4
273
111 4
286
113 4
298
123 8
314
117 8
302
141 2
368
111 4
286
115 8
295
121 4
311
127 8
327
139 16
344
135 8
346
153 4
400
121 4
311
123 8
314
13
330
131 2
343
145 8
371
143 8
365
167 8
429
13
330
131 2
343
141 8
359
147 8
378
153 4
400
157 8
403
177 8
454
153 4
400
153 4
400
165 8
422
171 8
435
18
457
181 8
460

B
9
229
93 8
238
97 8
251
101 2
267
113 4
298
111 4
286
131 8
333
93 4
248
101 4
260
103 4
273
111 8
283
121 4
311
121 4
311
137 8
352
103 4
273
115 8
295
113 4
298
121 4
311
135 8
346
133 8
340
15
381
113 4
298
121 4
311
127 8
327
133 4
349
141 4
362
143 8
365
16
406
141 8
359
141 8
359
143 4
375
151 4
387
161 2
419
165 8
422

WEIGHT
EACH
8.25
3.74
9.20
4.17
10.04
4.55
11.00
4.99
15.50
7.03
27.60
12.52
36.60
16.60
8.25
3.74
9.20
4.17
13.69
6.21
14.65
6.65
15.50
7.03
30.10
13.65
39.00
17.69
9.35
4.24
12.00
5.44
14.19
6.44
15.25
6.92
21.00
9.53
40.30
18.28
52.10
23.63
11.05
5.01
12.40
5.62
14.19
6.44
15.25
6.92
22.80
10.34
44.80
20.32
52.10
23.63
12.90
5.85
13.90
6.28
18.07
8.20
19.35
8.78
23.10
10.48
45.40
20.59

PIPE SADDLES AND PIPE SHIELDS

HIGH TEMPERATURE
PIPE INSULATION SHIELD
Figure 465 CVB
The Figure 465 CVB is designed to insulated the pipe for
thermal efficiency. It is comprised of a calcium silicate
insert resting on an outer wrapper and a galvanized steel
shield. Recommended for an operating temperature range
of +250 F (+121 C) to +1200 F (+648 C).
Materials: Calcium Silicate, ASJ (Outer Wrapper), and
Carbon Steel.
Finish: Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, covering thickness, and figure
number. For Metric applications specify Figure M465CVB.

VEE TROUGH
Figure 200VT
Designed to be used primarily with the Figure 200V as a
support for plastic or other piping where continuous support
is required. Hangers should be placed to adequately support
the ends.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Pre-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify size, and figure number. For Metric
applications specify Figure M200VT.

FIGURE 465 CVB HIGH TEMPERATURE PIPE SHIELD

PIPE
SIZE
1
2
15
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500

LENGTH
OF
OUTER
WRAP
10
254
10
254
10
254
10
254
10
254
10
254
10
254
10
254
10
254
10
254
10
254
16
406
16
406
16
406
16
406
16
406
16
406
16
406

NOMINAL
INSULATION THICKNESS
WEIGHT
3
4"
1"
112"
0.50
0.60
1.00
0.23
0.27
0.45
0.56
0.64
1.04
0.25
0.29
0.47
0.62
0.78
1.40
0.28
0.35
0.64
0.76
0.82
1.55
0.34
0.37
0.70
0.78
0.94
1.65
0.35
0.43
0.75
0.90
1.29
1.88
0.41
0.59
0.85
1.23
1.43
2.22
0.56
0.65
1.01
1.51
1.61
2.34
0.68
0.73
1.06
1.74
2.11
3.32
0.79
0.96
1.51
3.04
2.77
3.58
1.38
1.26
1.62
2.93
3.20
4.43
1.33
1.45
2.01
3.64
3.27
6.95
1.65
1.48
3.15
4.10
4.17
7.45
1.86
1.89
3.38
4.74
4.87
7.75
2.15
2.21
3.52
5.29
5.35
7.95
2.40
2.43
3.61
6.15
6.25
8.04
2.79
2.84
3.65
6.67
6.75
8.27
3.03
3.06
3.75
8.75
8.85
8.95
3.97
4.01
4.06

2"
1.56
0.71
1.53
0.69
1.74
0.79
1.81
0.82
2.15
0.98
2.33
1.06
3.24
1.47
3.40
1.54
4.06
1.84
5.11
2.32
5.90
2.68
8.78
3.98
8.95
4.06
9.04
4.10
9.25
4.20
9.47
4.30
9.60
4.35
9.67
4.39

FIGURE 200VT VEE TROUGH


SIZE
1
1
2
2

PIPE
SIZE
1
2"- 2"
15 - 50
212" - 4"
65 - 100

L
112
38
3
76

TROUGH
LENGTH
120
3048
120
3048

WGT
EACH
5.39
2.44
10.78
4.89

85

BEAM CLAMPS

TOP BEAM CLAMP

Figure 6
The Figure 6 is designed to support piping from
top members of angle iron trusses or the top flange
of I-beams.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify clip number, flange width,
flange thickness, figure number, and finish. For
Metric applications specify Figure M6.
Made special to customer order.

FIGURE 6 TOP BEAM CLAMP

CLIP
NO.
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5

MAXIMUM
LOAD
300
1335
500
2224
700
3114
1000
4448
2000
8897

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
86

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

ROD
SIZE
A
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
3 /4
M20
7
8
M22

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

B
5
16
7.9
3
8
9.5
7
16
11.1
1
2
12.7
9
16
14.3

4
102
0.46
0.21
0.62
0.28
1.05
0.48
1.59
0.72
2.77
1.26

WEIGHT EACH
WIDTH OF I BEAM FLANGE
6
8
152
203
0.59
0.73
0.27
0.33
0.80
0.97
0.36
0.44
1.34
1.62
0.61
0.73
2.01
2.42
0.91
1.10
3.51
4.22
1.59
1.91

12
305
0.99
0.45
1.33
0.60
2.21
1.00
3.29
1.49
5.64
2.56

BEAM CLAMPS

ADJUSTABLE BEAM CLAMP


Figure 14
Figure 14A
The Figure 14 is designed to clamp to the bottom of flanged
beams. After installation the unit is locked into position
with a hex nut and lock washer. Figure 14A is designed for
wider flange widths, please see table.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 27,
MSS-SP-69 Type 27.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M14 or M14A.

B
C

FIGURE 14 AND 14A ADJUSTABLE BEAM CLAMP


ROD SIZE MAXIMUM
A
LOAD
3
8
300
M10
1335
1
2
700
M12
3114
5
8
1000
M16
4448
3
4
1300
M20
5783
7
8
1400
M22
6228
1
1500
M24
6673

FLANGE WIDTH
FIGURE 14
FIGURE 14A
MIN.
MAX.
MIN.
MAX.
312
8
8
16
89
203
203
406
312
8
8
16
89
203
203
406
312
8
8
16
89
203
203
406
6
8
8
16
152
203
203
406
6
10
8
16
152
254
203
406
7
14
8
16
178
356
203
406

B
234
70
234
70
234
70
334
95
334
95
334
95

C
114
32
114
32
114
32
112
38
112
38
112
38

WEIGHT EACH
FIG. 14
FIG. 14A
0.96
2.56
0.44
1.16
1.42
3.48
0.64
1.58
1.86
5.24
0.84
2.38
4.22
7.18
1.91
3.26
5.56
8.92
3.20
4.05
7.74
11.32
3.51
5.13

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
87

BEAM CLAMPS

BEAM CLAMP
Figure 15
The Figure 15 is designed to attach to the bottom of|
flanged beams. Normally used with the Figure 93 Eye Rod
or Figure 279 Eye Nut.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 21,
MSS-SP-69 Type 21.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify clamp size, flange width, flange thickness, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications
specify Figure M15.

B
D

FIGURE 15 BEAM CLAMP


CLAMP
SIZE
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7

CLAMP
SIZE
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7

MAX
LOAD
500
2224
700
3114
800
3559
1000
4448
3000
13345
3000
13345
5000
22242

2
0.52
0.24
0.74
0.34
1.26
0.57

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
88

B
7
8
22
118
29
114
32
138
35
158
41
2
44
218
54

C
1
2
13
5
8
16
5
8
16
3
4
19
7
8
22
1
25
118
29

D
112
38
134
44
2
51
238
60
258
67
3
83
418
105

3
0.62
0.28
0.82
0.37
1.49
0.68
2.32
1.05
3.40
1.54

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

BOLT
SIZE
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
7
8
M22
1
M24

WEIGHT EACH
BEAM WIDTH DIMENSION A
4
5
6
0.78
0.88
0.95
0.35
0.40
0.43
1.09
1.21
1.31
0.49
0.55
0.59
1.89
2.12
2.29
0.86
0.96
1.04
2.85
3.18
3.39
1.29
1.44
1.54
4.08
4.52
4.80
1.85
2.05
2.18
6.00
6.45
7.00
2.72
2.93
3.18
11.95
12.75
5.42
5.78

10

1.39
0.63
2.45
1.11
3.60
1.63
5.10
2.31
7.40
3.36
13.55
6.15

2.69
1.22
3.92
1.78
5.51
2.50
7.90
3.58
14.35
6.51

6.23
2.83
8.80
3.99
15.95
7.23

BEAM CLAMPS

TOP OR SIDE BEAM CLAMP


Figure 18
The Figure 18 clamp is made in two parts. When bolted
together they prevent the movement of the clamp from
its position. The supporting rod is installed close to the
flange of the beam.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Compliance: Federal Spec. A-A-1192A Type 25,
MSS-SP-69 Type 25.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify clamp number, width of flange,
thickness of flange, figure number, and finish. For
Metric applications specify Figure M18.

FIGURE 18 TOP OR SIDE BEAM CLAMP

CLIP
NO.
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5

MAXIMUM
LOAD
300
1335
500
2224
700
3114
1000
4448
2000
8897

ROD
SIZE
A
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
7
8
M22

B
5
16
7.9
3
8
9.5
7
16
11.1
1
2
12.7
9
16
14.3

C
134
44
214
57
212
64
234
70
312
89

4
102
0.92
0.42
1.39
0.63
2.53
1.15
3.90
1.77
7.35
3.33

WEIGHT EACH
WIDTH OF I BEAM FLANGE
6
8
152
203
1.04
1.12
0.47
0.51
1.56
1.66
0.71
0.75
2.81
2.98
1.27
1.35
4.32
4.57
1.96
2.07
8.08
8.48
3.67
3.85

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

12
305
1.45
0.66
2.11
0.96
3.72
1.69
5.62
2.55
10.13
4.59

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
89

BEAM CLAMPS

ADJUSTABLE BEAM CLAMP


Figure 82
The Figure 82 is designed to attached to the bottom of
flanged beams without requiring welding. Normally used
with the Figure 157 Extension Piece (Not Furnished) up to
a maximum 78" (M20) rod diameter. Loading is achieved
through the clamp jaws while locking is accomplished
by tightening the through-bolt located directly below the
flange. Maximum flange thickness is 0.60 inches.
Material: Malleable Iron.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 30,
MSS-SP-69 Type 30 when used with a Figure 157.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify figure number, and finish. Order Figure
157 separately, if required. For Metric applications specify
Figure M82.

FIGURE 157

FIGURE 82 ADJUSTABLE BEAM CLAMP


MAXIMUM
ROD
SIZE
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
7
8
M20

MAXIMUM
LOAD
610
2714
1130
5027
1365
6072
1365
6072
1365
6072

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
90

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

238
60
312
89
312
89
312
89
312
89
312
89

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

3
76
3716
87
3716
87
3716
87
3716
87
3716
87

ROD TAKE OUT


BEAM FLANGE WIDTH B
4
5
101
127
3516
21516
84
75
3516
21516
84
75
3516
21516
84
75
3516
21516
84
75
3516
21516
84
75

6
152
2916
65
2916
65
2916
65
2916
65
2916
65

7
177
178
48
178
48
178
48
178
48
178
48

WEIGHT
EACH
1.91
0.87
2.11
0.96
2.15
0.98
2.36
1.07
2.49
1.13

BEAM CLAMPS

TOP BEAM CLAMP WITH LOCKING NUT

Figure 192

The Figure 192 is designed for roof installations with bar joist type construction as
well as to be attached mechanically to the top or bottom flange of steel beams. A
locking nut is provided and when properly tightened prevents loosening due to
vibration. The full body tapping feature for the rod allows for extra adjustment after
installation. A Figure 192RS Retaining Strap may also be required by various codes.
Install in accordance with MSS-SP69 set screw torque values. Maximum loads are
based upon full thread engagement by the rod. When using a Retaining Strap the
maximum allowable flange thickness is reduced by 18".
Material: Malleable Iron with Hardened Steel Cup Point Set Screw.
Compliance: MSS-SP-69 (Type 19), UL and FM rated for 38" and 12" only.
Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications
specify Figure M192.

A
F

FIGURE 192 TOP BEAM CLAMP


ROD SIZE
A
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
7
8
M20

MAXIMUM
LOAD
400
1779
500
2224
600
2669
800
3559
1200
5338

MAXIMUM
PIPE SIZE
4
100
8
200
8
200
8
200
8
200

B
158
41
11116
43
178
48
238
60
238
60

TOP BEAM CLAMP RETAINING CLIP

C
112
38
112
38
112
38
134
44
134
44

D
1
25
1
25
1116
27
1516
33
1516
33

E
3
4
19
3
4
19
3
4
19
3
4
19
3
4
19

WEIGHT
EACH
0.33
0.15
0.34
0.15
0.39
0.18
0.63
0.29
0.60
0.27

FIGURE 192RS TOP BEAM CLAMP RETAINING CLIP

Figure 192RS
The Figure 192RS is designed for use with Figure 192 and
Figure 192W Top Beam Clamp to prevent movement of the
clamp due to vibration after installation. Available in up to
412", 6", 8", 10" and 14" lengths (Two inches should be
added to beam flange width to determine length and select
next largest strap length if between sizes.)
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify rod size, length, figure number, and
finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M192RS.

F
1
2
13
1
2
13
5
8
16
5
8
16
5
8
16

ROD
SIZE
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
7
8
M20

412
114
0.15
0.07
0.15
0.07
0.20
0.09
0.20
0.09
0.31
0.14

WEIGHT EACH
LENGTH DIMENSION C
6
8
10
152
203
254
0.21
0.28
0.35
0.10
0.13
0.16
0.21
0.28
0.35
0.10
0.13
0.16
0.26
0.35
0.44
0.12
0.16
0.20
0.26
0.35
0.44
0.12
0.16
0.20
0.42
0.56
0.70
0.19
0.25
0.32

14
356
0.49
0.22
0.49
0.22
0.62
0.28
0.62
0.28
0.98
0.44

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
91

BEAM CLAMPS

WIDE MOUTH TOP BEAM CLAMP


WITH LOCKING NUT

B
D

Figure 192W
The Figure 192W is designed for roof installations with bar joist type construction as
well as to be attached mechanically to the top or bottom flange of steel beams. A
locking nut is provided and when properly tightened prevents loosening due to
vibration. The full body tapping feature for the rod allows for extra adjustment after
installation. A Figure 192RS Retaining Strap may also be required by various codes.
Install in accordance with MSS-SP69 set screw torque values. Maximum loads are
based upon full thread engagement by the rod. When using a Retaining Strap the
maximum allowable flange thickness is reduced by 18".
Material: Malleable Iron with Hardened Steel Cup Point Set Screw.
Compliance: MSS-SP-69 (Type 19).
Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M192W.

A
F

FIGURE 192W WIDE MOUTH TOP BEAM CLAMP


ROD SIZE
A
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
3
4
M20

MAXIMUM
LOAD
400
1779
500
2224
850
3781
900
4004

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
92

MAXIMUM
PIPE SIZE
4
100
4
200
5
125
6
150

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

B
158
41
158
41
214
57
238
60

C
178
48
178
48
2516
59
238
60

D
1116
27
1116
27
138
35
138
35

E
114
32
114
32
114
32
114
32

F
1
2
13
1
2
13
3
4
19
3
4
19

WEIGHT
EACH
0.37
0.17
0.35
0.16
0.49
0.22
0.87
0.39

BEAM CLAMPS

ADJUSTABLE SIDE BEAM CLAMP


Figure 217
The Figure 217 is designed to attach mechanically to a steel
beam and allow a drop rod to placed at or near the edge of
the beam. Various beam flange widths and thicknesses can
be accommodated.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Compliance: MSS-SP-69 Type 25.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galv.
Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and type. For
Metric applications specify Figure M217.
A

FIGURE 217 ADJUSTABLE SIDE BEAM CLAMP

TYPE 1
Size 3
Size 76
Size 458
Size 117
Size 618
Size 156
Size 758
Size 194
TYPE 2
Size 3
Size 76
Size 458
Size 117
Size 618
Size 156
Size 758
Size 194
TYPE 3
Size 3
Size 76
Size 458
Size 117
Size 618
Size 156
Size 758
Size 194

A
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10

MAXIMUM
LOAD
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335
300
1335

MAXIMUM
FLANGE
THICKNESS
3
8
M10
3/8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10

FLANGE
WIDTH
3 - 412
76 - 114
458 - 6
117 - 152
618 - 712
156 - 191
758 - 9
194 - 229

WEIGHT
EACH
0.80
0.36
1.06
0.48
1.17
0.53
1.28
0.58

1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12

500
2224
500
2224
500
2224
500
2224

1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12

3 - 412
76 - 114
458 - 6
117 - 152
618 - 712
156 - 191
758 - 9
194 - 229

1.57
0.71
1.84
0.83
2.05
0.93
2.23
1.01

3 - 412
76 - 114
458 - 6
117 - 152
618 - 712
156 - 191
758 - 9
194 - 229

3.75
1.70
4.19
1.90
4.53
2.05
5.11
2.32

8
M16
5
8
M16
5
8
M16
5
8
M16

700
3114
700
3114
700
3114
700
3114

8
M16
5
8
M16
5
8
M16
5
8
M16

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
93

BEAM CLAMPS

BEAM CLAMP

Figure 268
Designed to allow the connection of hanger rods to steel
beams without welding. Vertical rod adjustment is approximately
2 inches after installation.
Material: Carbon Steel
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, width of beam flange
and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M268.
Note: A minimum is 3".

ADJ.
D

E
C

FIGURE 268 BEAM CLAMP


SIZE
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5

MAXIMUM
LOAD
700
3114
1500
6673
2600
11566
4300
19128
8000
35587

A (MIN.)
3
102
3
102
3
102
4
114
4
127

ROD SIZE
E
1
2
M15
3
4
M20
7
8
M22
1
M24
114
M30

B
4
102
4
102
4
102
5
127
512
140

C
2
51
2
51
2
51
2
51
212
64

ADJUSTMENT
D
21316
71
234
70
234
70
314
83
314
83

STEEL SIZE
1
4 X 114
6 X 32
3
8 X 2
10 X 51
1
2 X 2
13 X 51
1
2 X 212
13 X 64
5
8 X 4
16 X 102

PURLIN CLAMP
Figure 290
Designed to attach directly to steel purlins. Maximum Pipe
Size is 4".
Material: Malleable Iron with hardened steel cup point
set screw.
Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify figure number. For Metric applications
specify Figure M290.

7/8"
2"

FIG. 290 PURLIN CLAMP


ROD SIZE
3
8
M10

MAXIMUM LOAD
400
1779

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
94

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT EACH
0.82
0.37

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

2"

BEAM CLAMPS

STEEL BEAM CLAMP


WITH WELDLESS EYENUT

BEAM
FLANGE
WIDTH

Figure 297
The Figure 297 beam clamp with eyenut is used when welding to the structure is prohibited for supports where some
movement is expected. The clamping effect is produced by
the ice tong action of the arms and is locked in place by
the through bolt located just under the beam flange.
Material: Carbon Steel with Forged Steel Eyenut.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 28,
MSS-SP-69 Type 28 and BSPSS-BS3974.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify figure number, rod size, clamp number
and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M297.

FIGURE 297 STEEL BEAM CLAMP WITH WELDLESS EYENUT

CLAMP SIZE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

MAXIMUM
LOAD
2710
68834
4960
125984
4960
125984
4960
125984
4960
125984
11500
292100
11500
292100
11500
292100

MAXIMUM
ROD SIZE A
3 4
M20
1
M24
1
M24
1
M24
1
M24
112
M36
112
M36
2
M48

BEAM WIDTH
3-8
76 - 203
3-8
76 - 203
4 - 11
102 - 279
4 - 12
102 - 305
11 - 15
279 - 381
4 - 12
102 - 305
11 - 15
279 - 381
4 - 12
102 - 305

MAXIMUM
FLANGE
THICKNESS
0.6
15
0.6
15
0.6
15
1.03
26
1.03
26
1.03
26
1.03
26
1.03
26

BODY SIZE
A
A
B
C
D
C
D
C

WEIGHT
EACH
5.5
2.5
5.5
2.5
9.0
4.1
29.0
13.2
33.3
15.1
29.0
13.2
33.3
15.1
29.0
13.2

** Based on the allowable stresses shown in ANSI Code for Pressure Piping

ROD TAKEOUT "E" FOR WIDTH OF BEAM


CLAMP BODY
SIZE SIZE
1
A
1
A
2
A
2
A
3
B
3
B
4
C
4
C
5
D
5
D
6
C
6
C
7
D
7
D
8
C
8
C

3
5316
132
5316
132

4
518
130
518
130
814
210
858
219
858
219
1158
295

5
5
127
5
127
818
206
858
219
858
219
1112
292

6
41316
122
41316
122
818
206
812
216
812
216
1112
292

7
438
111
438
111
778
200
838
213
838
213
1138
289

8
31516
100
31516
100
734
197
818
206
818
206
1118
283

10

11

12

738
187
778
200

7
178
758
194

612
165
7
178
912
241
7
178
934
248
1012
267

634
171
914
235
634
171
912
241
10
254

778
200
1078
276

758
194
1034
273

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

13

14

15

878
225

838
213

778
200

918
232

834
222

818
206

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
95

BEAM CLAMPS

EXTENDED BEAM CLAMP


Figure 314
The Figure 314 is used where the supporting I beam is to be
covered with fireproofing material. The bottom bolt has a
spacer to allow for free movement of the connecting eyerod
or weldless eyenut.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify clamp size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M314.

A
BOLT SIZE J
F
PIPE SPACER
R MAX.
G MIN.

FIGURE 314 EXTENDED BEAM CLAMP


NUMBER
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15

MAXIMUM
LOAD
1500
6673
1500
6673
1500
6673
1500
6673
1500
6673
3000
13345
3000
13345
3000
13345
3000
13345
3000
13345
6000
26690
6000
26690
6000
26690
6000
26690
6000
26690

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
96

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

FLANGE
WIDTH
4
102
5-6
127 - 152
612 - 712
165 - 191
8-9
203 - 229
10 - 1012
254 - 267
4
102
5-6
127 - 152
612 - 712
165 - 191
8-9
203 - 229
10 - 1012
254 - 267
4
102
5-6
127 - 152
612 - 712
165 - 191
8-9
203 - 229
10 - 1012
254 - 267

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

A
658
168
718
181
778
200
858
219
958
244
7116
179
7916
192
8516
211
9116
230
91316
249
938
238
978
251
1058
270
1138
289
1218
308

F
13
16
20.6
13
16
20.6
13
16
20.6
13
16
20.6
13
16
20.6
15
16
24
15
16
24
15
16
24
15
16
24
15
16
24
114
32
114
32
114
32
114
32
114
32

MINIMUM
G
5
8
16
5
8
16
5
8
16
5
8
16
5
8
16
3
4
19
3
4
19
3
4
19
3
4
19
3
4
19
1
25
1
25
1
25
1
25
1
25

J
5
8
M16
5
8
M16
5
8
M16
5
8
M16
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
3
4
M20
3
4
M20
3
4
M20
3
4
M20
118
M30
118
M30
118
M30
118
M30
118
M30

MAXIMUM
R
1
2
13
1
2
13
1
2
13
1
2
13
1
2
13
5
8
16
5
8
16
5
8
16
5
8
16
5
8
16
7
8
22
7
8
22
7
8
22
7
8
22
7
8
22

BEAM CLAMPS

BEAM CLAMP WITH SWING NUT

Figure 702
D

Identical in design to the Figure 15 Beam Clamp, the


Figure 702 comes with the addition of a right-hand tapped
swing nut.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 21,
MSS SP-69 Type 21.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify figure number, width of beam, thickness
of flange, and type Number of clamp. For Metric applications specify Figure M702.

FIGURE 702 BEAM CLAMP WITH SWING NUT


TYPE
NUMBER
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6

TYPE
NUMBER
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6

MAXIMUM
LOAD
500
2224
1000
4448
1500
6673
2000
8897
3000
13345
3250
14457

3
0.69
0.31
1.13
0.51

4
0.79
0.36
1.25
0.57
2.44
1.11
3.67
1.66

A
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
7
8
M20
1
M24

5
0.90
0.41
1.41
0.64
2.67
1.21
4.00
1.81
5.83
2.64
9.55
4.33

B
158
41
134
44
2
51
238
60
258
67
314
83
WEIGHT EACH
DIMENSION H
6
7
0.95
1.15
0.43
0.52
1.50
1.64
0.68
0.74
2.84
3.06
1.29
1.39
4.21
4.58
1.91
2.08
6.11
6.43
2.77
2.92
9.97
10.61
4.52
4.81

C
3
4
19
1
25
114
32
112
38
134
44
2
51

8
1.30
0.59
1.73
0.78
3.28
1.49
4.80
2.18
6.81
3.09
11.104
5.04

D
5
8
16
3
4
19
7
8
22
1
25
114
32
114
32

E
1
25
118
29
114
32
138
35
158
41
134
44

10

12

1.83
0.83
3.40
1.54
5.07
2.30
7.17
3.25
11.57
5.25

1.93
0.88
3.58
1.62
5.27
2.39
7.46
3.38
12.00
5.44

8.23
3.73
13.19
5.98

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
97

C-CLAMPS

C CLAMP RETAINING CLIP


Figure 22
The Figure 22 is designed for use with Figure 238 and 193
C Clamps. to prevent movement of the C Clamp due to
vibration after installation. Available in up to 412", 6", 8",
10" and 14" lengths (One inch should be added to beam
flange width to determine length; select next largest strap
length if between standard lengths.) The Figure 196 38"
(M10) uses a Type 1, while all other sizes use a Type 2.
Type 1 is for Figure 238, 38" (M10), 12" (M12), 58" (M16),
34" (M20) and 7/8" (M20) rod sizes.
Type 2 is for Figure 193, 12" (M12), 58" (M16) and 34"
(M20) rod sizes only.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify rod size, length, type, figure number,
and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M22.

FIGURE 22 C CLAMP RETAINING CLIP

CLIP
SIZE
1
1
2
2

412
114
0.15
0.07
0.21
0.10

WEIGHT EACH
LENGTH - DIMENSION C
6
8
10
152
203
254
0.22
0.33
0.36
0.10
0.15
0.16
0.28
0.36
0.45
0.13
0.16
0.20

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
98

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

14
356
0.50
0.23
0.59
0.27

C-CLAMPS

C-CLAMP WITH LOCKING NUT

Figure 47
Figure 47SS (Stainless Steel)

C-CLAMP WITHOUT LOCKING NUT


Figure 238
The Figure 47 is designed to attach to the bottom flange of a steel beam. A locking
nut is provided and when tightened prevents loosening due to vibration.
The Figure 238 is identical to the Figure 47 and may require a Figure 22 Retaining
Clip to prevent loosening due to vibration.
Install both Figure 47 and 238 in accordance with MSS-SP69 set screw torque values.
Maximum loads are based upon full thread engagement by the rod.
Some Codes require the use of a Figure 22 Retaining Clip on all C-Clamps. When
using a Retaining Clip the maximum allowable flange thickness is reduced by 18".
Material: Carbon Steel with Hardened Steel Cup Point Set Screw. Stainless Type 304.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 23, MSS-SP-69 Type 23.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Figure 47SS (Sizes 38", 12", 58").
Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications
specify Figure M47 or Figure M238.

A
D

FIGURE 47 C CLAMP WITH LOCKING NUT


ROD SIZE
A
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
7
8
M20

MAX
LOAD
400
1779
500
2224
600
2669
800
3559
1200
5338

C
238
60
238
60
238
60
238
60
3
76

D
214
57
238
60
238
60
214
57
234
70

E
7
8
22
7
8
22
3
4
19
3
4
19
114
32

F
3
4
19
3
4
19
3
4
19
3
4
19
1
25

SET SCREW
SIZE
3
8 x 112
10 x 38
1
2 x 112
13 x 38
5
8 x 112
16 x 38
3
4 x 112
19 x 38
3
4 x 112
19 x 38

WEIGHT
EACH
0.38
0.17
0.38
0.17
0.68
0.31
0.79
0.36
1.83
0.83

D
238
60
238
60
238
60
214
57
234
70

E
7
8
22
7
8
22
3
4
19
3
4
19
114
32

F
3
4
19
3
4
19
3
4
19
3
4
19
1
25

SET SCREW
SIZE
3
8 x 112
10 x 38
1
2 x 112
13 x 38
5
8 x 112
16 x 38
3
4 x 112
19 x 38
3
4 x 112
19 x 38

WEIGHT
EACH
0.36
0.16
0.36
0.16
0.63
0.29
0.72
0.33
1.65
0.75

FIGURE 238 C CLAMP WITHOUT LOCKING NUT


ROD SIZE
A
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
7
8
M20

MAX
LOAD
400
1779
400
1779
440
1957
800
3559
1200
5338

C
214
57
214
57
214
57
214
57
3
76

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
99

C-CLAMPS

C-CLAMP WITH LOCKING NUT


Figure 196
The Figure 196 is designed to attach mechanically to the
bottom flange of a steel beam and may require a Figure 22
Retaining Clip to prevent loosening due to vibration after
installation.
Install Figure 196 in accordance with MSS-SP69 set screw
torque values. Maximum loads are based upon full thread
engagement by the rod. Some Codes require the use of a
Figure 22 Retaining Clip on all C-Clamps. When using a
Retaining Clip the maximum allowable flange thickness is
reduced by 18".
Material: Malleable Iron with Hardened Steel Cup Point
Set Screw.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 23,
MSS-SP-69 Type 23.
Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For
Metric applications specify Figure M196.

FIGURE 196 C-CLAMP


ROD SIZE
A
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
3
4
M20

MAXIMUM
LOAD
400
1779
400
1779
440
1957
500
2224

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
100

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

PIPE
SIZES
1
2 to 2
15 to 50
212 to 312
65 to 90
4 to 5
100 to 125
6
150

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

C
134
44
134
44
2
51
2
51

D
134
44
134
44
2
51
2
51

E
5
8
16
5
8
16
3
4
19
3
4
19

F
3
4
19
3
4
19
3
4
19
3
4
19

WEIGHT
EACH
0.33
0.15
0.39
0.18
0.46
0.21
0.52
0.24

STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

ANGLE KNEE

Figure 9
The Figure 9 is used in supporting pipe hangers
to the side of joist, steel, or wood beams. It can
be either bolted or welded to the structure.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Compliance:A-A-1192A Type 34 and
MSS-SP-69 Type 34.
Ordering: Specify size, figure number,
and finish. For Metric applications specify
Figure M9.

H
TYP.

B
TYP.

A
TYP.

FIGURE 9 ANGLE KNEE


SIZE
A
A
B
B
C
C

ROD SIZE
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
5
8
M16

MAX. LOAD
150
667
300
1335
760
3381

A
118
29
134
44
212
64

EXTENSION BAR

B
2
51
3
76
4
102

H
16
11
9
16
14
11
16
17
7

L
2
51
3
76
4
102

WGT. EACH
0.53
0.24
1.23
0.56
2.20
1.00

Figure 10
The Figure 10 is made of soft steel and can be easily cut
with a cold chisel to any desired length, twisted, bent, or
otherwise manipulated without breaking, yet retaining its
strength.
Furnished in ten, fifty, or one hundred foot rolls.
Finish: Plain.
Ordering: Specify size, length and figure number. For
Metric applications specify Figure M10.

FIGURE 10 EXTENSION BAR


SIZE
0
0
1
1
2
2

A
3
4
19
7
8
22
1
25

B
1
4
6
1
4
6
1
4
6

C
1
2
13
1
2
13
1
2
13

WEIGHT
PER FT.
0.12
0.05
0.18
0.08
0.25
0.11

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
101

STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

J BEAM HOOK
Figure 31
The Figure 31 is used in conjunction with our Figure 33
Machine Thread Eye Rod when it is necessary to support
piping from the top flange of beam which allows the pipe
to run close to the bottom of the beam where headroom
is limited.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized.
Length equals the distance from the end of the threaded
end to the inside of the hook.
Ordering: Specify rod size, length, thickness of flange,
figure number, and finish. Made special to customer order.
For Metric applications specify Figure M31.
FIGURE 31 J BEAM HOOK

SIZE
A
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
7
8
M22

4
102
0.19
0.09
0.33
0.15
0.52
0.24
0.75
0.34
1.02
0.46

WEIGHT EACH
RODWIDTH OF I BEAM FLANGE
6
7
8
152
178
203
0.25
0.28
0.32
0.11
0.13
0.15
0.45
0.5
0.56
0.20
0.23
0.25
0.70
0.78
0.87
0.32
0.35
0.39
1.01
1.13
1.26
0.46
0.51
0.57
1.36
1.53
1.71
0.62
0.69
0.78

5
127
0.22
0.10
0.39
0.18
0.61
0.28
0.89
0.40
1.20
0.54

WALL BRACKET

10
254
0.38
0.17
0.67
0.30
1.02
0.46
1.50
0.68
2.04
0.93

Figure 49
The Figure 49 is designed for light duty applications.
Compliance: MSS-SP 69 Type 31.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M49.
FIGURE 49 BRACKET
SIZE
1
1
2
2
3
3

MAX
LOAD
500
2224
500
2224
500
2224

ROD
SIZE
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
3
8
M10

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
102

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

A
9
229
13
330
19
483

B
814
210
1214
311
1818
460

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

H
114
32
114
32
138
35

WGT.
EACH
3.12
1.42
4.60
2.09
13.47
6.11

1"
13/16" HOLES
TYPE. (3) PLACES

12
305
0.44
0.20
0.78
0.35
1.22
0.55
1.75
0.79
2.39
1.08

1"

STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

LIGHT WELDED STEEL BRACKET

STEEL BRACKET CLIP

Figure 69

Figure 78

The Figure 69 is designed to support up to 6" pipe. This


bracket is for installation to walls as shown or inverted, and
may require a backing plate. Holes for up to 34" rods are
located at each end of the bracket to allow for use in either
orientation. The Figure 78 Steel Bracket Clip can be attached
to the Figure 69 to support piping 3 1/2" or smaller. Please
see the Figure 79 for more information.
Compliance: A-A-1192A Type 31, MSS-SP 69 Type 31.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify size number, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M69 and M79 as
required.

The Figure 78 Clip can be used to support piping 312" or


smaller from the horizontal member of a Figure 69 Steel
Bracket. The Clip is composed of two steel plates and one
bolt and nut.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify size number, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications Specify Figure M78.

FIG.
NO. 78

1 1/4"

1"

1"
FOR CLIP
SEE
FIG. NO. 78
A

FIGURE 78 STEEL BRACKET CLIP

13/16"
TYP (3) PLCS.
1"
D

2"

SIZE
1
1
2
2

ROD
SIZE
3
8
M10
1
2
M12

MAX
LOAD
610
2714
750
3336

WEIGHT
EACH
0.80
0.36
1.24
0.56

FIGURE 69 LIGHT WELDED STEEL BRACKET


SIZE
1
1
2
2
3
3

MAX
LOAD
750
3336
750
3336
750
3336

A
9
229
13
330
19
483

B
8
203
12
305
18
457

C
612
165
1012
267
1612
419

WGT.
EACH
6.99
3.17
10.10
4.60
10.50
4.74

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
103

STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

STEEL CONCRETE INSERT


Figure 75
The Figure 75 is designed to provide an economical method
of overhead rod support by being embedded in concrete. The
insert is nailed in place prior to the concrete being poured.
After the pour has cured the insert knock-out is removed, a
Figure 75N Insert Nut installed, and the rod attached.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Compliance: Federal Specification WW-H-171 (Type 19),
MSS-SP-69 Type 18.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish.
If an Insert Nut Figure 75N is required, it must be ordered
separately by Figure number rod size and finish. For Metric
applications specify Figure M75 and M75N.

CONCRETE INSERT NUT


Figure 75N
Designed for use with Figure 75 Steel Concrete Insert.
Finish: Plain, Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M75N.

E
F

FIGURE 75 STEEL CONCRETE INSERT


FIGURE 75N CONCRETE INSERT NUT
ROD
SIZE
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
3
4
M20

MAXIMUM
LOAD
600
2669
600
2669
600
2669
600
2669

B
318
79
318
79
318
79
318
79

C
158
41
158
41
158
41
158
41

D
7
8
22
7
8
22
7
8
22
7
8
22

Maximum Load Rating is dependant upon the selected nut size used.

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
104

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

E
112
38
112
38
112
38
112
38

F
2
51
2
51
2
51
2
51

WEIGHT EACH
INSERT
NUT
0.44
0.10
0.20
0.05
0.44
0.14
0.20
0.06
0.44
0.16
0.20
0.07
0.44
0.17
0.20
0.08

STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

BRACKET

1"

Figure 83
This bracket is used on light duty applications. Dimension
B can be changed upon request.
Material: Steel.
Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify bracket size, figure number, and finish.
FIGURE 83 BRACKET

SIZE
1
1
2
2
3
3

MAX.
LOAD
610
2714
610
2714
610
2714

A
8
203
8
203
8
203

B
4
102
6
152
9
229

MAX.
ROD
SIZE
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12

6"

WGT.
EACH
2.7
1.2
3.2
1.5
4.4
2.0

9/16" HOLES

ROD
SIZE

MEDIUM WELDED
STEEL BRACKET

Figure 84

The Figure 84 is designed to support pipe from either


above or below. Slotted construction allows for drop rod
use along the length of the bracket. This bracket is for
bolted installation to walls and may require a backing
plate. Special steel brackets can be fabricated to customers loads and/or dimensions.
Compliance: A-A-1192A Type 32, MSS-SP 69 Type
32.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify size number, figure number, and
finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M84.

1"

FIGURE 84 MEDIUM WELDED STEEL BRACKET


SIZE
0
0
1
1
2
2

MAX
LOAD
1500
6673
1500
6673
1500
6673

A
12
305
18
457
24
610

B
18
457
24
610
30
762

C
1512
394
2112
546
2712
699

D
114
32
114
32
114
32

E
212
64
212
64
212
64

G
114
32
112
38
112
38

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

L
13
16
21
13
16
21
13
16
21

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WGT
EACH
15.50
7.03
24.70
11.20
37.70
17.10

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
105

STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

SINGLE PLATE

SINGLE PLATE

Figure 85E
Figure 85CT
Figure 85B

Figure 85SE

(Rod Tapped Electro-Galvanized)


(Rod Tapped Copper Finish)
(Rod Tapped Plain Finish)

The Figure 85 is designed for attaching a rod to a wooden


member. This part is normally used in conjunction with our
Figure 81 Split Ring.
Material: Malleable Iron. Figure 85SE and 85SCT are
Carbon Steel.
Ordering: Specify rod size and figure number. For
metric applications specify Figure M85E, M85CT or M85B.

(Rod Tapped, Steel


Electro-Galvanized)
Figure 85SCT (Rod Tapped, Steel
Copper Finish)
The Figure 85 is designed for attaching a rod to a wooden
member. This part is normally used in conjunction with our
Figure 81 Split Ring.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Ordering: Specify rod size and figure number. For metric
applications specify Figure M85SE or M85SCT.

A
ROD
TAP

B
C

TAP

FIGURE 85E AND FIGURE 85B SINGLE PLATE


ROD
TAP
3
8
M10
1
2
M12

MAX
LOAD
180
801
180
801

A
2
51
2
51

FIGURE 85SE AND FIGURE 85SCT SINGLE PLATE

B
1
4
6
1
4
6

C
1
2
13
1
2
13

WGT.
EACH
0.19
0.09
0.18
0.08

B
1
4
6
1
4
6

C
1
2
13
1
2
13

WGT.
EACH
0.19
0.09
0.18
0.08

FIGURE 85CT SINGLE PLATE


ROD
TAP
3
8
M10
1
2
M12

MAX
LOAD
180
801
180
801

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
106

A
2
51
2
51

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

ROD
TAP
3
8
M10

MAX
LOAD
180
801

C
134
44

E
1
4
6

WGT.
EACH
0.17
0.08

STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

FEMALE CEILING MOUNT BOLT

MALE CEILING MOUNT BOLT

Figure 104F

Figure 104M

The Figure 104F is designed for rod attachment directly


into the ceiling from overhead poured concrete. Loads
are based upon 3500 psi concrete and 80 psi bond stress.
Material: Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel.
Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M104F.

The Figure 104M is designed for rod attachment using a


rod coupling like our Figure 123 from overhead poured
concrete ceilings. Loads are based upon 3500 psi concrete
and 80 psi bond stress.
Material: Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel.
Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M104M.

3X3
WASHER
PLATE

3X3
WASHER
PLATE

3/16"o/
NAILING
HOLES

3/16"o/
NAILING
HOLES

4"
2" (THREAD)

FIGURE 104F FEMALE CEILING MOUNT BOLT


ROD SIZE
A
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
7
8
M22
1
M24
114
M30
112
M36

MAX
LOAD
610
2714
1130
5027
1810
8052
2710
12055
3770
16770
4960
22064
8000
35587
11630
51735

B
418
105
414
108
41516
125
518
130
6
152
6116
154
738
187
834
222

WEIGHT
EACH
0.80
0.36
0.93
0.42
1.56
0.71
2.37
1.08
3.55
1.61
4.08
1.85
7.30
3.31
10.18
4.62

NOTE: Spacing of these items should not be less than twice


Dimension B from the centerline.

FIGURE 104M MALE CEILING MOUNT BOLT


ROD SIZE
A
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
7
8
M22
1
M24
114
M30

MAX
LOAD
610
2714
1080
4804
1600
7117
1900
8452
2500
11121
2800
12456
3700
16459

WEIGHT
EACH
0.90
0.41
1.15
0.52
1.91
0.87
2.88
1.31
4.15
1.88
4.98
2.26
8.04
3.65

B
412
114
458
117
558
143
534
146
634
171
7
178
814
210

NOTE: Spacing of these items should not be less than twice


Dimension B from the centerline.
Minimum distance from centerline to the edge of the
concrete is Dimension B

Minimum distance from centerline to the edge of the


concrete is Dimension B

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
107

STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

MALLEABLE CONCRETE INSERT

FIGURE 108 MALLEABLE CONCRETE INSERT

Figure 108

A
338
86

CONCRETE INSERT NUT


Figure 108N
The Malleable Concrete Insert is used for supporting pipe
lines up to 12" diameter and where it is desired to install
the supporting rods after the insert has been set. Lateral
adjustments of 11116 inches on rod sizes of 38 inch to 34 inches
and 118 inches on 78 inch rod size. The nut is not included
but can be ordered separately as our Figure 108N and furnished tapped for 38, 12, 58, 34, or 78 inch rod diameters.
Material: Malleable Iron
Compliance: A-A-1192A Type 18 and MSS-SP69 Type 18.
Finish: Figure 108: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip
Galvanized; Figure 108N: Plain, Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify figure number and finish for Figure 108.
Specify rod tap size, figure number and finish for Figure
108N. For Metric applications specify Figure M108 and
M108N.
A

B
2316
56

C
338
86

E
15
16
24

WGT.
EACH
1.3
0.59

3
4
M20
1140
5071
0.22
0.10

7
8
M22
1140
5071
0.21
0.10

D
178
48

FIGURE 108N CONCRETE INSERT NUT


SIZE
MAX.
LOAD
WGT.
EACH

3
8
M10
610
2714
0.20
0.09

1
2
M12
1130
5027
0.21
0.10

5
8
M16
1140
5071
0.20
0.09

ROD TAP

B
E

FIGURE 108N

FIGURE 108

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
108

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

WELDED BEAM ATTACHMENT


Figure 113A
Figure 113B
Fig. 113A is recommended for attachment to the bottom of
beams when little or no pipe movement is expected.
Fig. 113B is recommended for attachment to the bottom of
beams, when pipe movement is expected. Sizes 1 and smaller
are typically supplied with a bolt and nut while Sizes 11/4 and
larger are typically supplied with a pin and cotters.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 22,
MSS SP-58 and SP-69 (Type 22) and BSPSS-BS3974

Material: Carbon Steel


Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized
Note: The use of galvanized coatings at temperatures above
450 F is at the discretion of the customer.
Ordering: Specify figure number, rod size and finish.

Rod
SIzE A
FIGURE 113A

FIGURE 113B

FIGURE 113B

FIGURE 113B

FoR Rod SIzES 3/8


thRU 13/4

FoR Rod SIzES 3/8


thRU 13/4

FoR Rod SIzES 3/8


thRU 13/4

FoR Rod SIzES 2


thRU 31/2

FIGURE 113 WELDED BEAM ATTACHMENT


ROD
SIZE

3/8

M10

1/2

M12

5/8

M16

3/4

M20

7/8

M20
1
M24
11/4
M30
11/2
M36
13/4
M42
2
M48
21/4
M56
21/2
M64
23/4
M72
3
M80
31/4
M80
31/2
M90

MAX. LOAD
650F
343C
730
3247
1350
6005
2160
9609
3230
14368
4480
19929
5900
26246
9500
42260
13800
61388
18600
82740
24600
109431
32300
143683
39800
177046
49400
219751
60100
267349
71900
319840
84700
376779

BOLT
OR
PIN SIZE

1/2

M12

5/8

M16

3/4

M20

7/8

M20
1
M24
11/8
M30
13/8
M36
15/8
M42
17/8
M48
21/4
M56
21/2
M64
21/2
M64
3
M80X6
31/4
M80
31/2
M90X6
33/4
M90-6

2
51
2
51
2
51
21/2
64
21/2
64
3
76
4
102
5
127
5
127
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
152
7
178
7
178
8
203

27/8
73
27/8
73
27/8
73
31/8
79
41/4
108
41/2
114
5
127
61/2
165
73/4
197
81/4
210
91/2
248
93/4
248
93/4
248
101/4
260
111/2
292
12
305

ROD TAKEOUT
FIG 113A FIG 113B
E
E1
2
17/8
48
51
2
13/4
44
51
2
13/4
44
51
2
17/8
48
51
3
25/8
67
76
3
3
76
76
2
3
51
76
4
21/2
64
102
5
23/4
70
127
5
31/4
83
127
6
31/2
89
152
6
31/2
89
152
N/A
53/4
N/A
146
N/A
61/4
N/A
159
N/A
7
N/A
178
N/A
71/2
N/A
191

9/16

7/8

11/4
32
11/4
32
11/4
32
21/8
54
21/8
54
3
76
21/2
64
3
76
33/4
95
31/2
89
31/2
89
33/4
95
33/4
95
33/4
95
41/4
108
41/4
108

1/4

14

22

17

22

21

22
11/8
29
11/4
32
11/2
38
2
51
21/2
64
23/4
70
31/4
83
31/2
89
33/4
95
4
102
4
102
41/2
114
41/2
114

11/16
13/16
15/16
24
11/8
29
11/4
32
11/2
38
13/4
44
2
51
23/8
60
25/8
67
27/8
73
31/8
79
33/8
86
35/8
92
37/8
98

7/8
7/8

1/4
6

1/4
6

3/8

10

3/8

10

1/2

13

5/8

16

3/4

19

3/4

19

1/2

13

5/8

16

5/8

16

5/8

16

5/8

16

3/4

19

3/4

19

WEIGHT EACH
FIG 113A FIG 113B
W/O B&N W/ B&N
0.96
1.20
0.44
0.54
0.96
1.20
0.44
0.54
0.96
1.60
0.44
0.73
1.90
2.80
0.86
1.27
2.50
3.90
1.13
1.77
4.30
6.30
1.95
2.86
8.10
10.2
3.67
4.63
15.6
19.0
7.08
8.62
18.7
24.2
8.48
10.9
N/A
30.6
N/A
13.8
N/A
36.8
N/A
16.6
N/A
39.7
N/A
18.0
N/A
39.7
N/A
18.0
N/A
49.0
N/A
22.2
N/A
67.6
N/A
30.6
N/A
79.3
N/A
35.9
109

STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

HEAVY WELDED STEEL BRACKET


Figure 139
The Figure 139 is designed to support pipe
from either above or below. Slotted construction allows for drop rod use along the length
of the bracket. This bracket is for bolted
installation to walls and may require a backing
plate. Special steel brackets can be fabricated
to customers loads and/or dimensions.
Compliance: A-A-1192A Type 33,
MSS-SP 69 Type 33.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify size number, figure
number, and finish. For Metric applications
specify Figure M139.

F
K

ONE BOLT
HOLE IN
SIZE 0
BRACKET

E
J

1"
1/2"

FIGURE 139 HEAVY WELDED STEEL BRACKET


SIZE
0
0
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5

MAX
LOAD
3000
13345
3000
13345
3000
13345
3000
13345
3000
13345
3000
13345

A
12
305
18
457
24
610
30
762
36
914
42
1067

B
18
457
24
610
30
762
36
914
42
1067
50
1270

C
1514
387
2138
543
2712
699
3314
845
39
991
46
1168

D
112
38
112
38
112
38
158
41
112
38
112
38

E
234
70
234
70
234
70
3
76
3
76
312
89

F
412
114
5
127
5
127
6
152
6
152
7
178

G
112
38
112
38
112
38
2
51
2
51
212
64

H
2
51
2
51
212
64
212
64
312
89
312
89

J
1
4
6
3
8
10
3
8
10
3
8
10
3
8
10
3
8
10

K
NA
NA
234
70
212
64
212
64
312
89
312
89

L
13
16
21
13
16
21
1116
27
1116
27
1116
27
1116
27

METAL DECK CEILING BOLT


Figure 143
The Figure 143 Metal Deck Ceiling Bolts are used with
our Figure 123. Rod Couplings ordered separately.
Made special to customer order.
Material: Steel
A 1/4"
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify size, dimension A, figure number,
and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M143.

6"

FIG. 143 METAL DECK CEILING BOLT


SIZE NO.
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6

B
3
8
10
1
2
13
5
8
16
3
4
19
7
8
22
1
25

C
1
25
114
32
112
38
134
44
2
51
214
57

A
S
P
E
C
I
F
Y

MAX. LOAD ()
610
2714
1130
5027
1810
8052
2710
12055
3770
16770
4960
22064

() Based on the rod size. customer to verify the strength of the deck.
110

WGT
EACH
25.1
11.4
44.8
20.3
60.7
27.5
98.1
44.5
129.4
58.7
177.2
80.4

STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

STEEL BRACKET

Figure 150
The Figure 150 bracket is for light duty applications.
Made special to customer order.
Material: Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For
Metric applications specify Figure M150.

FIGURE 150 STEEL BRACKET


SIZE
NO.
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5

A
12
305
18
457
24
610
30
762
36
914

B
18
457
24
610
30
762
36
914
42
1067

C
12
305
18
457
24
610
30
762
36
914

D
9
16
14
9
16
14
11
16
17
11
16
17
13
16
21

G
3
76
3
76
3
76
3
76
3
76

WGT.
EACH
18.3
8.30
30.4
13.8
45.8
20.8
63.6
28.8
93.8
42.5

D (TYP.)

CEILING STIRRUP

Figure 151
The Figure 151 is designed for attaching a rod to a level ceiling
or beam.
Material: Steel
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized
Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For Metric
applications specify Figure M151.

C
D

B
E

FIGURE 151
SIZE
1
1
2
2

MAXIMUM
LOAD
600
2669
880
3915

A
512
140
6
152

B
2
51
218
54

C
412
114
412
114

D
214
57
218
54

E
9
16
14
11
16
17

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

G
9
16
14
9
16
14

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
EACH
0.76
0.34
1.36
0.62

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
111

STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

RETURN LINE ANGLE


Figure 152

The Figure 152 is designed for dropping a rod down


from a wall connection. Two different distances from
the wall to centerline of pipe are available depending
upon the orientation of the angle.
Material: Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M152.

A
D
G

C
B

FIGURE 152 RETURN LINE ANGLE


MAXIMUM
LOAD
180
801
180
801
390
1735
390
1735

SIZE
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4

A
358
92
458
117
358
92
458
117

B
258
67
358
92
258
67
358
92

C
2
51
3
76
2
51
3
76

D
3
76
4
102
3
76
4
102

G
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14
9
16
14

WEIGHT
EACH
0.53
0.24
0.71
0.32
0.92
0.42
1.23
0.56

SIDE BEAM CONNECTOR


Figure 153

(Rod Tapped
Electro-Galvanized or Painted)
Figure 153S
(Rod Tapped, Steel
Electro-Galvanized) (38" Size Only)
Made in U.S.A.
The Figure 153 is designed for use on buildings of wood
construction. They can be secured to the side of beams or
joists by means of our Figure 166 Drive Screws (ordered
separately).
Material: Malleable Iron, except Figure 153S which is
carbon steel.
Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M153, M153S.

C
A

FIGURE 153

FIGURE 153 SIDE BEAM CONNECTOR


SIZE
3
8 ROD
M10 ROD
1
2 ROD
M12 ROD
1
4 PIPE
M8 PIPE

MAX
LOAD
250
1112
480
2135
250
1112

A
238
60
234
70
234
70

B
9
16
14
3
4
19
3
4
19

C
3
4
19
3
4
19
3
4
19

WGT.
EACH
0.13
0.06
0.25
0.11
0.25
0.11

C
1
25

WGT.
EACH
0.15
0.07

C
A

FIGURE 153S SIDE BEAM CONNECTOR


SIZE
3
8 ROD
M10 ROD

112

MAX
LOAD
250
1112

A
212
64

B
9
16
14

FIGURE 153S

STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

ANCHOR BOLT

FIGURE 177 ANCHOR BOLT

Figure 177
The Figure 177 is designed to be
embedded into concrete. Made special
to customer order. Are available in other
diameters and lengths.
Material: Carbon Steel
Finish: Plain, Painted, ElectroGalvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify rod size, length,
thread length E, figure number, and
finish. For Metric applications specify
Figure M177.

ROD
SIZE
A
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
7
8
M22
1
M24

6
0.28
0.13
0.52
0.24
0.81
0.37
1.19
0.54
1.5
0.68
2.0
0.91

WEIGHT EACH
LENGTH - DIMENSION D
8
10
12
0.34
0.40
0.46
0.15
0.18
0.21
0.63
0.74
0.85
0.29
0.34
0.39
0.99
1.16
1.34
0.45
0.53
0.61
1.44
1.69
1.94
0.65
0.77
0.88
1.9
2.2
2.60
0.86
1.00
1.18
2.4
2.9
3.30
1.09
1.32
1.50

WELDING CLEVIS ATTACHMENT


Figure 216
The Figure 216 is an assembly of the Figure 220 and
Figure 276P for ordering convenience.
Material: Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M216.

E
F

FIGURE 216 WELDING CLEVIS ATTACHMENT


ROD
SIZE
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
7
8
M22
1
M24
114
M30
112
M36
134
M42
2
M48
214
M56
212
M64

C
212
64
212
64
212
64
212
64
3
76
4
102
5
127
5
127
6
152
6
152
8
203

E
3
76
3
76
3
76
3
76
3
76
4
102
412
114
412
114
412
114
412
114
412
114

EE
612
165
612
165
7
178
7
178
8
203
9
229
1012
267
1012
267
1112
292
1212
318
1212
318

F
414
108
414
108
414
108
414
108
412
114
6
152
7
178
7
178
712
191
712
191
812
216

EE

WGT.
EACH
1.7
0.7
1.6
0.7
4.0
1.8
4.4
2.0
6.7
3.0
9.2
4.2
14.9
6.8
19.2
8.7
30.5
13.8
42.7
19.4
51.5
23.4

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
113

STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

WELDING LUG
Figure 220
The Figure 220 is to be welded to the
underside of structural members
for the support of Type C Variable
Springs, and with the Figure 276P
Forged Steel Clevis with Pin.
Material: Carbon Steel
Maximum Temperature: 650F
Compliance: A-A-1192A (Type 57)
and MSS SP-58 (Type 57)
Finish: Plain, Painted, and
Hot-Dip Galvanized
Ordering: Specify figure number,
size and finish.

FIELD
WELD

E
F

FIELD
WELD

H
D

C/2
C

FIGURE 220 WELDING LUG


SIZE

BOLT OR
PIN SIZE

M10

M12

M12

M16

M16

M20

M20

M20
1
M24
11/8
M30
13/8
M36
15/8
M42
17/8
M48
21/4
M56
21/2
M64
23/4
M72
3
M80
31/4
M80
31/2
M90
33/4
M100
4
M125

3/8

1/2
5/8

3/4

7/8

M20
1
M24
11/4
M30
11/2
M36
13/4
M42
2
M48
21/4
M56
21/2
M64
23/4
M72
3
M80
31/4
M80
31/2
M90
33/4
M95

1/2

5/8
3/4

7/8

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

114

MAXIMUM
LOAD
730
3247
1350
6005
2160
9609
3230
14368
4480
19929
5900
26246
9500
42260
13800
61388
18600
82740
24600
109431
32300
143683
39800
177046
49400
219751
60100
267349
71900
319840
84700
376779
98500
438167

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

C
21/2
64
21/2
64
21/2
64
21/2
64
21/2
64
3
76
4
102
5
127
5
127
6
152
6
152
8
203
8
203
8
203
9
229
9
229
9
229

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

D
11/4
32
11/4
32
11/4
32
11/4
32
11/4
32
11/2
38
2
51
21/2
64
21/2
64
3
76
3
76
4
102
4
102
4
102
41/2
114
41/2
114
5
127

E
3
76
3
76
3
76
3
76
3
76
3
76
4
102
41/2
114
41/2
114
41/2
114
41/2
114
41/2
114
41/2
114
5
127
5
127
6
152
6
152

F
41/4
108
41/4
108
41/4
108
41/4
108
41/4
108
41/2
114
6
152
7
178
7
178
71/2
191
71/2
191
81/2
216
81/2
216
9
229
91/2
241
101/2
267
11
279

1/4

9/16

1/4

11/16

1/4

13/16

3/8

15/16

6
6

10

3/8

10

1/2

13

5/8

16

3/4

19

3/4

19

3/4

19

3/4

19
1
25
1
25
1
25
1
25
11/2
38
13/4
44

14
17

21

24
11/8
29
11/4
32
11/2
38
13/4
44
2
51
23/8
60
25/8
67
27/8
73
31/8
79
33/8
86
35/8
92
37/8
98
41/8
105

WEIGHT
EACH
0.74
0.34
0.75
0.34
0.68
0.31
1.00
0.45
0.98
0.44
1.60
0.73
3.70
1.68
6.40
2.90
6.30
2.86
7.20
3.27
7.60
3.45
15.5
7.03
15.1
6.85
16.0
7.26
18.9
8.57
31.3
14.20
35.9
16.28

STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

SIDE BEAM ANGLE BRACKET


Figure 303

The Figure 303 is designed for use in supporting pipe hangers to


the side of joist, steel, or wood beams. It can be either bolted or
welded to the structure.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Compliance: A-A-1192A Type 34 and MSS-SP-69 Type 34.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For
Metric applications specify Figure M303.

FIGURE 303 SIDE BEAM BRACKET


ROD
SIZE
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
7
8
M22

MAXIMUM LOAD
LAG
BOLT
SCREW
TO STEEL
390
580
1735
2580
640
960
2847
4270
760
1500
3381
6673
830
2500
3692
11121
830
3600
3692
16014

A
7
8
22
1316
30
1716
37
11116
43
2
51

D
114
32
158
41
178
48
218
54
212
64

E
114
32
112
38
112
38
2
51
2
51

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

WEIGHT
EACH
0.25
0.11
0.40
0.18
0.70
0.32
1.07
0.49
1.64
0.74

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
115

STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

CHANNEL ASSEMBLY

4 PLATES
SHIPPED LOOSE

Figure 371
The Figure 371 Channel Assembly is composed of two
channels back to back with a spacer welded on each end.
Washer plates are included and shipped loose.
Material: Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify channel size, rod diameter, dimension
A, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications
specify Figure M371. Made special to customer order.

FIGURE 371 CHANNEL ASSEMBLY


CHANNEL
SIZE
3C 4.1
4C 5.4
5C 6.7
6C 8.2
8C 11.5

12
305
10000
44484
17500
77847
27600
122776
39500
175712
74500
331406

12C 20.7

ALLOWABLE CONCENTRATED LOAD AT CENTER OF SPAN F/S 5


18
24
30
36
42
60
457
610
762
914
1067
1524
6800
5100
4100
3400
2900
2000
30249
22687
18238
15125
12900
8897
11600
8800
7000
5800
5000
3500
51601
39146
31139
25801
22242
15569
18400
13800
11000
9200
7900
5500
81851
61388
48932
40925
35142
24466
26300
19800
15800
13200
11300
7900
116993
88078
70285
58719
50267
35142
49600
37300
29800
24800
21300
14900
220641
165925
132562
110320
94751
66281
98500
78800
65600
56300
39400
438167
350534
291815
250445
175267

72
1829
1700
7562
2900
12900
4600
20463
6600
29359
12400
55160
32800
145907

ANGLE IRON SUPPORT


Figure 374
The Figure 374 Angle Iron Support is used to form a trapeze when
supporting more than one pipeline at the same time.
Material: Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify size of angle, dimension A, center to center of
drop rods, size of drop rods, figure number and finish. Made special
to customer order. For Metric applications specify Figure M374.

FIGURE 374 ANGLE IRON SUPPORT


ANGLE
SIZE
1 X 1 X 14
112 X 112 X 14
2 X 2 X 14
2 X 2 X 38
212 X 212 X 14
3 X 3 X 14

6
152
670
2980
1000
4448
1940
8630
2750
12233
1980
8808
1840
8185

3 X 3 X 12

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
116

12
305
330
1468
500
2224
1470
6539
1350
6005
1800
8007
1740
7740
4350
19351
LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

ALLOWABLE CONCENTRATED LOAD AT CENTER OF SPAN


18
24
30
36
42
457
610
762
914
1067
220
160
130
100
979
712
578
445
350
250
200
1557
1112
890
980
730
580
480
410
4359
3247
2580
2135
1824
925
775
550
4115
3448
2447
1570
1170
935
775
660
6984
5205
4159
3448
2936
1640
1550
1370
1140
970
7295
6895
6094
5071
4315
2925
2175
1750
13012
9675
7785
WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

48
1219

72
1829

355
1579

225
1001

575
2558
845
3759

370
1646
545
2424

STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

STEEL CONCRETE INSERT

CONCRETE INSERT NUT

Figure 650

Figure 650N

Designed to provide a connection point for hanger rods in


concrete the Figure 650 must installed in place prior to
building concrete being poured. It can accommodate a large
variety of rod sizes by selecting and ordering the Figure
650N separately. For lighter loads our Figure 75 is also
available.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A (Type 18),
MSS SP-69 (Type 18).
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify figure number, and finish. For Metric
applications specify Figure M650.

Designed for use with Figure 650 Steel Concrete Insert.


Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For
Metric applications specify Figure M650N.

FIGURE 650 STEEL CONCRETE INSERT


FIGURE 650N CONCRETE INSERT NUT
ROD
MAXIMUM
SIZE
LOAD
A
B
3
8
610
438
2516
M10
2714
111
59
1
2
1130
438
2516
M12
5027
111
59
5
8
1200
438
2516
M16
5338
111
59
3
4
1200
438
2516
M20
5338
111
59
7
8
1200
418
2732
M22
5338
105
56
Maximum Load Rating is dependant upon the selected nut size used.

C
318
79
318
79
318
79
318
79
21516
75

E
318
79
318
79
318
79
318
79
318
79

WEIGHT EACH
INSERT
NUT
0.82
0.13
0.37
0.06
0.86
0.15
0.39
0.07
0.89
0.19
0.40
0.09
0.86
0.22
0.39
0.10
0.93
0.24
0.42
0.11

C
2"

B
11/4

1 3/4"
ADJUSTMENT

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
117

STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS
CONFIGURATION TYPE 1

CONCRETE
ATTACHMENT

KW

KL

KL

Figure 1020
E

The Figure 1020 Type 1 is for


attaching support assemblies
to concrete structures where
little or no movement is
anticipated. Used with a Figure
133 Threaded Rod or Figure 94
All Thread Rod.
The Figure 1020 Type 2 is for
attaching support assemblies
to concrete structures where
movement is anticipated. Used
with a Fig 279 Weldless Eyenut
or Figure 93 Welded Eyerod. A
two-anchor pattern is used on
sizes 3/8 thru 5/8 and all others
use four anchors.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted,
Hot-Dip Galvanized
Ordering: Specify figure
number, type number, rod
size and finish.

2 ANCHOR
DESIGN

4 ANCHOR
DESIGN

CONFIGURATION TYPE 2
W

KW

E1
H
P
2 ANCHOR
DESIGN

4 ANCHOR
DESIGN

FIG. 1020 CONCRETE ATTACHMENT


ROD
SIZE

3/8

M10

1/2

M12

5/8

M16

3/4

M20

7/8

M20
1
M24
11/4
M30
11/2
M36
13/4
M42
2
M48

MAX
LOAD
730
3247
1350
6005
2160
9609
3230
14368
4480
19929
5900
26246
9500
42260
13800
61388
18600
82740
24600
109431

E1

21/8
54
21/8
54
21/4
57
21/8
54
33/8
86
33/8
86
35/8
92
5
127
61/4
159
61/2
165

21/4
57
23/8
60
21/2
64
23/8
60
35/8
92
35/8
92
33/4
95
5
127
61/4
159
61/4
159

H*

1/2

KL

KW

1/2

1
25
1
25
1
25
1
25
11/4
32
11/4
32
2
51
2
51
2
51
2
51

4
102
5
127
6
152
5
127
61/2
165
61/2
165
8
203
8
203
10
254
10
254

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
5
127
7
165
7
165
8
203
8
203
10
254
10
254

1/4

5
127
5
127
5
127
5
127
5
127
6
152
6
152
6
152
7
178
7
178

4
102
4
102
4
102
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

13

13

16

16

19

19

16

22
1
25
11/8
29
13/8
35
15/8
41
2
51
21/4
57

5/8
3/4
5/8
7/8

22

7/8

22
1
25
11/8
29
13/8
35
13/8
35

5/8
3/4
7/8

3/8

10

1/2

13

3/8

10

5/8

16

5/8

16

3/4

19
1
25
11/4
32
11/4
32

WEIGHT WEIGHT
EACH
EACH
W/ PIN W/O PIN
2.8
2.7
1.8
1.2
4.1
3.9
1.8
1.8
5.8
5.5
2.6
2.5
7.7
7.1
3.5
3.2
19.8
18.6
9.0
8.4
19.8
18.6
9.0
8.4
41.0
38.7
18.6
17.6
60.0
56.4
27.2
25.6
93.6
88.0
42.5
39.9
100.0
92.0
45.4
41.7

* Holes are 1/8 larger than recommended anchor bolt diameter to allow for installation tolerance.
Note: Load values are based upon the rod diameter only. Load values assume that concrete and anchors used are of sufficient strength to hold the load.

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

118

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

CONCRETE SINGLE LUG PLATE

L/2

TP

Figure 1022

L/2

The Figure 1022 is for attachment to a concrete structure


where movement is anticipated. A two-anchor pattern is
used on sizes 3/8 thru 5/8 and all others use four anchors.
Used with the Figure 276 forged steel clevis and Type C
variable springs.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized
Ordering: Specify figure number, type number, rod size
and finish.

HL

R
WL
HP

TL

WP

KW
WP/2

KL

L
TWO ANCHORS ONLY FOR
SIZES 3/8 THRU 5/8

FIG. 1022 CONCRETE SINGLE LUG PLATE


ROD
SIZE

3/8

M10

1/2

M12

5/8

M16

3/4

M20

7/8

M20
1
M24
11/4
M30
11/2
M36
13/4
M42
2
M48

MAX
LOAD
730
3247
1350
6005
2160
9609
3230
14368
4480
19929
5900
26246
9500
42260
13800
61388
18600
82740
24600
109431

E
13/4
44
17/8
48
2
51
21/4
57
3
76
3
76
4
102
41/4
108
41/2
114
51/4
133

HL

1/2

HP

KL

KW

TP

TL

WP

WL

1/2

1
25
1
25
1
25
1
25
1
25
11/4
32
2
51
2
51
2
51
2
51

4
102
5
127
6
152
5
127
61/2
165
8
203
8
203
8
203
8
203
8
203

6
152
7
178
8
203
7
178
81/2
216
101/2
267
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305

11/4
32
11/4
32
11/4
32
11/4
32
11/2
38
11/2
38
2
51
21/2
64
21/2
64
3
76

1/4

1/4

3/8

1/4

1/2

1/4

1/2

3/8

4
102
4
102
4
102
7
178
9
229
9
229
12
305
12
305
12
305
12
305

21/2
64
21/2
64
21/2
64
21/2
64
3
76
3
76
4
102
5
127
5
127
6
152

13

13

16

16

19

19

22
1
25
11/8
29
13/8
35
15/8
41
17/8
48
21/4
57

16

5/8

3/4

7/8

5/8

3/4

5/8

7/8

22

7/8

22
1
25
11/8
29
13/8
35
13/8
35

5
127
61/2
165
8
203
8
203
8
203
8
203
8
203

10
13

6
6
6

13

10

19

10

19
1
25
1
25
11/4
32
11/4
32

13

3/4
3/4

3/8
1/2

5/8

16

3/4

19

3/4

19

3/4

19

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WGT
EACH
11.6
5.3
11.6
5.3
11.6
5.3
12.0
5.4
22.0
10.0
31.9
14.5
43.8
19.9
45.6
20.7
55.7
25.3
58.2
26.4

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

119

RODS AND ROD ATTACHMENTS

EYE SOCKET

FIGURE 12 EYE SOCKET


ROD
SIZE A
1
4
M6
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
7
8
M22

Figure 12
Figure 12CT (Copper Finish)
The Figure 12 is designed for attaching a rod to split ring
type clamps. Figure 12CT is only available in 1/4", 3/8",
and 1/2" rod sizes.
Material: Malleable Iron.
Compliance: Federal Specification WW-H-171E Type 16,
MSS-SP-69 (Type 16).
Finish: Plain, Copper.
Ordering: Specify rod size and figure number. For Metric
applications specify Figure M12 or M12CT.

MAX
LOAD
240
1068
610
2714
1000
4448
1400
6228
2200
9786
2300
10231

MAX
B
1
4
M6
1
4
M6
1
4
M6
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
1
2
M12

E
138
35
138
35
1916
40
134
44
214
57
2716
62

WEIGHT
EACH
0.08
0.04
0.08
0.04
0.11
0.05
0.22
0.10
0.30
0.14
0.32
0.15

MAX
SIZE C
1
4
M6
1
4
M6
1
4
M6

WEIGHT
EACH
0.08
0.04
0.08
0.04
0.11
0.05

FIGURE 12CT EYE SOCKET


A

ROD
SIZE

ROD
SIZE A
1
4
M6
3
8
M10
1
2
M12

MAX
LOAD
240
1068
610
2714
1000
4448

B
138
35
138
35
1916
40

"B" MAX
DIA.

LAG ROD
Figure 28
The Figure 28 is designed for a vertical rod
connection to wood.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify rod diameter, rod length,
figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify M28.

L
B

FIGURE 28 LAG ROD


ROD
SIZE
A
3
8
M10
1
2
M12

MAXIMUM
LOAD
390
1735
640
2847

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
120

MINIMUM LENGTH
MACHINE
COACH
B
C
212
2
64
51
212
2
64
51

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

4
114
0.12
0.05
0.22
0.10

WEIGHT EACH
LENGTH - DIMENSION L
6
8
10
152
203
254
0.19
0.25
0.31
0.09
0.11
0.14
0.34
0.44
0.56
0.15
0.20
0.25

12
356
0.37
0.17
0.67
0.30

RODS AND ROD ATTACHMENTS

MACHINE THREAD EYE ROD


Figure 33
(Right Hand Threads)
Figure 33L (Left Hand Threads)
SPECIFY

The Figure 33 is designed to permit swing in the attachment


component due to pipe movement. The inside diameter of
the eye is 38" larger than the rod diameter for rod sizes up to
112" while the inside diameter for larger size rods will be 34"
greater. The eye is not welded. The Figure 93 Welded Eye
Rod is available for higher load requirements.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Temperature: 650 F / 343 C Maximum.
Ordering: Specify rod size, rod length, thread length, (if
other than standard), figure number, and finish. For Metric
applications specify M33 or M33L. Larger rod diameters
are available upon request.

FIGURE 33 MACHINE THREADED EYE ROD


A
C
D
LOAD AT
650 F / 343 C

3
8
M10
3
4
19
212
64
240
1068

1
2
M12
7
8
22
212
64
440
1957

5
8
M16
1
25
212
64
705
3136

3
4
M20
118
29
3
76
1050
4671

7
8
M22
114
32
312
89
1470
6539

HANGER ADJUSTER

114
M30
158
41
5
127
3170
14101

112
M36
178
48
6
152
4650
20684

134
M42
212
64
6
152
6380
28380

2
M48
234
70
6
152
8280
36831

214
M56
3
76
6
152
10900
48485

212
M64
314
83
6
152
13400
59606

FIGURE 38 HANGER ADJUSTER

Figure 38
Figure 38CT (Copper Finish)
The Figure 38 is an economical
alternative to using turnbuckles for
vertical piping adjustment with our
Figure 34 Hinge Hanger. Figure
38CT is available in 3/8" and 1/2"
rod sizes only.
Material: Malleable Iron.
Compliance: Federal Specification
A-A-1192A Type 15, MSS-SP-69
Type 15.
Finish: Plain, Copper.
Ordering: Specify rod size and figure
number. For Metric applications
specify Figure M38 or Figure M38CT.

1
M24
138
35
4
102
1940
8630

B
A

ROD
SIZE
1
4
M6
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
3
4
M20

MAX
LOAD
230
1023
610
2714
710
3158
710
3158
860
3826

A
212
64
31316
97
31316
97
478
124
41516
125

B
114
32
178
48
11316
46
2516
59
2516
59

C
7
32
6
13
32
10
13
32
10
1
2
13
9
16
14

WEIGHT
EACH
0.09
0.04
0.28
0.13
0.31
0.14
0.72
0.33
0.70
0.32

FIG. 38CT HANGER ADJUSTER FOR COPPER TUBING

ROD
SIZE
3
8
M10
1
2
M12

MAX
LOAD
610
2714
710
3158

A
31316
97
31316
97

B
178
48
11316
46

C
13
32
10
13
32
10

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
EACH
0.28
0.13
0.31
0.14

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
121

ROD AND ROD ATTACHMENTS

WELDED EYEROD

RODS
ROD
ATTACHMENTS
Figure
93 AND
Right
Hand
Threads
Figure 93L Left Hand Threads

WELDED EYEROD

Welded Eye Rods are designed to permit swing in the


Figurecomponent
93
(Right
Hand
Threads)
attachment
due to pipe
movement.
Figure
93L
(Left
Hand
Threads)
Material: Carbon Steel. Maximum Temperature is 750F.
Welded
designed to permit
swing in the attachFinish:
Plain,Eyerods
Painted,are
Electro-galvanized,
Hot-dipped
ment component due to pipe movement.
Galvanized
1
Material:
Carbon
Steel.
Larger
rodthread
diameters
over
Ordering:
Specify
rod size,
rod
length,
length
(if 2 2",
special
materials,
and
special
eye
dimensions
can
be
furnished
other than standard), figure number, and finish.
upon
Larger
rodrequest.
diameters over 2 1/2, special rod materials, special
Finish: Plain, Painted,
Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dipcan be
eye dimensions,special
thread
pitch and thread lengths
Galvanized.
furnished
upon request.
Ordering:
figure
number,
finish, rod size,
rod
Note:
The use ofSpecify
galvanized
coatings
at temperatures
above
length,
anddiscretion
thread length
if customer.
other than standard. For Metric
450F
is at the
of the
applications specify M93 or M93L.

A
TL
SPECIFY L

SPECIFY

FIGURE 93, 93L WELDED EYEROD


FIGURE 93, 93L 38
WELDED1/2EYEROD
58
34
78
1
A
M10 38 M12 12 M16 58 M20 34 M20 78 M24 1
A
34 M10 78 M12 1 M16 118 M20 114 M20 138M24
B
19 34 22 78 25 1
29 118 32 114 35 138
B
3
3
3
3
4
4
THREAD
19
22
25
76
76
76
76 29 102 32 10235
LENGTH (TL)
THREAD
414 3 41/2 3 41/2 3 51/2 3 61/2 4 714 4
L (min) (D)
LENGTH
108 76 114 76 114 76 140 76 165 102 184102
LOAD AT
AT
4960
730 610 13501130 21601810 32302710 44803770 5900
LOAD
650 F / 343 C 3247 271360055026 96088051 14368
1205519928
1677026244
22063
650F/343C
572 540 10571010 16921610 24302420 35083360 4620
LOAD
LOAD AT
AT
4420
750F/399C
750 F / 399 C 2544 240247024493 75267162 10809
1076515604
1494620551
19661

114
M30114
158M30
41 158
4
10241
814 4
210102
8000
9500
35586
42258
7440
7140
33095
31760

STEEL
REDUCING
ROD
COUPLING
STEEL
REDUCING
ROD
COUPLING
Figure
123R
Figure
123R
Figure
123R123R
is used
to reduce
rod sizes.
Coupling
are made
Figure
is used
to reduce
rod sizes.
Coupling
are made
of carbon
steelsteel
to step
up orup
down
one rod
of carbon
to step
or down
onesize.
rod size.
Finish:
Plain,Plain,
Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip
Galvanized.
Finish:
Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip
Galvanized.
Ordering:
Specify
rod size
number.
Ordering:
Specify
rodand
sizefigure
and figure
number. For Metric
applications specify Figure M123R.

FIGURE 123R REDUCING ROD COUPLING

ROD
SIZE 123RMAXIMUM
WEIGHT
FIGURE
REDUCING ROD COUPLING
A
LOAD
L
EACH
ROD
MAXIMUM
WEIGHT
14x
38 SIZE
240
1
0.04
A
LOAD
EACH
M6 x M10
1068
25 L1
0.02
3
1
0.12
38 x 1/28 x 2
730610
0.07
13161 4
x M12
2714
0.05
M10M10
x M12
3247
30 32
0.03
1350
0.12
1130
0.16
1/2 x 5812 x 58
1316114
M12M12
x M16
6005
30 32
0.05
x M16
5027
0.07
1810
0.22
58 x 3458 x 34
1716112
1810
0.20
M16M16
x M20
8052
37 38
0.10
x M20
8052
0.09
3230
0.42
34 x 7834 x 78
11116134
2710
0.31
M20 x M20
14368
43
0.19
M20 x M22
12055
44
0.14

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
122
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

11/2
M36
11 2
178M36
48178
6
15248
10 6
254152
11630
13800
51733
61385
10807
10370
48072
46128

134
M42
13 4
21/2
M42
64212
6
15264
12 6
305152
15700
18600
69837
82737
14566
14000
64792
62275

2
M482
234
M48
70234
6
15270
14 6
152
356
20700
24600
92078
109426
19265
18460
85695
82114

21/2
214
M56
M64
21 4
21 2
3M56
314
M64
76 3
83314
6
6
76
152
15283
17 6
151/26
152
152
394
432
27200 39800
33500
32300
120991 177038
149015
143677
25295
24260 31169
29880
112517
107913 138646
132912

RODS AND ROD ATTACHMENTS

STEEL ROD COUPLING

ROD AND ROD ATTACHMENTS

Figure 123

STEEL
ROD COUPLING
Figure 123W
Figure
Figure 123123
is used to connect rods up to 11 2 inch diameter.
The Rod
made ofrods
carbon
steel
be
Figure
123Coupling
is used toisconnect
up to
11/2 and
inchcan
diameter.
welded
to
the
rod
after
assembly.
The
Figure
123W
has a
The Rod Coupling is made of carbon steel and can be welded
sight
mid length
to allow for determining depth of
to
thehole
rod after
assembly.
thread engagement.
Finish:
Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized
Finish: Plain,
Painted,
Hot-Dip
Ordering:
Specify
figureElectro-Galvanized,
number. finish and rod
size.
Galvanized.
FIGURE 123 ROD COUPLING
Ordering: Specify figure number, finish and rod size.
SIZEapplications
MAXIMUM
WEIGHT
ForROD
Metric
specify Figure M123 or M123W.
A

LOAD

1/4123, 123W 240


13/16
FIGURE
ROD COUPLING
M6
ROD 3/8
SIZE
M10
A
11/2
4
M12
M6
35/8
8
M16
M10
13/4
2
M20
M12
57/8
8
M20
M16
31
4
M24
M20
711/4
8
M30
M22
111/2
M36
M24
11 4
M30
11 2
M36

1068
730
MAXIMUM
3247
LOAD
1350
240
6005
1068
2160
610
9609
2714
3230
1130
14368
5027
4480
1810
19929
8052
5900
2710
26246
12055
9500
3770
42260
16770
13800
4150
61388
18461
6660
29626
7000
31139

21

111/16
L43
71
85/8
2241
1231/416
4452
1233/416
4456
2217/816
5462
2217/416
5762
2134
5776
233 41/2
7089
31 4
83
4
102

EACH
0.02
0.01
0.09
WEIGHT
0.04
EACH
0.11
0.02
0.05
0.01
0.18
0.08
0.08
0.04
0.29
0.12
0.13
0.05
0.55
0.17
0.25
0.08
0.55
0.28
0.25
0.13
1.00
0.44
0.45
0.20
1.90
0.72
0.86
0.33
1.41
0.64
1.96
0.89

ALL-THREAD HANGER ROD


Figure 94
Figure 94SS

ALL-THREAD
HANGER
ROD
This product has a standard
rolled thread
running its entire
length. It is
Figure
94particularly useful when exact rod lengths are
questionable.
Figure 94SS

Material: Figure 94 is made of carbon steel while Figure 94SS


This product has a standard rolled thread running its entire
is available in either 304 or 316 stainless steel. Available in
length. It is particularly useful when exact rod lengths are
precut six, ten, and twelve foot lengths. Can be cut to suit
questionable.
customer need upon request. Rod Sizes above 11/2 are
Material:
Figure
94 is as
made
of carbon
while Figure
available upon
request
are special
rodsteel
materials.
94SS
is
available
in
either
304
or
316
stainless
steel.
Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, or Hot-Dip Galvanized
Available in precut six, ten, and twelve foot lengths. Can be
Ordering:
Specify rod
size,upon
rod length,
cut
to suit customer
need
request.figure number,
and finish.
Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, or Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Note: The use of galvanized coatings at temperatures above
Ordering:
figure number,
finish, rod size, and length.
450 F is atSpecify
the discretion
of the customer.
For Metric applications specify Figure M94 or M94SS.
A

SIGHT HOLE
LL

FIG.NO. 123

FIGURE 123

FIGURE 123W
(SIZES 38"
THROUGH 1")

FIGURE 94 ALL-THREAD HANGER ROD


DIAMETER
MAXIMUM
WEIGHT
A
LOAD*
PER FOOT
1/4 ALL-THREAD HANGER
240
0.12
FIGURE 94
ROD
M6
1068
0.05
3/8
730
0.30
DIAMETER
MAXIMUM
WEIGHT
M10
3247
0.14
A
LOAD*
PER FOOT
3 81/2
1350
0.53
610
0.30
M12
6005
0.24
M10
2714
0.14
2160
0.84
1 25/8
1130
0.53
M16
9609
0.38
M12
5027
0.24
3230
1.20
3/4
5 8
1810
0.84
M20
14368
0.54
M16
8052
0.38
4480
1.70
7/8
3 4
2710
1.20
M20
19929
0.77
5900
2.30
M201
12055
0.54
7M24
26246
1.04
8
3700
1.70
9500
3.60
11/4
M22
16459
0.77
42260
1.63
1M30
4960
2.30
13800
5.10
11/2
M24
22064
1.04
M36
61388
2.31
11 4
8000
3.60
* For carbon
stainless
M30 steel only. Maximum
35587 Load rating for1.63
steel is110.80
2 times the Maximum
11600 Load rating given.
5.10
M36
51601
2.31

* For carbon steel only


SPECIFY

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
WEIGHT
POUNDS
123
KILOGRAMS

123

Figure 133
(Right Hand Threads Both Ends)

Figure
133L
ROD
AND
ROD ATTACHMENTS

(Right Hand and Left Hand Thread)


Furnished
with UNC
threads thisRODS
product is made from
MACHINE
THREAD
carbon steel.
Figure 133 Right Hand Threads Both Ends
Maximum loads given are rated for up to 650 F (343 C).
Figure 133L Right Hand and Left Hand Thread
Material: Carbon Steel (Stainless Steel is Available).
Furnished with UNC threads this product is made from
Finish:
Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
carbon steel.
Ordering:
Specifygiven
material
if other
than
steel,
Maximum Loads
are rated
for up
tocarbon
650F (343C.)
figure number, finish, rod diameter, and length, and thread
Material: Carbon Steel (Stainless Steel is Available)
length if other than standard. For Metric applications
Finish: Plain,
Hot-Dip Galvanized
specify
M133 Electro-galvanized,
or M133L.
Ordering: Specify material if other than carbon steel.
Figure number, finish, rod diameter, and length, and thread
B (SPECIFY)
length; if other than standard.
Note: The use of galvanized coatings at temperatures above
A
450F is at the discretion of the customer.
THD

THD

FIGURE 133, 133L MACHINE THREAD RODS


A
THD. LGTH.
LOAD AT
650F/343C
A
THD. LGTH.
LOAD AT
650F/343C

38

1/2

58

34

M10
3
76
730
3247

M12
3
76
1350
6005

M16
3
76
2160
9608

M20
3
76
3230
14368

2
M48
6
152
24600
92078

214
M56
6
152
32300
143677

21/2
M64
6
152
39800
177038

234
M72
6
152
49400
219741

LIGHT DUTY WASHER PLATE


Figure 102
The Figure
The
Figure102
102isisaalight
lightduty
dutyalternative
alternativetotoour
ourFigure
Figure260.
260.
Primarily used
Primarily
used at
at the
the ends
ends of
of rods
rods instead
instead of
ofrod
rodwashers
washersto
to
gain more
gain
more bearing
bearing surface.
surface.
Material: Carbon
Material:
CarbonSteel.
Steel.
Finish: Plain,
Finish:
Plain,Painted,
Painted,Electro-Galvanized,
Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Hot-Dip
Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify
sizerod
and
finish.
Ordering:
Specifyfigure
figurenumber,
number,rod
size,
size
and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M102.

B
B/2

124

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

124

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

DIAMETER
A
3 8
M10
1 2
M12
5 8
M16
3 4
M20
7 8
M22
1
M24
11 4
M30
11 2
M36
TL
1 3 4
M42
2
M48
2 1 4
M56
21 2
M64
3
1
78 2 4
M72
M22
M24
3
4
4
102 M80
102
4480 31 4
5900
19928 M80 26244
31 2
3 M90
314
M80 33 4
M80
6 M95
6
152 4
152
60100M100 71900
267337
319826

THREAD
LENGTH
3
76
3
76
3
76
3
76
4
102
4
102
SPECIFY
4
102
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
114
152
M30
46
152
102
6
9500
152
42258
6
3152
1/2
M90
6
6
152
152
6
84700
152
376763

LOAD AT
650 F / 343 C
610
2713
1130
5026
1810
8051
2710
12055
3770
16770
4960
22063
8000
35586
A
11630
51733
TL
15700
69837
20700
92078
27200
120991
33500
149015
41580 134
11/2
M36 184956M42
50580 6
6
152 224990152
13800 6048018600
61385 269027
82737
71280
334 317068 4
M95 82890M100
6
368711 6
152 95400 152
98500 424358
114000
438148
507095

FIGURE102
102 LIGHT
LIGHT DUTY WASHER PLATE
FIGURE
BB
22
51
51
21 1/2
2 64
2
643
376
764
4102
1025
5127
1276
6152
152

SIZE
- WEIGHTEACH
EACH
RODROD
SIZE
WEIGHT
3
1
818
13616
414
33
55
66
0.14
0.21
0.28
0.14
0.21
0.28
0.06
0.10
0.13
0.06
0.10
0.13
N/A
N/A
0.44
0.44
N/A
N/A
0.20
0.20
0.32
0.48
0.64
0.32
0.48
0.64
0.15
0.22
0.29
0.15
0.22
0.29
0.57
0.83
1.13
0.26
0.38
0.51
0.57
0.83
1.13
0.89
1.33
1.77
0.26
0.38
0.51
0.40
0.60
0.80
0.89
1.33
1.77
1.28
1.91
2.55
0.40
0.60
0.80
0.58
0.87
1.16
1.28
1.91
2.55
0.58
0.87
1.16
1

3
838
1010
0.42
0.42
0.19
0.19
0.66
0.66
0.30
0.30
0.95
0.95
0.43
0.43
1.70
0.77
1.70
2.66
0.77
1.21
2.66
3.83
1.21
1.74
3.83
1.74

TURNBUCKLE

FIGURE 132 TURNBUCKLE


MAXIMUM

Figure 132
The Figure 132 is used to
TURNBUCKLE
connect right and left hand
Figure
132
threaded
rods together and
provide for adjustment.
The Figure 132 is used to connect
Material:
Steel. rods
right
and left Forged
hand threaded
together
and provide
for adjustment.
Compliance:
Federal
Specification
Type 13,
Material:
ForgedA-A-1192A
Steel
MSS-SP
69
Type
13,
and
Compliance: Federal Specification
BSPSS-BS3974.
A-A-1192A
Type 13, MSS-SP 58 Type
Plain, Painted, Electro13,Finish:
and BSPSS-BS3974.
Galvanized,
Hot-DipElectroGalvanized.
Finish:
Plain, Painted,
Ordering:
Specify
figure number,
Galvanized,
Hot-dip
Galvanized
finish,
size. For Metric
Note:
Theand
use rod
of galvanized
coatings
applications specify
M132.is at the
at temperatures
above 450F
discretion of the customer.
Ordering: Specify figure number,
finish and rod size. Larger
rod sizes or openings are available
upon request.

ROD
AND ROD ATTACHMENTS
LOAD

3" ROD
TAKE OUT

6"

ROD SIZE
650 F
FIGURE 132343
TURNBUCKLE
A
C
B
3 8
610
7 1 8
MAX. LOAD
M10ROD SIZE 2714
181
650F
1 2
1130
71 2 B
A
343C
M12 3/8
5027 730
19171/8
5 8
18103247
77181
8
M10
M16 1/2
80521350
20071/2
3 4
27106005
81 191
4
M12
M20 5/8
120552160
21077/8
7 8
M16
33709609
85200
8
M22 3/4
149913230
21981/4
M20
1
496014368
9210
4480
7/8
85/8
M24 M20
22064
229
19929
1219
11 4
8000
9
8
1
5900
9
M30 M24
35587
232
26246
229
11 2 11/4
116309500
9394 1/8
M36 M30
51735
248232
42260
13800
13 4 11/2
15700
1039 83/4
61388
M42 M36
69840
264248
18600
13/4
2
20700
11103/8
82740
M48 M42
92082
279264
2
24600
21 4 M48
27200
127279
11
8
109431
M56 21/4
120996
327
32300
127/8
21 2 M56
33500
131327
2
143683
M64 21/2
149021
343
39800
131/2
M64
177046
343

EXTENSION
PIECE
EXTENSION
PIECE

Figure
157
Figure
157
The Figure 157 is designed for attaching rods to the
TheFigure
Figure82
157
is designed
rods of
to attachments.
the Figure 82
Beam
Clamp for
andattaching
similar types
Beam Clamp and similar types of attachments.
Material: Malleable Iron.
Material: Malleable Iron.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 30,
Maximum: Temperature: 450F
MSS-SP-69 Type 30 when used with a Figure 82.
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 30,
Finish: Plain,
Painted,
MSS-SP-58
Type 30
when Electro-Galvanized.
used with a Figure 82.
Ordering:
Specify
size, figure number, and finish.
Finish: Plain, Painted, rod
Electro-Galvanized.
Order Figure 82 separately, if required. For Metric appliOrdering:
Specify Figure
rod size,M157.
figure number, and finish.
cations specify
Order Figure 82 separately, if required.

WEIGHT
EACH
0.30
0.14
WEIGHT
0.60
EACH
0.27
0.30
1.00
0.14
0.45
0.60
1.20
0.27
1.00
0.54
0.45
1.90
1.20
0.86
0.54
2.50
1.90
1.13
0.86
3.80
2.50
1.72
1.13
5.70
3.80
2.59
1.72
5.70
8.20
2.59
3.72
8.20
14.20
3.72
6.44
14.20
27.00
6.44
12.25
27.00
33.00
12.25
14.97
33.00
14.97

C
B

FIGURE 157 EXTENSION PIECE


FIGURE 157 EXTENSION PIECE
ROD SIZE
MAX
ROD SIZEA MAXIMUM LOAD
610B
A 38
LOAD
2714
3/8 M10 610
11/4
M10 12
2714
32
1130
1/2 M12 1130
13/8
5027
M12 58
5027
35
1810
5/8 M16 1810
1
80521/2
M16 3
8052
38

4
2710
2710
3/4
13/4
12055
M20 M20
12055
44
7
2950
2950
7/8 8
17/8
13123
M20 M22 13123
48

C
21/8
54
23/8
60
21/2
64
27/8
73
3
76

B
114
32
138
35
112
38
134
44
178
48

1/2

13

5/8

16

5/8

16

5/8

16

3/4

19

C
218 H
54 1/2
23813
60 1/2
21213
64 1/2
13
278 1/2
7313
3 9/16
7614

WEIGHTG
EACH 12
0.20 13
0.09 58
0.40 16
0.18 58
0.44 16
0.20 5
0.65 8
0.29 16
3
0.78 4
0.35 19

WEIGHT
EACH
0.20
0.09
0.40
0.18
0.44
0.20
0.65
0.29
0.78
0.35

H
1
2
13
1
2
13
1
2
13
1
2
13
9
16
14

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS
LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
125

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

125

RODS AND ROD ATTACHMENTS

MALLEABLE ROD COUPLING


Figure 167

REDUCING ROD COUPLING


Figure 167R
The Figure 167 is tapped with a straight bolt thread tap.
The Figure 167R is designed to reduce rod sizes. Couplings
are made either to step up or down one rod size.
Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M67 or M167R.

FIGURE 167 MALLEABLE ROD COUPLING


ROD
SIZE
1
4
M6
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
3
4
M20
7
8
M22
1
M24

MAXIMUM
LOAD
230
1023
610
2714
1130
5027
1810
8052
2710
12055
3770
16770
4960
22064

L
138
35
158
41
258
54
212
64
258
67
214
57
234
70

WEIGHT
EACH
0.10
0.05
0.10
0.05
0.18
0.08
0.30
0.14
0.44
0.20
0.96
0.44
0.94
0.43

FIGURE 167R MALLEABLE REDUCING ROD COUPLING

ROUND HANGER ROD


Figure 224
Unthreaded steel rod available in a variety of sizes for
customer use. Available in up to 20 foot lengths.
Material: Low carbon steel.
Finish: Plain.
Ordering: Specify rod size, length, figure number, and
finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M224.

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
126

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

ROD
SIZE
3
8 x 14
M10 x M6
1
2 x 38
M12 x M10
5
8 x 34
M16 x M20
3
4 x 78
M20 x M22

MAXIMUM
LOAD
230
1023
610
2714
1810
8052
2710
12055

L
158
41
218
54
212
64
258
67

WEIGHT
EACH
0.10
0.05
0.18
0.08
0.44
0.20
0.96
0.44

RODSROD
ANDAND
ROD ROD
ATTACHMENTS
ATTACHMENTS

WASHER
WASHERPLATE
PLATE
Figure 260
Figure 260

This product is to be welded to back to back channels or


This product
to be welded
to back
channels or
angles
for supporting
pipe with
rodstoorback
U-Bolts.
angles for supporting pipe with rods or U-Bolts.
Sufficient contact surface to the supporting structure must
Sufficient
to the
structure
be
made to contact
developsurface
maximum
loadsupporting
capacity. Dimension
must
be made
to develop
maximum load capacity.
A
should
not be
exceeded.
Dimension A should not be exceeded.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Material: Carbon Steel
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized,
Finish: Plain,
Painted, Electro-Galvanized Hot-Dip
Hot-Dip
Galvanized.
Galvanized
Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, and rod size.
Ordering:
Specify figure
number,
finish
and rod size.
For
Metric applications
specify
Figure
M260.

TYP.

B
EXISTING

B/2
B/2
B

A (MAX.)

FIGURE 260 WASHER PLATE


FIGURE 260 ALL-THREAD HANGER ROD
ROD
MAX
HOLE WGT
SIZE ROD
LOADMAX.A
B
C
D HOLE
EACHWEIGHT
B 1 4
C 716
D0.63 EACH
3 8 SIZE610 LOAD
112 A 3
3 6
0.63
1411
70.29
16
M10 38 2713 730 38 11/2 76
1 2 M101130 324711 2
38 3
76 14
6 916
11
0.61 0.29
3 6
0.61
1414
90.28
16
M12 1/2 5026 1350 38 11/2 76
5 8 M121810 600511 2
38 3
76 38
6 1116 14
0.95 0.28
3 10
0.95
3817 110.43
16
M16 58 8051 2160 38 11/2 76
3 4 M162710 9608 2
38 4
76 38
101316 17
1.60 0.43
2 102
4 10
1.60
M20 34 12055 3230 51
3821 130.73
16
7 8 M203770 143682
51 4
102 12
101516 21
2.17 0.73
M22 78 16770 4480 51
2 102
4 13
2.17
1/224 150.98
16
1 M204960 19928212 51 4
2.15 0.98
102 12
131116
24
M24 1 22063 5900 64 21/2102
4 13
2.15
1/227 110.98
16
114 M248000 262443
3.28 0.98
64 5
102 12
13138
27
M30 11435586 9500 76
1.49 3.28
3 127
5 13
1/235 138
112 M301163042258312 76 5
4.05 1.49
127 58
13158
35
M36 11/2517331380089 31/2127
16
41
1.84 4.05
5
58
1
58
5
134 M361570061385312 89 5
3.88 1.84
127 8
16 2
41
M42 134698371860089 31/2127
16
51
5 3
21.76 3.88
58
1
2 M4220700827374
4.47 1.76
89 6
127 4
162 4
51
M48 2 9207824600102 4 152
19
57
2.03 4.47
6
34
2
14
3
1
6.62 2.03
214 M48272001094264 102 6
152 4
192 2
57
M56 12099132300102 4 152
19
64
3.00
6 3 4
6.62
34234 21/2
212 21433500
412
6
6.40
143677
19 70
64
M64 M56
149015
114 102152 15219
2.90 3.00
6 3 4
34 3
234
6.16 6.40
234 21/24158039800412 41/2 6
177038
19 76
70
M72 M64
184956
114 114152 15219
2.79 2.90
6 3 4
35.89 6.16
34314
3 2345058049400412 41/2 6
219741
19 83
76
M80 M72
224990
114 114152 15219
2.67 2.79
6 3 4
34312 314
314 3 6048060100412 41/2 6
5.56 5.89
267337
19 89
83
M80 M80
269027
114 114152 15219
2.52 2.67
6 3 4
34334 31/2
41/2 7
312 31471280719005
8.07 5.56
319826
19 95
89
M90 M80
317068
127 114178 15219
3.66 2.52
5 7
7 3 4
34 4
334
334 31/282890847005
7.75 8.07
376763
19102
95
M95 M90
368711
127 127178 17819
3.52 3.66
98500
5
7
4
7.75
334
34
M95 438148
127
178
19
102
3.52

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT

127
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

127

ROD AND ROD ATTACHMENTS


FIGURE 276 FORGED STEEL CLEVIS

FORGED STEEL CLEVIS


Figure 276
Figure 276P

ROD
SIZE

The Figure 276 is used to connect rod ends with structural steel
welding lug plates or lugs welded to pipe. It provides a pivot
point and adjustment. It can be supplied with a pin as Fig 276P.
Material: Forged Steel
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 14,
MSS-SP 58 Type 14, and BSPSS-BS3974.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Note: The use of galvanized coatings at temperatures above
450F is at the discretion of the customer.
Ordering: Specify figure number, rod size, pin size, grip
and finish.
TAP

NOTE: PINS AND


COTTER PINS
SUPPLIED WHEN
REQUESTED AS
FIG 276P

E
TAKE
OUT

3/8

M10

1/2

M12

5/8

M16

3/4

M20

7/8

M20
1
M24
11/4
M30
11/2
M36
13/4
M42
2
M48
21/4
M56
21/2
M64

MAX. LOAD
650F
343C
730
3247
1350
6005
2160
9608
3230
14368
4480
19928
5900
26244
9500
42258
13800
61385
18600
82737
24600
109426
32300
143677
39800
177038

PIN/
BOLT
DIA.

E
TAKE
OUT
31/2
89
31/2
89
31/2
89
4
102
4
102
5
127
5
127
6
152
6
152
7
178
8
203
8
203

1/2

M12

5/8

M16

3/4

M20

7/8

M20
1
M24
11/8
M30
13/8
M36
15/8
M42
17/8
M48
21/4
M56
21/2
M64
23/4
M72

GRIP

1/2

13

5/8

16

5/8

16

3/4

24

7/8

22
1
25
11/4
32
11/2
38
11/2
38
21/2
64
21/2
64
21/2
64

276P
WEIGHT
EACH
1.00
0.45
0.90
0.41
0.90
0.41
3.00
1.36
3.40
1.54
5.10
2.31
5.50
2.49
8.50
3.86
12.90
5.85
23.30
10.57
35.10
15.92
36.00
16.33

GRIP

FORGED WELDLESS EYENUT

ROD
TAP
A

Figure 279
Figure 279L
The Figure 279 is used to connect rod ends with structural steel
welded beam attachments or pipe clamps as a substitute for a
welded eyerod. It provides a pivot point and adjustment. It can
also be supplied tapped left hand as Fig 279L.
Material: Forged Steel
Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 17,
MSS-SP 58 Type 17, and BSPSS-BS3974.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized
Note: The use of galvanized coatings at temperatures above
450F is at the discretion of the customer.
Ordering: Specify figure number, rod size and finish.
A

128

FIGURE 279 FORGED WELDLESS EYENUT

C
L

3/8

M10

1/2

M12

5/8

M16

3/4

M20

7/8

M20
1
M24
11/4
M30
11/2
M36
13/4
M42
2
M48
21/4
M56
21/2
M64

MAX. LOAD
650F
343C
730
3247
1350
6005
2160
9608
3230
14368
4480
19928
5900
26244
9500
42258
13800
61385
18600
82737
24600
109426
32300
143677
39800
177038

F
1
25
1
25
1
25
1
25
13/8
35
13/4
44
13/4
44
13/4
44
31/4
83
31/4
83
31/4
83
31/4
83

G
11/2
38
11/2
38
11/2
38
11/2
38
2
51
2
51
21/2
64
21/2
64
4
102
4
102
4
102
4
102

WEIGHT
EACH
0.63
0.29
0.63
0.29
0.62
0.28
0.60
0.27
1.70
0.77
1.70
0.77
3.75
1.70
3.50
1.59
16.40
7.44
15.90
7.21
15.40
6.99
14.90
6.76

ROD AND ROD ATTACHMENTS


RODS
ATTACHMENTS
RODS
ANDAND
RODROD
ATTACHMENTS

LINKED EYE RODS


LINKED
EYE
RODS
LINKED
EYEEyes
RODS
Figure
306
Not Welded

Figure
EyesWelded
Not Welded
Figure
306
Eyes
Not
Figure
341306
Welded
Eyes
Figure
341
Eyes
Welded
Linked
Eye
allowWelded
for the
movement
Figure
341Rods
Eyes

Linked
Eye
Rods
the movement
of the
lower
rodallows
whereallows
bending
would
be
Linked
Eye
Rods
for thefor
movement
of
the
lower
rod
where
bending
would
be
unacceptable.
Unwelded
eyes
have
a
lower
of the lower rod where bending would be
unacceptable.
Unwelded
eyes
have
a
lower
load
rating.
unacceptable. Unwelded eyes have a lower
load
rating.
Therating.
inside
diameter of the eye is 38 larger
load
thanThe
theinside
rod diameter
for rod
sizes
up
diameter
is 3to
8" larger
3
The inside diameter
of the of
eyethe
is eye
8" larger
11/2than
whilethe
therod
inside
diameter
for
larger
diameter
for
rod
sizes
than the1 rod diameter for rod sizes up to up to
size 1rods
will bethe
34 greater.
Both rods
2" the
while
diameter
for will
larger
B
112" while
inside inside
diameter
for larger
3
normally
be furnish
right
hand tapped
to will
size
rods
will
be

4" greater.
Both
rods
3
size
rods
will
be

4" greater. Both rods will


lengths
shownbefor
our Figure
93 hand
unless
normally
furnished
right
to
normally
be
furnished
right hand
tappedtapped
to
ordered
special.
lengths
shown
for
our
Figure
93
unless
lengths shown for our Figure 93 unless
ordered
special.
Maximum
Loads
given are rated for up
ordered
special.
to 650F
(343C.)
Maximum
Loads
given
arefor
rated for
Maximum Loads given are
rated
up
to
650
F
(343
C.)
Material:
Carbon
Steel
up to 650 F (343 C.)
Material:
Carbon
Finish:
Plain,
Electro-galvanized,
Material:
Carbon
Steel Steel
Hot-Dip
Galvanized
Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip
Finish:Finish:
Plain, Plain,
Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip
Ordering:
Specify
rod
diameter
(A),
Galvanized
Galvanized
overall
length (B),
lengthrod
of diameter
each eyerod
Ordering:
Specify
(A),
Ordering:
Specify
rod diameter
(A),
(D and
C),
and
thread
length
(E)
ifeach
other
overall
length
(B),
length
of
eyerod
overall
length (B),Figure
lengthNumber
of each and
eyerod
than(D
standard,
finish.
and
C),
and
thread
length
(E)
if
(D and C), and thread length (E) if other other
Note:
Thestandard,
use of galvanized
coatings
at finish.
than
Figure
Number
and
than
standard,
Figure
Number
and
finish.
temperatures
above
450F isspecify
at the
For
Metric
applications
M306
Fordiscretion
Metric applications
specify M306
of the customer.
or M341.
or M341.

FIGURE 306 AND 341 LINKED EYE RODS


FIGURE 306 AND 341 LINKED EYE RODS
FIGURE
306 AND 341 LINKED
EYELOAD
RODS
ROD SIZE
MAXIMUM
ROD SIZE FIGURE 306
MAXIMUM
LOAD
A
FIGURE
341
ROD SIZE A
MAXIMUM
Figure 306 LOADFigure
341
38
240
730
A
Figure 306
Figure 341
3
8
240
610
M10
1068
3247
3
8
240
610
1/2 M10
4401068
1350
2714
M10
1068
27146005
1
M12
1957
2
440
1130
D
1
258
440
11302160
7051957
M12
5027
M12
1957
50279609
M16 58
3136705
1810
5
834
705
18103230
10503136
M16
8052
M16
3136
8052
M20 3
4671
14368
4
2710
3
14701050
478
1050
27104480
M20
4671
12055
M20
6539
19929
M20
4671
12055
7
8
3770
71
19401470
8
1470
37705900
M22
6539
16770
M24
8630
26246
M22
6539
16770
4960
31201940
9500
1114 1
1940
4960
M30
13879
42260
M24
8630
22064
M24
8630
22064
46503120
13800
11/2 114
8000
114
3120
8000
M36
20685
61388
M30
13879
35587
M30
13879
35587
63804650
18600
134 112
11630
112
4650
11630
M42
28381
82740
C
M36
20685
51735
2
8280
24600
M36
20685
51735
3
1

4
6380
15700
3
M48
36833
109431
1 4
6380
15700
M42
28381
69840
10900
32300
2
14
M42
28381
69840
2
8280
20700
M56
48488
143683
2
8280
20700
36833
92082
13400
39800
21/2 M48
M48
36833
92082
1
M64
59609
177046
2 4
10900
27200
1
2 4
10900
27200
M56
48488
120996
M56
48488
120996
212
13400
33500
212
13400
33500
M64
59609
149021
M64
59609
149021

MALE
AND
FEMALE
MALE
AND
FEMALE
MALE
AND
FEMALE
SWING
ROD
FITTING
SWING
ROD
FITTING
SWING
ROD
FITTING
Figure
Figure
701701
Figure
701

The
fitting
iswhen
used
when
flexible
movement
of pipeline
The
fitting
used
whenflexible
flexible
movement
pipeline
is
The
fitting
is is
used
movement
ofofpipeline
is
required.
The
threaded
stud
portion
can
be
installed
required. The
The threaded
can be
into
is required.
threaded stud
stud portion
portion can
be installed
installed
into a into
a concrete
insert
or bolted
to flange
of I beam,
angle
or
concrete
insertor
orbolted
bolted
toflange
flange
of II beam,
angle
channel.
a concrete
insert
to
of
beam,
angle or
or
channel.
Made
special
to
customer
order.
Made special
to customer
order. order.
channel.
Made special
to customer
Material:
Steel.
Material:
Steel.
Material: Steel.
Finish:
Plain.
Finish:
Plain.
Finish:
Plain.
Ordering:
Specify
size number,
number.
For Metric
Ordering:
Specify
sizenumber,
number,
figurefigure
number.
Ordering:
Specify
size
figure
number.
For Metric
applications
specify
Figure
M701.
applications specify Figure M701.

FIGURE 701 MALE AND FEMALE SWING ROD FITTING

SIZE 701 MALE AND FEMALE SWING


WEIGHT
FIGURE
ROD FITTING
FIGURE 701
SWING RODEACH
FITTING
NO. MALE AND FEMALE
A
SIZE
WEIGHT
0.25
38
SIZE1
WEIGHT
NO.
A
EACH
1
M10
0.11
NO.
A
EACH
1
3/8
0.25
1 2
3/81/2
0.250.33
1
M10
0.11
2
M12
0.15
1
M10
0.11
2
1/2
0.33
2
1/2
0.33
2
M12
0.15
2
M12
0.15
A

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE

LOADS

WEIGHT

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
LOADS
WEIGHT
DIMENSIONS
TEMPERATURE
LOADSPOUNDSWEIGHT
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
POUNDS
I
NCHES
F
AHRENHEIT
P
OUNDS
POUNDS
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUSPOUNDS
NEWTONSPOUNDS
KILOGRAMS
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
NEWTONS
KILOGRAMS
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
NEWTONS
KILOGRAMS
129
129
129

FASTENERS

FLATTENED END LAG SCREW


Figure 11
The Figure 11 is normally used with perforated extension
bar to support light duty loads from wooden structures.
Comes with bolt and nut.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain.
Ordering: Specify size, and figure number. For Metric
applications specify Figure M11.
FIGURE 11 FLATTENED END LAG SCREW
SIZE
A
1
4
M6
5
16
M8
3
8
M10

B
3
76
3
76
4
102

C
3
16
M5
1
4
M6
1
4
M6

WEIGHT
EACH
0.04
0.02
0.07
0.03
0.10
0.05

TOGGLE BOLT
Figure 59
The spring toggle bolt is the most popular hollow wall
fastener used today. The wings are fitted with coil
springs that open when inserted into the wall. Gravity is
not a factor making it possible to be used in any position.
Material: Steel.
Finish: Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify figure number, diameter, and length.
For Metric applications specify Figure M59.
FIGURE 59 TOGGLE BOLT
SIZE
3
16 x 4
M5 x 102
3
16 x 5
M5 x 127
3
16 x 6
M5 x 153
1
4 x 4
M6 x 102
1
4 x 5
M6 x 127
1
4 x 6
M6 x 153
3
8 x 4
M10 x 102
3
8 x 5
M10 x 127
3
8 x 6
M10 x 153
1
2 x 4
M12 x 153
1
2 x 5
M12 x 127
1
2 x 6
M12 x 153
130

DRILL SIZE
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
5
8
M16
5
8
M1
7
8
M20
7
8
M20
7
8
M20
114
M30
114
M30
114
M30

WEIGHT
EACH
0.05
0.02
0.06
0.03
0.06
0.03
0.08
0.04
0.09
0.04
0.10
0.05
0.19
0.09
0.22
0.10
0.24
0.11
0.32
0.15
0.35
0.16
0.40
0.18

A
B

FASTENERS

ROUND WASHER
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure

103
103E
103G
103S

(Carbon Steel Plain)


(Carbon Steel Electro-Galvanized)
(Carbon Steel Hot-Dip Galvanized)
(Stainless Steel)
Compliance: United States Standard.
Material: Carbon Steel or Stainless Steel (ASTM 240 Type 304
or Type 316).
Finish: Plain, Electro-Plated, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, finish or grade of
material. For Metric applications Specify Figure M103. Please
see Figure 176 for Lock Washers. Fender Washers and Tooth
Lock Washers are available upon request.

O.D.

I.D.

FIGURE 103 ROUND WASHER


BOLT SIZE
I.D.
O.D.
WGT. EACH

1
4
M6
5
16
8
1
19
0.01
0.04
3

BOLT SIZE
I.D.
O.D.
WGT. EACH

4
M20
13
16
21
2
51
0.11
0.49

5
16
M8
3
8
10
1
25
0.02
0.09
7

8
M22
15
16
24
214
57
0.15
0.67

STEEL COACH SCREWS

3
8
M10
7
16
11
1
25
0.02
0.09

7
16
M12
1
2
13
114
32
0.03
0.13

1
2
M12
9
16
14
138
35
0.04
0.18

9
16
M14
5
8
16
112
38
0.06
0.27

5
8
M16

1
M24
1116
27
212
64
0.19
0.85

118
M30
114
32
234
70
0.22
0.98

114
M30
138
35
3
76
0.26
1.16

138
M36
112
38
314
83
0.32
1.42

112
M36
158
41
312
89
0.38
1.69

16

FIGURE 107 STEEL COACH SCREW

Figure 107
Figure 107 Coach Screws are normally
used on our Figures 303, 337, and 340
brackets.
Material: Steel.
Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify diameter, length,
figure number, and finish.

11

17
134
44
0.08
0.36

WEIGHT EACH BY DIAMETER


3
1
4
8
2
6
10
13
0.023
0.060
0.010
0.027
0.028
0.070
0.144
0.013
0.032
0.065
0.033
0.083
0.162
0.015
0.038
0.073
0.039
0.098
0.186
0.018
0.044
0.084
0.044
0.114
0.212
0.020
0.052
0.096
0.050
0.125
0.233
0.023
0.057
0.106
0.063
0.154
0.290
0.029
0.070
0.132
0.074
0.183
0.340
0.034
0.083
0.154
1

LENGTH
112
38
2
51
212
64
3
76
312
89
4
102
5
127
6
152

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

5
8
16

0.232
0.105
0.270
0.122
0.310
0.141
0.348
0.158
0.376
0.171
0.455
0.206
0.530
0.240

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
131

FASTENERS
FASTENERS
HEX
NUT

FIGURE 165H HEAVY HEX NUT

Figure 165

STANDARD HEX NUT


HEAVY
HEX NUT
Figure 165
Figure 165H

HEAVY HEX NUT

Material is an ASTM A-563 Grade A (Alloy and Stainless


Figure
165H
Steel
grades
are Available). Sizes 1 34" and larger are only
available
a Figure
tapAwill
be furnished.
LH
Material as
is an
ASTM165H.
A-563 RH
Grade
(Alloy
and Stainless
tap
aregrades
special
Steel
areorder.
Available). Sizes 13/4 and larger are only
availablePlain,
as a Figure
165H. RH tap will
be furnished.
Finish:
Electro-Galvanized,
Hot-Dip
Galvanized.
LH tap are special order.
Ordering: Specify tap size, figure number, and finish.
Finish:
Plain,
Electro-galvanized,
Hot-Dip
Galvanized
For
Metric
applications
specify M165
or M165H.
Ordering: Specify tap size, figure number, and finish.
T

W
T

F
TAP

TAP

TAP
MAX
WGT
FIGURE
STANDARD
SIZE 165
LOAD
F HEX NUT
T
W
EACH
13 16
3 8
11 16
610 HEAVY
0.031
FIGURE
165H
HEX NUT3 8
M10
2714
17
10
21
0.014
1 2
1 2 SIZE 1130
7 8
ROD
MAX
WEIGHT
1
0.065
A
LOAD
F
T
W
EACH
M12
5027
22
13
25
0.030
730
11/16
0.031
3/8
13/16
5 83/8
1 16
1
11 4
M10
3247
17
10
21
0.014
M161/2
16770
277/8
161/2
32 1
0.054
1350
0.065
3
3 4
1
7
2710
1 22
4
13
4
1 16
0.193
M12
6005
25
0.029
M20
12055
32
195/8
3711/4
0.088
2160
0.119
5/8
11/16

7M16
7
11
8
1 27
16 
1 32
16
9609
16
0.054
3230
0.193
M22
8052
3711/4
223/4
43
0.135
3/4
17/16
M20
14368
0.088
1
4960
1532
8
119
1737
8
0.425
4480
0.297
7/8
1
7/
1
6
7/8
111/16
M24
22064
41
25
48
0.193
19929
43
0.135
1 4
1M20
8000
237
1122
4
25 16
0.786
1
5900
1
0.425
1
5/8
7/8
1
M30
35587
5141
3225
5948
0.357
M24
26246
0.193
111 21/4
11630
23 82
111 21/4
232 45/16
1.310
9500
0.786
M36
51735
6051
3832
7059
0.594
M30
42260
0.357
131 41/2
15700
232 43/8
131 41/2
332163/4
2.040
13800
1.31
M42
69840
7060
4438
8170
0.925
M36
61388
0.594
18600
2.04
213/4
20700
312 83/4
213/4
353 83/16
2.990
M42
82740
70
44
0.925
M48
92082
79
51
9281
1.356
2.99
24600
21 42
27200
313 21/8
23 162
413165/8
4.190
M48
109431
79
51
1.36
M56
120996
89
56
10392
1.901
32300
4.19
3/16
212 21/4
33500
373 81/2
272 16
414 21/16
5.640
M56 149021
143683
103
1.90
M64
9889
6256
114
2.558
39800
5.64
7/8
27/1616
1/2
32
13
11
15416
2M64
41/2
41580
4

4
2
4
7.380
177046
98
62
114
2.56
M72
184964
108
68
125
3.348
49400
7.38
23/4
211/16
415/16
41/4
3
50580
45108
8
21568
16
55125
16
9.500
M72
219751
3.35
M80
225000
117
75
135
4.309
3
60100
9.50
45/8
215/16
55/16
1 4
3M80
60480
5117
3375
16
53135
4
11.940
267349
4.31
71900
12.0
M80
269039
1275
81
146
5.416
31/4
53/4
33/16
1 2
319840
5.44
3M80
71280
53127
8
3781
16
63146
16
15.260
84700
15.3
31/2
37/16
63/16
53/8
M90
317082
137
87
157
6.922
M90
376779
137
87
157
6.94

HEX HEAD
HEAD BOLT
BOLT
HEX
Figure 162
162
Figure
Hex head
head bolt
bolt with
with UNC
UNC threads. Stocked
Hex
Stock edfor
forimmediate
immediate
shipment.Various
Variouslengths
lengthsavailable.
available.
shipment.
Also available in
Also
in alloy
alloy(A193B7),
(A193B7),stainless
stainlesssteel
steel(316
(316and
and
18-8), and
and high
high strength
strength(A325).
(A325).
18-8),
Material: Low
Material:
Low carbon
carbon steel
steel
Finish: Plain, Electro-galvanized,
Finish:
Electro-galvanized,Hot-dip
Hot-dipGalvanized
Galvanized
Ordering: Specify
Ordering:
Specifydiameter,
diameter,length,
length,thread
thread length,
length, figure
figure number,
number,
and and finish.
finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M162.

FIGURE 162 HEX HEAD BOLT WEIGHT PER 100


FIGURE
WEIGHT
PERIN
100
DIA.OF 162 HEX HEAD BOLT
LENGTH
OF BOLT
INCHES
BOLT
DIA.
OF
5
8
BOLT
3
5/8
4
7
3/4
8
17/8
1

2"
362
57
36
86
57
86
127
127

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
132
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

132

214"
38
21/4
60
38
90
60
90
133
133
LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

212"
40
21/2
6240
9462
94
138
138
WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

234" LENGTH
3" OF BOLT31IN
4" INCHES312"
42
443
46
48
23/4
31/4
31/2
6542
6844
7146
7448
9965
103
107
11174
68
71
99
103
107
111
143
148
153
158
143
148
153
158

334"
50
33/4
7750
11577
115
163
163

4"
524
8052
11880
118
169
169

5"
605
9260
13592
135
190
190

FASTENERS

STEEL DRIVE SCREW


Figure 166
Drive Screws are normally used on our Figure153 Side
Beam Connector.
Material: Steel.
Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For
Metric applications specify Figure M166.
FIGURE 166 STEEL DRIVE SCREW
SIZE OF SCREW
112" NO.12
2" NO.16

WEIGHT EACH
0.015
0.03

LOCK WASHER
Figure 176
Material: Steel.
Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For
Metric applications specify Figure M176.
FIGURE 176 LOCK WASHER
ROD
SIZE
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
3
4
M20

INSIDE
WIDTH OF THICKNESS WEIGHT
DIAMETER
STEEL
OF STEEL
EACH
7
16
0.141
0.094
0.07
11
4
2
0.03
9
16
0.171
0.125
0.15
14
4
3
0.07
11
16
0.203
0.156
0.26
17
5
4
0.12
13
16
0.234
0.188
0.43
21
6
5
0.20

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
133

FASTENERS

DROP-IN TYPE CONCRETE ANCHOR


Figure 514
The Figure 514 is used for bolting components to concrete
structures. The shell is slotted and internally threaded with a
pre-assembled integral expander plug .
WARNING: Recommended practices in sizing and
application of concrete fasteners should be followed.
Material: Carbon Steel or Stainless Steel
Finish: Plated Zinc on Carbon Steel
Ordering: Specify bolt diameter, embedment depth and figure
number. For Metric applications Specify Figure M514.
FIGURE 514 DROP-IN TYPE CONCRETE ANCHOR
BOLT
SIZE
1
4"
M6
3
8"
M10
1
2"
M12
5
8"
M16
3
4"
M20

4000 PSI CONCRETE


MINIMUM
SAFE WORKING LOAD EMBEDMENT
TENSION
SHEAR
DEPTH
590
300
1
2625
1335
25
950
625
158
4226
2780
41
1460
875
2
6495
3892
51
2160
1385
212
9609
6161
64
2370
1920
3316
10543
8541
81

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
134

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

WGT
0.03
0.01
0.07
0.03
0.12
0.05
0.33
0.15
0.49
0.22

EMBEDMENT LENGTH

FASTENERS

WEDGE ANCHOR
Figure 1309
The Figure 1309 is used for bolting components to concrete
structures. Allows for through drilling applications.
INSTALLATION: Drill holes in concrete deeper than the
required embedment. Drive the bolt into the hole so that at
least six threads are below the top surface of the fixture.
Tighten the nut with the washer in place. The resistance will
increase after the third or fourth turn.
NOTE: Loads listed are based on a safety factor of four
when installed in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. Contact us for higher loads are allowed due to
increased embedment.
Material: High Tensile Steel. (Also available Galvanized
or Stainless Steel).
Finish: Zinc Plated.
Ordering: Specify figure number, diameter and length.
For Metric applications specify Figure M1309.

TL

4000 PSI
CONCRETE
SAFE WORKING
BOLT
LOAD
DIA. TENSION SHEAR
1 4

390
1735

450
2002

3 8
10

805
3581

1000
4448

1 2
13

1350
6005

1725
7673

5 8
16

2000
8897

3120
13879

3 4
19

2500
11121

4500
20018

7 8
22

3400
15125

6300
28025

1
25

5200
23132

7100
31584

11 4
32

6800
30249

11000
48932

D (MIN)

L
13 4
44
21 4
57
31 4
83
21 4
57
23 4
70
3
76
33 4
95
5
127
23 4
70
33 4
95
41 4
108
51 2
140
7
178
31 2
89
41 4
108
5
127
6
152
7
178
81 2
216
10
254
41 4
108
43 4
121
51 2
140
61 4
159
7
178
81 2
216
10
254
12
305
6
152
8
203
10
254
6
152
9
229
12
305
9
229
12
305

MAX
THCKNSS
MIN.
OF MATL
D(Embd)
TO BE
FASTENED
3 8
10
7 8
11 8
29
22
17 8
48
3 8
10
7 8
22
11 2
11 8
38
29
17 8
48
31 8
79
1 8
3
1
25
21 4
11 2
57
38
23 4
70
41 4
108
1 8
3
78
22
15 8
41
23 4
25 8
70
67
35 8
92
51 8
130
65 8
168
14
6
3 4
19
11 2
38
21 4
57
31 4
3
83
76
41 2
114
6
159
8
203
13 8
35
33 4
33 8
95
86
53 8
137
1 2
13
41 2
31 2
114
89
61 2
165
6
23 4
140
70
51 4
133

TL

11 8
29

11 2
38

21 4
57

23 4
70

11 2
38

21 2
64

21 2
64
31 2
89

135

PIPE SLEEVE
Figure 450
Used as a form to provide a penetration in walls for pipe or
other services. Install by nailing to structure. Covers are available on request.
Other types of pipe sleeves e.g. waterproof, interlocking, etc.
are available.
Material: Carbon Steel, 24 gauge, heavier gauges on request.
Finish: Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify inside diameter, gauge thickness, length,
and figure number.

SPRING HANGER

Figure 399
Designed to provide an economical means to support low pipe
loads with vertical movement. In selecting the correct spring
size consideration should be given to weight of pipe to be
supported and its contents, insulation, concentrated loads, as
well as the anticipated deflection. Please see our Engineered
Spring Catalog for units requiring higher loads and/or greater
movements.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify spring size, figure number, and finish.
For Metric applications specify Figure M399.

21/2" R.H. THD.

/8" MIN

4" R.H. THD.

FIGURE 399 SPRING HANGER


SPRING
NO.
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6

MAX.
LOAD
52
231
115
512
163
725
266
1183
400
1779
600
2669

MAX.
SPRING
DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
2
26 lbs./in.
51
4.5 N/mm
134
66 lbs./in.
44
11.6 N/mm
178
87 lbs./in.
48
15.1 N/mm
134
152 lbs./in.
44
26.8 N/mm
2
200 lbs./in.
51
34.9 N/mm
212
240 lbs./in.
64
41.7 N/mm

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
136

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

B
A
3
8
M10
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
1
2
M12
5
8
M16
3
4
M20

MIN.
412
114
412
114
578
149
578
149
634
171
838
213

MAX.
612
165
614
159
734
197
758
194
834
222
1078
276

C
418
105
418
105
512
140
512
140
638
162
8
203

E
334
95
334
95
5
127
5
127
534
146
738
187

WEIGHT
EACH
1.60
0.73
2.38
1.08
2.87
1.30
3.50
1.59
6.80
3.08
9.82
4.45

WATERPROOF PIPE SLEEVE


Figure 453
The Figure 453 is designed for floor
and ceiling penetrations through concrete. Pipes, and conduits can be
placed within the sleeve for easy
through access. Sleeves are normally
furnished as schedule 40 pipe up to
12" NPS, standard wall up to 20" NPS,
and rolled plate for larger sizes.
Material: Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted,
Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify sleeve diameter,
dimension A, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify
Figure M453.

1/4"

2" TYP.

CUSHION SPRING ASSEMBLY


Figure 478
Designed to provide an economical method to support piping with
both vertical and axial movement as well as absorbing vibration
normally found in piping systems.
Comprised of two spring coils and four steel caps the Cushion
Spring Assembly is used in conjunction with our Figure 142 Two
Rod Roll Hanger and drop rods, both must be ordered separately.
The Figure 478 can also be used for insulated piping provided the
correct saddle has been ordered from this catalog.
In selecting the correct spring size consideration should be given to
weight of pipe to be supported and its contents, concentrated loads,
as well as the anticipated deflection.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted.
Ordering: Specify drop rod diameter, spring number, figure number,
and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M478.

FIGURE 478 CUSHION SPRING ASSEMBLY


SPRING
NUMBER
1
1
2
2
3
3

MAXIMUM
LOAD
535
2380
1500
6673
3750
13345

MAXIMUM
SPRING
DEFLECTION DEFLECTION
114
428 lbs./in.
32
74 N/mm
114
1200 lbs./in.
32
208 N/mm
114
3000 lbs./in.
32
417 N/mm

ROD
SIZE
3
8
M10
1
2
M12
7 8
M22

MAXIMUM
ROD SIZE
3
4
M20
3
4
M20
112
M36

WEIGHT
EACH
4.5
2.0
14.0
6.4
22.0
10.0

H
614
159
558
143
878
225

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
137

PIPE ALIGNMENT GUIDE

Figure 1006

Designed to maintain the axial alignment


of piping as it expands and contracts during operation. It is most typically installed
adjacent to expansion joints and at reasonable distances between the expansion joint
and the anchor point. Our Figures 1007,
and 1010 also offer alternative means for
your piping alignment needs.
INSULATION
Note: Guides are not designed to carry
dead weight loads. Maximum temperature THICKNESS
is 750F.
Material: Carbon Steel.
H DIA.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Galvanized.
4 HOLES
Ordering: Specify guide size, pipe size,
insulation thickness, figure number, and
finish. For Metric applications specify
Figure M1006.

D
PIPE
F
G

FIGURE 1006 PIPE ALIGNMENT GUIDE


SIZE
NUMBER
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14

A
634
171
714
184
838
213
1038
264
1218
308
1478
378
1678
429
1878
479
2158
550
2358
600
2558
651
2838
721
3218
816
3618
918

B
412
114
558
143
658
168
858
219
1034
273
1234
324
1434
375
1634
425
19
483
21
533
23
584
2534
654
2912
749
3312
851

C
538
137
638
162
738
187
938
238
1158
295
1358
346
1578
403
1778
454
20
508
22
559
24
610
2658
676
3012
775
3412
876

D
318
79
312
89
4
102
5
127
614
159
714
184
812
216
912
241
1012
267
1112
292
1212
318
1334
349
1534
400
1734
451

E
5
127
614
159
634
171
738
187
738
187
8
203
934
248
1014
260
1114
286
1418
359
1434
375
1578
403
1638
416
1718
435

F
112
38
112
38
112
38
112
38
2
51
2
51
2
51
4
102
4
102
4
102
4
102
4
102
512
140
512
140

G
3
76
3
76
3
76
3
76
4
102
4
102
4
102
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
152
8
203
8
203
PIPE SIZE
1" to 6"
25 to 150
8" to 16"
200 to 400
18" to 24"
450 to 600

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
138

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

H
5
8
16
5
8
16
5
8
16
5
8
16
5
8
16
5
8
16
3
4
19
3
4
19
3
4
19
7
8
22
7
8
22
1
25
1
25
1
25

WEIGHT
EACH
5.8
2.6
7.2
3.3
8.2
3.7
10.6
4.8
15.6
7.1
19.5
8.8
26.8
12.2
35.6
16.1
44.2
20.0
52.6
23.9
66.3
30.1
79.7
36.2
106.3
48.2
116.8
53.0

DIM. I MAX. MVT


4
4
102
102
6
6
152
152
8
8
203
203

Please use the following chart for selecting the correct size.
FIGURE 1006 PIPE ALIGNMENT GUIDE
SIZE
NUMBER
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14

1
25
1
25
114 - 2
32 to 50
212
65
3-4
80 to 100
5-6
125 to 150

112
38
1
25
114 - 2
32 to 50
212 - 312
65 to 90
4-5
100 to 125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300

THICKNESS OF INSULATION
2
212
51
64

1
25
114 - 212
32 to 65
3-4
80 to 100
5-6
125 to 150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400

1-2
25 to 50
212 - 312
65 to 90
4-5
100 to 125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12 - 14
300 to 350
16
400

3
76

4
102

1
25
114 - 212
32 to 65
3-4
80 to 100
5-6
125 to 150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16 - 18
400 to 450
20
500
24
600

1
25
114 - 212
32 to 65
3-4
80 to 100
5-6
125 to 150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14 - 16
350 to 400
18 - 20
450 to 500
24
600

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
139

PIPE ALIGNMENT GUIDE


Figure 1007

Designed to maintain the axial alignment


of piping as it expands and contracts during operation. It is most typically installed
adjacent to expansion joints and at reasonable distances between the expansion joint
and the anchor point. Our Figures 1006
and 1010 also offer alternative means for
your piping alignment needs.
Note: Guides are not designed to carry
dead weight loads. Maximum temperature
is 750F.
Material: Carbon Steel.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify guide size, pipe size,
insulation thickness, figure number, and
finish. For Metric applications specify
Figure M1007.

A
B

C
D

INSULATION
THICKNESS

H DIA.
4 HOLES

PIPE
F
G

FIGURE 1007 PIPE ALIGNMENT GUIDE


SIZE
NUMBER
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14

A
578
149
7
178
8
203
1038
264
1212
318
1478
378
1678
429
1878
479
2158
549
2358
600
2558
651
2858
727
3218
816
3618
918

B
412
114
558
143
658
168
858
219
1034
273
1234
324
1434
375
1634
425
19
483
21
533
23
584
2534
654
2912
749
3312
851

C
538
6
638
162
738
187
938
238
1158
295
1358
346
1578
403
1778
454
20
508
22
559
24
610
2658
676
3012
775
3412
876

D
318
79
312
89
4
102
5
127
614
159
714
184
812
216
912
241
1012
267
1112
292
1212
318
1334
349
1534
400
1734
451

E
5
127
614
159
634
171
738
187
738
187
8
203
934
248
1014
260
1114
286
1418
359
1434
375
1578
403
1638
416
1718
435

F
212
64
212
64
212
64
212
64
4
102
4
102
512
140
512
140
512
140
512
140
512
140
512
140
512
140
512
140

G
4
102
4
102
4
102
4
102
6
152
6
152
8
203
8
203
8
203
8
203
8
203
8
203
8
203
8
203
PIPE SIZE
1" to 6"
25 to 150
8" to 16"
200 to 400
18" to 24"
450 to 600

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
140

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

H
5
8
16
5
8
16
5
8
16
5
8
16
5
8
16
5
8
16
3
4
19
3
4
19
3
4
19
7
8
22
7
8
22
1
25
1
25
1
25

WEIGHT
EACH
9.5
4.3
12.0
5.4
13.2
6.0
16.3
7.4
26.0
11.8
32.3
14.7
48.2
21.9
57.0
25.9
72.1
32.7
84.5
38.3
103.2
46.8
129.1
58.6
153.3
69.5
140.0
63.5

DIM. I MAX. MVT


6
6
152
152
8
8
203
203
10
10
254
254

Please use the following Chart for selecting the correct size.
FIGURE 1007 PIPE ALIGNMENT GUIDE
SIZE
NUMBER
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14

1
25
1
25
114 - 2
32 to 50
212
65
3-4
80 to 100
5-6
125 to 150

112
38
1
25
114 - 2
32 to 50
212 - 312
65 to 90
4-5
100 to 125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300

THICKNESS OF INSULATION
2
212
51
64

1
25
114 - 212
32 to 65
3-4
80 to 100
5-6
125 to 150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400

1-2
25 to 50
212 - 312
65 to 90
4-5
100 to 125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12 - 14
300 to 350
16
400

3
76

4
102

1
25
114 - 212
32 to 65
3-4
80 to 100
5-6
125 to 150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16 - 18
400 to 450
20
500
24
600

1
25
114 - 212
32 to 65
3-4
80 to 100
5-6
125 to 150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14 - 16
350 to 400
18 - 20
450 to 500
24
600

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS
141

PIPE SLIDE ASSEMBLY


Figure 1010
Designed to be welded directly to the pipe to
allow for support from below and allow for
horizontal movement with a low coefficient
of friction.
The assembly consists of a carbon steel tee
with a polished stainless bottom which rests
on a PTFE (glass filled teflon) plate, bonded
to a carbon steel plate. The base plate configuration will vary with the Type selected.
Maximum temperature: 200 F at the
sliding surface
Greater height dimensions, longer transverse and longitudinal movements, and
other customer requirements can be supplied
upon request.
Compliance: MSS SP-69 Type 35.
Material: Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel,
PTFE.
Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized.
Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number,
travel, and type. For Metric applications
specify Figure M1010.

FIELD WELD
STAINLESS
STEEL

FIELD WELD
STAINLESS
STEEL
HOLD
DOWN
LUG
1/16" TYPE C

TEFLON

1/16"

W
X

TYPE B & C

BASE WITH GUIDES


TYPE B & C

J
K
L
TYPE A, B & C

FIGURE 1010 PIPE SLIDE ASSEMBLY


Y
PIPE
SIZE

MAX
LOAD*

UP TO 8"

7000

UP TO 200

31139

10" TO 24"

13500

250 TO 600

60053

TRAVEL
5
10
15
20
127
254
381
508
5
10
15
20
127
254
381
508

TYPE A

TYPE
B&C

334

414

95

108

334

414

95

108

* Based upon 500 psi / 35.2 Kg per sq. cm. pressure on the PTFE
** Weight Each for Type A Only.

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE
INCHES
FAHRENHEIT
MILLIMETERS
CELSIUS
142

LOADS
POUNDS
NEWTONS

WEIGHT
POUNDS
KILOGRAMS

L
TYPES
A, B, C
812
1312
1812
2312
216
343
470
597
1012
1512
2012
2512
267
394
521
648

K
TYPES
A, B, C

W
TYPES
A, B, C

X
TYPE A

TYPE
B&C

312

312

102

89

89

152

412

412

152

114

114

178

WEIGHT
EACH**
7
10
13
17
3.2
4.5
5.9
7.7
11
15
19
23
5.0
6.8
8.6
10.4

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

REFERENCE DATA METRIC CONVERSION CHART


TO CONVERT FROM
degree
radian (rad)

TO
radian (rad)
degree

MULTIPLY BY
1.745329 x 10-2
5.729578 x 10+1

Area

foot2
inch2
circular mil
square centimeter (cm2)
square meter (m2)
square meter (m2)
square meter (m2)

square meter (m2)


square meter (m2)
square meter (m2)
square inch (in2)
foot2
inch2
circular mil

9.290304 x 10-2
6.451600 x 10-4
5,067075 x 10-10
1.550003 x 10-1
1.076391 x 10+1
1.550003 x 10+3
1.973525 x 10+9

Bending
Moment of
Torque

lbfft
lbfin
Nm
Nm

newton meter (Nm)


newton meter (Nm)
lbfft
lbfin

1.355818
1.129848 x 10-1
7.375621 x 10-1
8.850748

Force

pounds-force (lbf)

newtons (N)

4.448222

Length

foot (ft)
inch (in)
mil
inch (in)
meter (m)
meter (m)
meter (m)
micrometer (m)

meter (m)
meter (m)
meter (m)
micrometer (m)
foot (ft)
inch (in)
mil
Inch (in)

3.048000 x 10-1
2.540000 x 10-2
2.540000 x 10-5
2.540000 X 10+4
3.280840
3.937008 x 10+1
3.937008 x 10+4
3.937008 x 10-5

Mass

ounce (avoirdupois)
pound (avoirdupois)
ton (short, 2000 lb)
ton (long, 2240 lb)
kilogram (kg)
kilogram (kg)
kilogram (kg)
kilogram (kg)

kilogram (kg)
kilogram (kg)
kilogram (kg)
kilogram (kg)
ounce (avoirdupois)
pound (avoirdupois)
ton (short, 2000 lb)
ton (long, 2240 lb)

2.834952 x 10-2
4.535924 x 10-1
9.071847 x 10+2
1.016047 x 10+3
3.527396 x 10+1
2.204622
1.102311 x 10-3
9.842064 x 10-4

lb/ft
lb/in
kg/m
kg/m

kilogram per meter (kg/m)


kilogram per meter (kg/m)
lb/ft
lb/in

1.488164
1.785797 x 10+1
6.719689 x 10-1
5.599741 x 10-2

Mass Per
lb/ft3
Unit Volume lb/in3
kg/m3
kg/m3
lbs/ft3

kilogram per cubic meter (kg/m3)


kilogram per cubic meter (kg/m3)
lb/ft3
lb/in3
lbs/in3

1.601846 x 10-1
2.767990 x 10+4
6.242797 x 10-2
3 612730 x 10-5
1.728000 x 10+3

Mass Per
Area Unit

lb/ft2
kg/m2

kilogram per square meter (kg/m2) 4882428


pound per square foot (lb/ft2)
2.048161 x 10-1

Pressure or
Stress

lbf/in2 (psi)
kip/in2 (ksi)
lbf/in2 (psi)
pascal (Pa)
pascal (Pa)
megapascals (MPa)

pascal (Pa)
pascal (Pa)
megapascals (MPa)
pound force per sq. inch (psi)
kip per sq. inch (ksi)
lbf/in2 (psi)

6.894757 x 10+3
6-894757 x 10+6
6.894757 x 10-3
1.450377 x 10-4
1.450377 x 10-7
1-450377 x 10+2

Section
Properties

section modulus S (in3)


section modulus S (M3)
moment of inertia I (in4)
moment of inertia I (M4)
modulus of elasticity E (psi)
modulus of elasticity E (Pa)

S (m3)
S (in3)
1 (m4)
I (in4)
E (Pa)
E (psi)

1.638706 x 10-5
6.102374 x 10+4
4.162314 x 10-7
2.402510 x 10+6
6.894757 x 10+3
1.450377 x 10-4

Temperature degree Fahrenheit


degree Celsius

degree Celsius
degree Fahrenheit

t C = (t F- 32) / 1.8
t F = 1.8 t C + 32

Volume

cubic meter (m3)


cubic meter (m3)
cubic inch (in3)
foot3
inch3
cubic meter (m3)

2.831685 x 10-2
1.638706 x 10-2
6.102374 x 10-2
3.531466 x 10+1
6.102376 x 10+4
3.785412 x 10-3

Angle

Mass Per
Unit Length

foot3
inch3
cubic centimeter (cm3)
cubic meter (m3)
cubic meter (m3)
gallon (U.S. liquid)

ASME ABBREVIATIONS
AISC

= American Institute of
Steel Construction
AISI
= American Iron & Steel
Institute
ANSI = American National
Standards Institute
ASTM = American Society for
Testing & Materials
AWWA = American Water Works
Association
Dia.
= Diameter
Ft.
= Feet
Ga
= Gauge
I.D.
= Inside Diameter
In.
= Inch
Lbs.
= Pounds
Max. = Maximum
Min.
= Minimum
MSS
= Manufacturers'
Standardization Society
NFPA = National Fire Protection
Association
O.D.
= Outside Diameter
Oz.
= Ounces
psi
= Pounds Per Square Inch
PVC
= Poly Vinyl Chloride
UNC = Unified Course Threads
UNCR = Unified Course Threads
(Rounded Root)
METRIC SYMBOLS
cm
kg
kN
m
m
mm
MPa
N
Nm
Pa

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

centimeter
kilogram
kilonewton
meter
micrometer
millimeter
megapascal
newton
newton-meter
pascal

143

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

PIPE WEIGHTS FOR STANDARD AND HEAVY WEIGHT PIPE


Nominal
Pipe Size
1
2"
(15mm)
3
4"
(20mm)
1"
(25mm)
114"
(32mm)
112"
(40mm)
2"
(50mm)
212"
(65mm)
3"
(80mm)
312"
(90mm)
4"
(100mm)
5"
(125mm)
6"
(150mm)
8"
(200mm)
10"
(250mm)
12"
(300mm)
14"
(350mm)
16"
(400mm)
18"
(450mm)
20"
(500mm)
24"
(600mm)
30"
(750mm)
36"
(900mm)
42"
(1050mm)

Pipe
Schedule
Std / 40
XS / 80
Std / 40
XS / 80
Std / 40
XS / 80
Std / 40
XS / 80
Std / 40
XS / 80
Std / 40
XS / 80
Std / 40
XS / 80
Std / 40
XS / 80
Std / 40
XS / 80
Std / 40
XS / 80
Std / 40
XS / 80
Std / 40
XS / 80
Std / 40
XS / 80
Std / 40
XS / 60
Std
XS
Std / 30
XS
Std / 30
XS / 40
Std
XS
Std / 20
XS / 30
Std / 20
XS
Std
XS / 20
Std
XS / 20
Std
XS / 20

PIPE DATA
Outside Dia.
in
mm
0.840
22
1.050

28

1.315

34

1.660

42

1.900

48

2.375

60

2.875

75

3.500

89

4.000

102

4.500

114

5.563

141

6.625

168

8.625

219

10.75

273

12.75

235

14.00

355.6

16.00

406.4

18.00

457.2

20.00

508.0

24.00

609.6

30.00

762.0

36.00

914.4

42.00

1066.8

Pipe Weights are based on Carbon Steel pipe

144

Wall Thk
in
0.109
0.147
0.113
0.154
0.133
0.179
0.140
0.191
0.145
0.200
0.154
0.218
0.203
0.276
0.216
0.300
0.226
0.318
0.237
0.337
0.258
0.375
0.280
0.432
0.322
0.500
0.365
0.500
0.375
0.500
0.375
0.500
0.375
0.500
0.375
0.500
0.375
0.500
0.375
0.500
0.375
0.500
0.375
0.500
0.375
0.500

PIPE WEIGHT
w/ Gas, Air, Steam
w/ Water
lbs/ft
N/m
lbs/ft
N/m
0.9
12
1.0
14
1.1
16
1.2
17
1.1
17
1.4
20
1.5
22
1.7
24
1.7
25
2.1
30
2.2
32
2.5
36
2.3
33
2.9
43
3.0
44
3.6
52
2.7
40
3.6
53
3.6
53
4.4
64
3.7
53
5.1
75
5.0
73
6.3
92
5.8
85
7.9
115
7.7
112
9.5
139
7.6
111
11
157
10
150
13
191
9.1
133
13
195
13
182
16
239
11
157
16
238
15
219
20
291
15
213
23
340
21
303
29
418
19
277
31
460
29
417
40
582
29
417
50
733
43
633
63
922
40
591
75
1090
55
799
87
1271
50
723
99
1439
65
955
112
1641
55
796
114
1669
72
1052
130
1892
63
913
142
2069
83
1208
159
2326
71
1030
172
2509
93
1364
192
2800
79
1147
205
2988
104
1520
227
3313
95
1381
279
4067
125
1831
306
4460
119
1731
410
5983
158
2299
444
6478
143
2082
566
8256
190
2766
607
8853
167
2433
746
10888
222
3234
794
11587

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION - DUCTILE IRON PIPE DATA


BASED UPON AWWA C108-70 CLASS 53
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
in.
mm
3
100
4
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
350
14
400
16
450
18
500
20
600
24
700
30
800
36
900
42
1000
48
1200
54
1400

O.D. SIZE
in.
mm
3.96
100.6
4.80
121.9
6.90
175.3
9.05
229.9
11.1
281.9
13.2
335.3
15.3
388.6
17.4
442.0
19.5
495.3
21.6
548.6
25.8
655.3
32.0
812.8
38.3
972.8
44.5
1130.3
50.8
1290.3
57.6
1450.3

WALL THICKNESS
in.
mm
0.31
7.9
0.32
8.1
0.34
8.6
0.36
9.1
0.38
9.7
0.40
10.2
0.42
10.7
0.43
10.9
0.44
11.2
0.45
11.4
0.47
11.9
0.51
13.0
0.58
14.7
0.65
16.5
0.72
18.3
0.81
20.6

WEIGHT OF PIPE
Lbs./Ft.
Kg/m
11.2
16.7
14.2
21.1
22.0
32.7
31.0
46.1
40.4
60.1
50.7
75.5
62.4
92.9
72.8
108.3
83.6
124.4
95.2
141.7
119.2
177.4
161.3
240.0
219.5
326.7
285.2
424.4
360.3
536.2
455.0
677.1

WEIGHT OF PIPE
FILLED WITH WATER
Lbs./Ft.
Kg/m
15.0
22.3
20.1
29.9
35.1
52.2
54.0
80.4
76.8
114.3
103.0
153.3
133.5
198.7
165.9
246.9
201.5
299.9
241.0
358.7
329.4
490.2
487.8
725.9
688.8
1025.1
920.1
1369.3
1189.2
1769.8
1502.2
2235.6

WALL THICKNESS
in.
mm
0.32
8.1
0.35
8.9
0.38
9.7
0.41
10.4
0.44
11.2
0.48
12.2
0.51
13.0
0.54
13.7
0.58
14.7
0.62
15.7
0.73
18.5
0.85
21.6
0.94
23.9
1.05
26.7
1.14
29.0

WEIGHT OF PIPE
Lbs./Ft.
Kg/m
12.9
19.2
16.4
24.4
25.7
38.2
36.7
54.6
48.7
72.5
62.9
93.6
78.8
117.3
95.0
141.4
114.7
170.7
135.9
202.2
190.4
283.4
277.3
412.7
368.9
549.0
479.1
713.0
595.2
885.8

WEIGHT OF PIPE
FILLED WITH WATER
Lbs./Ft.
Kg/m
16.6
24.7
22.1
32.9
38.5
57.3
59.8
89.0
84.2
125.3
113.9
169.5
148.1
220.4
185.3
275.8
228.7
340.4
277.4
412.8
391.4
582.5
589.3
877.0
817.9
1217.2
1091.1
1623.8
1398.2
2080.8

Note: Add flange weight for flanged ductile iron pipe

CAST IRON PIPE DATA


MECHANICAL JOINT PIPE CLASS 150
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
in.
mm
3
100
4
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
350
14
400
16
450
18
500
20
600
24
700
30
800
36
900
42
1000
48
1200

O.D. SIZE
in.
mm
3.96
100.6
4.80
121.9
6.90
175.3
9.05
229.9
11.1
281.9
13.2
335.3
15.3
388.6
17.4
442.0
19.5
495.3
21.6
548.6
25.8
655.3
32.0
812.8
38.3
972.8
44.5
1130.3
50.8
1290.3

Note: Add flange weight for flanged cast iron pipe

145

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

NO-HUB CAST IRON PIPE DATA


BASED UPON CAST IRON SOIL PIPE INSTITUTE STANDARDS 301-72, TABLE 1
NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE:
in.
mm
112"
40
2"
50
3"
80
4"
100
5"
125
6"
150
8"
200

O.D. SIZE
in.
mm
1.9
48.3
2.35
59.7
3.35
85.1
4.38
111.3
5.30
134.6
6.30
160.0
8.38
212.9

WALL THICKNESS
in.
mm
0.16
4.1
0.16
4.1
0.16
4.1
0.19
4.8
0.19
4.8
0.19
4.8
0.23
5.8

WEIGHT OF PIPE
Lbs./Ft.
Kg/m
2.7
4.0
3.6
5.4
5.2
7.7
7.4
11.0
9.6
14.3
11.0
16.4
18.0
26.8

WEIGHT OF PIPE
FILLED W/WATER
Lbs./Ft.
Kg/m
6.2
9.2
8.6
12.8
13.5
20.1
20.2
30.1
27.5
40.9
34.0
50.6
57.5
85.6

3.73
5.72
12.80
23.10
35.50
51.00
69.30

DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS
DECIMALS OF AN INCH & EQUIVALENT MILLIMETERS
FRACTION

DECIMAL

MM

0.0313
0.0625
0.0938
0.1250
0.1563
0.1875
0.2188
0.2500

0.794
1.588
2.381
3.175
3.969
4.763
5.556
6.350

32
1
16
3
32
1
8
5
32
3
16
7
32
1
4

FRACTION
9

32
5
16
11
32
3
8
13
32
7
16
15
32
1
2

DECIMAL

0.2813
0.3125
0.3438
0.3750
0.4063
0.4375
0.4688
0.5000

MM

7.144
7.938
8.731
9.525
10.319
11.113
11.906
12.700

FRACTION DECIMAL
17

32
9
16
19
32
5
8
21
32
11
16
23
32
3
4

0.5313
0.5625
0.5938
0.6250
0.6563
0.6875
0.7188
0.7500

MM

13.494
14.288
15.081
15.875
16.669
17.463
18.256
19.050

FRACTION DECIMAL
25

32
13
16
27
32
7
8
29
32
15
16
31
32
1

0.7813
0.8125
0.8438
0.8750
0.9063
0.9375
0.9688
1.0000

MM

19.844
20.638
21.431
22.225
23.019
23.813
24.606
25.400

ELECTRICAL CONDUIT SIZES


NOMINAL
CONDUIT SIZE
1
2
3
4
1
114
112
2
212
3
312
4
5
6

ELECTRICAL METALLIC
CONDUIT O.D.
0.706
0.922
1.163
1.510
1.740
2.197
2.875
3.500
4.000
4.500

INTERMEDIATE METALLIC
CONDUIT O.D.
0.815
1.029
1.290
1.638
1.863
2.360
2.857
3.476
3.971
4.466

MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED BOLT TORQUE FOR FIGURE 126


BOLT SIZE
1

4
8
1
2
5
8
3
4
7
8
1
3

M6
M10
M12
M16
M20
M22
M24

MAXIMUM TORQUE VALUE


FOOT-POUNDS
6
21
46
100
150
190
280

Bolts are ASTM A307, Nuts are ASTM A563

146

STEEL RIGID
CONDUIT O.D.
0.840
1.050
1.315
1.660
1.900
2.375
2.875
3.500
4.000
4.500
5.563
6.625

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

COPPER TUBING DATA - TYPE L


NOMINAL
TUBING SIZE
in.
mm
1
4
8
3
8
10
1/2
15
5
8
18
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
312
90
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300

O.D. SIZE
in.
mm
0.375
9.5
0.500
12.7
0.625
15.9
0.750
19.1
0.875
22.2
1.125
28.6
1.375
34.9
1.625
41.3
2.125
54.0
2.625
66.7
3.125
79.4
3.625
92.1
4.125
104.8
5.125
130.2
6.125
155.6
8.125
206.4
10.125
257.2
12.125
308.0

WALL THICKNESS
in.
mm
0.030
0.8
0.035
0.9
0.040
1.0
0.042
1.1
0.045
1.1
0.050
1.3
0.055
1.4
0.060
1.5
0.070
1.8
0.080
2.0
0.090
2.3
0.100
2.5
0.110
2.8
0.125
3.2
0.140
3.6
0.200
5.1
0.250
6.4
0.280
7.1

WEIGHT OF TUBING
WEIGHT OF TUBING FILLED WITH WATER
Lbs./Ft.
Kg/m
Lbs./Ft.
Kg/m
0.13
0.19
0.15
0.22
0.20
0.29
0.26
0.39
0.29
0.42
0.38
0.57
0.36
0.54
0.51
0.76
0.46
0.68
0.66
0.98
0.66
0.97
1.01
1.50
0.88
1.32
1.42
2.11
1.14
1.70
1.91
2.84
1.75
2.60
3.09
4.60
2.48
3.69
4.54
6.76
3.33
4.96
6.28
9.35
4.29
6.38
8.28
12.32
5.38
8.01
10.57
15.73
7.61
11.30
15.69
23.35
10.20
15.20
21.81
32.46
19.26
28.70
39.49
58.77
20.10
29.90
61.69
91.81
40.40
60.10
85.83
127.73

COPPER TUBING DATA - TYPE K


NOMINAL
TUBING SIZE
in.
mm
1
4
8
3
8
10
1
2
15
5
8
18
3
4
20
1
25
114
32
112
40
2
50
212
65
3
80
312
90
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300

O.D. SIZE
in.
mm
0.375
9.5
0.500
12.7
0.625
15.9
0.750
19.1
0.875
22.2
1.125
28.6
1.375
34.9
1.625
41.3
2.125
54.0
2.625
66.7
3.125
79.4
3.625
92.1
4.125
104.8
5.125
130.2
6.125
155.6
8.125
206.4
10.125
257.2
12.125
308.0

WALL THICKNESS
in.
mm
0.035
0.9
0.049
1.2
0.049
1.2
0.049
1.2
0.065
1.7
0.065
1.7
0.065
1.7
0.072
1.8
0.083
2.1
0.095
2.4
0.109
2.8
0.120
3.0
0.134
3.4
0.160
4.1
0.192
4.9
0.271
6.9
0.338
8.6
0.405
10.3

WEIGHT OF TUBING
WEIGHT OF TUBING FILLED WITH WATER
Lbs./Ft.
Kg/m
Lbs./Ft.
Kg/m
0.14
0.21
0.17
0.25
0.27
0.40
0.32
0.48
0.34
0.51
0.43
0.64
0.42
0.63
0.56
0.83
0.64
0.95
0.83
1.24
0.84
1.25
1.18
1.76
1.04
1.55
1.57
2.34
1.36
2.02
2.10
3.13
2.06
3.07
3.37
5.02
2.92
4.35
4.92
7.32
4.00
5.95
6.96
10.36
5.12
7.62
9.02
13.42
6.51
9.69
11.57
17.22
9.67
14.4
17.67
26.30
13.87
20.6
25.07
37.31
25.90
38.5
45.40
67.56
40.30
60.0
70.72
105.25
57.80
86.0
101.48
151.02

147

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

PIPE WEIGHTS FOR PVC AND CPVC PIPE TYPES I & II


PIPE DATA
Nominal
Pipe
Outside Dia.
Pipe Size Schedule
in
mm
1
8"
40
0.405
10
(3mm)
80
1
4"
40
0.54
14
(6mm)
80
3
8"
40
0.675
17
(10mm)
80
1
2"
40
0.840
22
(15mm)
80
120
3
4"
40
1.050
28
(20mm)
80
120
1"
40
1.315
34
(25mm)
80
120
114"
40
1.660
42
(32mm)
80
120
112"
40
1.900
48
(40mm)
80
120
2"
40
2.375
60
(50mm)
80
120
212"
40
2.875
75
(65mm)
80
120
3"
40
3.500
89
(80mm)
80
120
312"
40
4.000
102
(90mm)
80
4"
40
4.500
114
(100mm)
80
120
5"
40
5.563
141
(125mm)
80
6"
40
6.625
168
(150mm)
80
120
8"
40
8.625
219
(200mm)
80
10"
40
10.75
273
(250mm)
80
12"
40
12.75
235
(300mm)
80
14"
40
14.00
355.6
(350mm)
80
16"
40
16.00
406.4
(400mm)
80
18"
40
18.00
457.2
(450mm)
80
20"
40
20.00
508.0
(500mm)
80
24"
40
24.00
609.6
(600mm)
80

Wall Thk
in
0.068
0.095
0.088
0.119
0.091
0.126
0.109
0.147
0.170
0.113
0.154
0.170
0.133
0.179
0.200
0.140
0.191
0.215
0.145
0.200
0.225
0.154
0.218
0.250
0.203
0.276
0.300
0.216
0.300
0.350
0.226
0.318
0.237
0.337
0.437
0.258
0.375
0.280
0.432
0.562
0.322
0.500
0.365
0.593
0.406
0.687
0.437
0.750
0.500
0.843
0.562
0.937
0.593
1.031
0.687
1.218

PVC PIPE WEIGHT


w/ Gas, Air
w/ Water
lbs/ft
N/m
lbs/ft
N/m
0.05
0.7
0.07
1.0
0.06
0.9
0.08
1.1
0.08
1.2
0.13
1.9
0.10
1.5
0.13
2.0
0.11
1.6
0.19
2.8
0.14
2.1
0.20
3.0
0.17
2.4
0.30
4.4
0.21
3.1
0.31
4.6
0.24
3.4
0.32
4.7
0.22
3.2
0.45
6.6
0.29
4.2
0.47
6.9
0.31
4.5
0.48
7.0
0.33
4.8
0.70
10
0.42
6.2
0.74
11
0.46
6.8
0.75
11
0.44
6.5
1.1
16
0.58
8.5
1.1
17
0.65
9.5
1.2
17
0.53
7.8
1.4
21
0.71
10
1.5
22
0.79
11
1.5
22
0.72
10
2.2
32
0.98
14
2.3
33
1.1
16
2.3
34
1.1
17
3.2
47
1.5
22
3.3
49
1.6
24
3.4
49
1.5
22
4.7
68
2.0
29
4.9
71
2.3
34
5.0
73
1.8
26
6.1
89
2.5
36
6.3
92
2.1
31
7.6
111
2.9
43
7.9
116
3.7
54
8.2
120
2.9
42
12
168
4.1
60
12
175
3.7
54
16
237
5.6
82
17
247
7.1
104
17
254
5.6
82
27
398
8.5
124
28
413
8.0
116
42
615
13
184
44
639
11
153
59
862
17
254
61
897
12
182
71
1038
21
304
74
1081
16
238
93
1356
27
391
97
1409
22
328
119
1743
34
489
122
1781
27
388
147
2146
42
618
152
2217
37
542
211
3086
60
879
219
3189

PVC and CPVC pipe weights are based on the average I.D.

148

CPVC PIPE WEIGHT


w/ Gas, Air
w/ Water
lbs/ft
N/m
lbs/ft
N/m
0.09
0.12
0.12
0.16
0.19
0.24

1.3
1.7
1.8
2.3
2.7
3.5

0.13
0.14
0.20
0.22
0.31
0.33

2.0
2.1
3.0
3.2
4.6
4.8

0.25
0.32

3.6
4.7

0.47
0.50

6.9
7.3

0.37
0.47

5.4
6.9

0.73
0.77

11
11

0.50
0.65

7.2
9.5

1.1
1.2

16
17

0.60
0.79

8.7
12

1.5
1.5

21
22

0.80
1.1

12
16

2.2
2.3

33
34

1.3
1.7

18
24

3.3
3.5

48
50

1.7
2.2

24
33

4.8
5.0

70
73

2.0
2.7
2.4
3.3

29
40
34
48

6.2
6.5
7.8
8.2

91
95
114
119

4.2
6.3

61
91

17
17

242
253

6.3
9.5
8.9
14
12
19

91
139
130
206
171
283

28
29
43
45
60
63

405
423
624
654
874
917

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

USEFUL WEIGHT FORMULAS


PIPE
Weight (lb/ft) = 10.68 x T x (D - T) x F

PLATE AND BAR


Weight (lb) = 0.2833 x T x W x L x F

PIPE CONTENTS
Weight (lb/ft) = 0.3405 x G x (D - 2T)2

ROUND ROD
Weight (lb/ft) = 2.67D2

LEGEND
D = Outside Diameter (inches)
F = Material Weight Factor
G = Specific Gravity of Pipe Contents
Normally 1.0 for water, 0 for air and steam.
L = Length (inches)
T = Pipe Wall, Plate, or Bar Thickness (inches)
W = Width (inches)

MATERIAL WEIGHT FACTORS


Carbon Steel & Cr-Mo ..................1.00
Aluminum ......................................0.35
Brass ...............................................1.12
Cast lron .........................................0.91
Copper ............................................1.14
Ferritic stainless steel .....................0.95
Austenitic stainless steel ................1.02
Wrought iron ..................................0.98

CALCULATING OF PIPING INSULATION WEIGHT


The weight per foot of insulation is calculated by using the weight
factor X from the table below and multiplying by the insulation
density (lbs/cu-ft).
EXAMPLE: A 16" pipe with 312" of insulation is found to have a
weight factor of 1.49 (from table below). With an insulation density of
11 lb/cu-ft, the calculation for insulation weight is 1.49 x 11 = 16.39

INSULATION WEIGHT FACTOR X


NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
1
114
112
2
212
3
312
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24

1"
.057
.051
.066
.080
.091
.10
.15
.13
.15
.17

112"
.10
.12
.11
.14
.19
.17
.23
.21
.24
.27
.34
.43
.50
.51
.57
.64
.70
.83

2
.16
.15
.21
.21
.27
.25
.31
.30
.34
.38
.47
.59
.68
.70
.78
.87
.96
1.13

NOMINAL INSULATION THICKNESS


"212"
3"
312"
4"
.23
.31
.40
.22
.30
.39
.29
.38
.48
.29
.37
.47
.59
.36
.46
.58
.70
.34
.44
.56
.68
.41
.54
.66
.78
.39
.51
.63
.77
.45
.58
.71
.88
.51
.64
.83
.97
.66
.80
.97
1.17
.75
.93
1.12
1.32
.88
1.07
1.28
1.52
.90
1.11
1.34
1.57
1.01
1.24
1.49
1.74
1.12
1.37
1.64
1.92
1.23
1.50
1.79
2.09
1.44
1.77
2.10
2.44

412"

5"

512"

6"

.83
.81
...
.96
1.04
1.13
1.36
1.54
1.74
1.81
2.01
2.21
2.40
2.80

.97
1.10
1.20
1.34
1.56
1.76
1.99
2.07
2.29
2.51
2.73
3.16

1.75
1.99
2.24
2.34
2.58
2.82
3.06
3.54

2.50
2.62
2.88
3.14
3.40
3.92

General Formula: For pipe sizes not shown in the table above (special
O.D. pipe, etc.), use the following formula to determine the insulation weight:
Insulation Weight: (lb/ft) = 0.0218 x I x T x (T + D)
Where: I = Insulation density (lb/cu-ft)
T = Insulation thickness (inches)
D= Outside diameter of pipe (inches)

149

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

MAXIMUM HORIZONTAL
HANGER SPACING

LOAD CHART FOR THREADED ROD

PER MSS-SP69 AND ANSI B31.1

MATERIALS: ASTM A36, A575 GR. 1020 OR A576 GR 1020

NOMINAL
PIPE SIZE
OR
TUBE
DIAMETER

1/4
8

3/8

10

1/2

15

3/4

20
1
25
11/4
32
1 1/2
40
2
50
21/2
65
3
80
31/2
90
4
100
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
250
12
300
14
350
16
400
18
450
20
500
24
600
30
750

150

STANDARD WEIGHT
STEEL PIPE
SERVICE
(FEET/METERS)
WATER
VAPOR
7
8
2.13
2.44
7
8
2.13
2.44
7
8
2.13
2.44
7
9
2.13
2.74
7
9
2.13
2.74
7
9
2.13
2.74
9
12
2.74
3.66
10
13
3.05
3.96
11
14
3.35
4.27
12
15
3.66
4.57
13
16
3.96
4.88
14
17
4.27
5.18
16
19
4.88
5.79
17
21
5.18
6.40
19
24
5.79
7.32
22
26
6.71
7.92
23
30
7.01
9.14
25
32
7.62
9.75
27
35
8.23
10.67
28
37
8.53
11.28
30
39
9.14
11.89
32
42
9.75
12.80
33
44
10.06
13.41

COPPER TUBING
SERVICE
(FEET/METERS)
WATER
VAPOR
5
5
1.52
1.52
5
6
1.52
1.83
5
6
1.52
1.83
5
7
1.52
2.13
6
8
1.83
2.44
7
9
2.13
2.74
8
10
2.44
3.05
8
11
2.44
3.35
9
13
2.74
3.96
10
14
3.05
4.27
11
15
3.35
4.57
12
16
3.66
4.88
13
18
3.96
5.49
14
20
4.27
6.10
16
23
4.88
7.01
18
25
5.49
7.62
19
28
5.79
8.53

NOMINAL
ROD
DIAMETER

1/4

M6

3/8

M10

1/2

M12

5/8

M16
3/4
M20
7/8
M20
1
M24
1 1/4
M30
1 1/2
M36
1 3/4
M42
2
M48
2 1/4
M56
2 1/2
M64
2 3/4
M72
3
M80

MAXIMUM
SAFE ROD LOAD
ROD TEMPERATURE
650F
750F
349C
399C
240
210
1068
934
730
572
3247
2544
1350
1057
6005
4702
2160
1692
9609
7527
3230
2530
14368
11254
4480
3508
19929
15605
5900
4620
26246
20552
9500
7440
42260
33096
13800
10807
61388
48074
18600
14566
82740
64795
24600
19265
109431
85698
32300
25295
143683
112522
39800
31169
177046
138652
49400
38687
219751
172095
60100
47066
267349
209368

WEIGHT
PER
FOOT
METER
0.167
0.248
0.360
0.536
0.668
0.994
1.04
1.55
1.50
2.23
2.04
3.04
2.67
3.97
3.38
5.03
4.17
6.20
6.01
8.94
8.18
12.17
10.68
15.89
13.52
20.12
16.69
24.83
20.19
30.04

ROOT
AREA
IN.2
MM2
0.027
0.017
0.068
0.044
0.126
0.081
0.202
0.130
0.302
0.195
0.419
0.270
0.552
0.356
0.889
0.574
1.293
0.834
1.744
1.125
2.300
1.484
3.023
1.950
3.716
2.398
4.619
2.980
5.621
3.627

GAUGE THICKNESS
GAUGE
3
3
7
7
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
16
16
18
18

MINIMUM
0.215
5.461
0.167
4.242
0.108
2.743
0.093
2.362
0.080
2.032
0.066
1.676
0.053
1.346
0.042
1.067

NOMINAL
0.239
6.071
0.179
4.547
0.120
3.048
0.105
2.667
0.090
2.286
0.075
1.905
0.060
1.524
0.048
1.219

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

HANGER SPACING FOR PVC AND CPVC PIPING


PVC
Pipe
Size Sch.
1
2"
40
15mm 80
120
3/4"
40
20mm 80
120
1"
40
25mm 80
120
1 1/4" 40
32mm 80
120
112"
40
40mm 80
120
2"
40
50mm 80
120
40
212"
65mm 80
120
3"
40
80mm 80
120
40
312"
90mm 80
4"
40
100mm 80
120
5"
40
125mm 80
6"
40
150mm 80
120
8"
40
200mm 80
10"
40
250mm 80
12"
40
300mm 80
14"
40
350mm 80
16"
40
400mm 80
18"
40
450mm 80
20"
40
500mm 80
24"
40
600mm 80

60 F
ft mm
4.5 1.37
5.0 1.52
5.0 1.52
5.0 1.52
5.5 1.68
5.5 1.68
5.5 1.68
6.0 1.83
6.0 1.83
5.5 1.68
6.0 1.83
6.5 1.98
6.0 1.83
6.5 1.98
6.5 1.98
6.0 1.83
7.0 2.13
7.5 2.29
7.0 2.13
7.5 2.29
8.0 2.44
7.0 2.13
8.0 2.44
8.5 2.59
7.5 2.29
8.5 2.59
7.5 2.29
9.0 2.74
9.5 2.90
8.0 2.44
9.5 2.90
8.5 2.59
10.0 3.05
11.5 3.51
9.0 2.74
11.0 3.35
10.0 3.05
12.0 3.66
11.5 3.51
13.0 3.96
12.0 3.66
13.5 4.11
12.5 3.81
14.0 4.27
13.0 3.96
14.5 4.42
13.5 4.11
15.0 4.57
14.0 4.27
18.5 5.64

80 F
ft mm
4.5 1.37
4.5 1.37
5.0 1.52
4.5 1.37
5.0 1.52
5.0 1.52
5.0 1.52
5.5 1.68
5.5 1.68
5.5 1.68
6.0 1.83
6.0 1.83
5.5 1.68
6.0 1.83
6.5 1.98
5.5 1.68
6.5 1.98
7.0 2.13
6.5 1.98
7.5 2.29
7.5 2.29
7.0 2.13
7.5 2.29
8.0 2.44
7.0 2.13
8.0 2.44
7.0 2.13
8.5 2.59
9.0 2.74
7.5 2.29
9.0 2.74
8.0 2.44
9.5 2.90
10.5 3.20
8.5 2.59
10.5 3.20
9.0 2.74
11.0 3.35
10.5 3.20
12.0 3.66
11.0 3.35
13.0 3.96
11.5 3.51
13.5 4.11
12.0 3.66
14.0 4.27
12.5 3.81
14.5 4.42
13.0 3.96
15.0 4.57

100 F
120 F
ft mm ft mm
4.0 1.22 2.5 0.76
4.5 1.37 3.0 0.91
4.5 1.37 3.0 0.91
4.0 1.22 2.5 0.76
4.5 1.37 3.0 0.91
4.5 1.37 3.0 0.91
4.5 1.37 3.0 0.91
5.0 1.52 3.5 1.07
5.0 1.52 3.5 1.07
5.0 1.52 3.0 0.91
5.5 1.68 3.5 1.07
5.5 1.68 3.5 1.07
5.0 1.52 3.5 1.07
5.5 1.68 3.5 1.07
6.0 1.83 4.0 1.22
5.0 1.52 3.5 1.07
6.0 1.83 4.0 1.22
6.5 1.98 4.0 1.22
6.0 1.83 4.0 1.22
6.5 1.98 4.5 1.37
7.0 2.13 4.5 1.37
6.0 1.83 4.0 1.22
7.0 2.13 4.5 1.37
7.5 2.29 5.0 1.52
6.5 1.98 4.0 1.22
7.5 2.29 5.0 1.52
6.5 1.98 4.5 1.37
7.5 2.29 5.0 1.52
8.5 2.59 5.5 1.68
7.0 2.13 4.5 1.37
8.0 2.44 5.5 1.68
7.5 2.29 5.0 1.52
9.0 2.74 6.0 1.83
9.5 2.90 6.5 1.98
8.0 2.44 5.0 1.52
9.5 2.90 6.5 1.98
8.5 2.59 5.5 1.68
10.0 3.05 7.0 2.13
9.5 2.90 6.5 1.98
10.5 3.20 7.5 2.29
10.0 3.05 7.0 2.13
11.0 3.35 8.0 2.44
10.5 3.20 7.5 2.29
11.5 3.51 8.5 2.59
11.0 3.35 8.0 2.44
12.0 3.66 9.0 2.74
11.5 3.51 8.5 2.59
12.5 3.81 9.5 2.90
12.0 3.66 9.0 2.74
13.0 3.96 10.0 3.05

CPVC
140 F
ft mm
2.5 0.76
2.5 0.76
2.5 0.76
2.5 0.76
2.5 0.76
3.0 0.91
2.5 0.76
3.0 0.91
3.0 0.91
3.0 0.91
3.0 0.91
3.5 1.07
3.0 0.91
3.5 1.07
3.5 1.07
3.0 0.91
3.5 1.07
3.5 1.07
3.5 1.07
4.0 1.22
4.0 1.22
3.5 1.07
4.0 1.22
4.5 1.37
4.0 1.22
4.5 1.37
4.0 1.22
4.5 1.37
5.0 1.52
4.0 1.22
5.0 1.52
4.5 1.37
5.0 1.52
6.0 1.83
4.5 1.37
5.5 1.68
5.0 1.52
6.0 1.83
5.5 1.68
6.5 1.98
6.0 1.83
7.0 2.13
6.5 1.98
7.5 2.29
7.0 2.13
8.0 2.44
7.5 2.29
8.5 2.59
8.0 2.44
9.0 2.74

73 F
100 F
ft mm ft mm
5.0 1.52 4.5 1.37
5.5 1.68 5.5 1.68

120 F
ft
mm
4.5 1.37
4.5 1.37

140 F
ft mm
4.0 1.22
4.5 1.37

160 F
ft
mm
2.5 0.76
3.0 0.91

180 F
ft
mm
2.5 0.76
2.5 0.76

5.0 1.52 5.0


5.5 1.68 5.5

1.52
1.68

4.5
5.0

1.37
1.52

4.0 1.22
4.5 1.37

2.5
3.0

0.76
0.91

2.5
2.5

0.76
0.76

5.5 1.68 5.5


6.0 1.83 6.0

1.68
1.83

5.0
5.5

1.52
1.68

4.5 1.37
5.0 1.52

3.0
3.5

0.91
1.07

2.5
3.0

0.76
0.91

5.5 1.68 5.5


6.5 1.98 6.0

1.68
1.83

5.5
6.0

1.68
1.83

5.0 1.52
5.5 1.68

3.0
3.5

0.91
1.07

3.0
3.0

0.91
0.91

6.0 1.83 6.0


7.0 2.13 6.5

1.83
1.98

5.5
6.0

1.68
1.83

5.0 1.52
5.5 1.68

3.5
3.5

1.07
1.07

3.0
3.5

0.91
1.07

6.0 1.83 6.0


7.0 2.13 7.0

1.83
2.13

5.5
6.5

1.68
1.98

5.0 1.52
6.0 1.83

3.5
4.0

1.07
1.22

3.0
3.5

0.91
1.07

7.0 2.13 7.0


8.0 2.44 7.5

2.13
2.29

6.5
7.5

1.98
2.29

6.0 1.83
6.5 1.98

4.0
4.5

1.22
1.37

3.5
4.0

1.07
1.22

7.0 2.13 7.0


8.0 2.44 8.0

2.13
2.44

7.0
7.5

2.13
2.29

6.0 1.83
7.0 2.13

4.0
4.5

1.22
1.37

3.5
4.0

1.07
1.22

7.5
8.5
7.5
8.5

2.29
2.59
2.29
2.59

7.5
8.5
7.5
9.0

2.29
2.59
2.29
2.74

7.0
8.0
7.0
8.5

2.13
2.44
2.13
2.59

6.5
7.5
6.5
7.5

1.98
2.29
1.98
2.29

4.0
5.0
4.5
5.0

1.22
1.52
1.37
1.52

4.0
4.5
4.0
4.5

1.22
1.37
1.22
1.37

8.0
9.0
8.5
10.0

2.44
2.74
2.59
3.05

8.0
9.0
8.0
9.5

2.44
2.74
2.44
2.90

7.5
8.5
7.5
9.0

2.29
2.59
2.29
2.74

7.0
8.0
7.0
8.0

2.13
2.44
2.13
2.44

5.0
5.5
5.0
5.5

1.52
1.68
1.52
1.68

4.5
5.0
4.5
5.0

1.37
1.52
1.37
1.52

9.5
11.0
10.5
11.5
11.5
12.5

2.90
3.35
3.20
3.51
3.51
3.81

9.0
10.5
10.0
11.0
10.5
12.0

2.74
3.20
3.05
3.35
3.20
3.66

8.5
10.0
9.5
10.5
10.0
11.5

2.59 7.5
3.05 9.0
2.90 8.0
3.20 9.5
3.05 8.5
3.51 10.5

2.29
2.74
2.44
2.90
2.59
3.20

5.5
6.0
6.0
6.5
6.5
7.5

1.68
1.83
1.83
1.98
1.98
2.29

5.0
5.5
0.56
0.60
6.0
6.5

1.52
1.68
0.17
0.18
1.83
1.98

151

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

THERMAL EXPANSION OF PIPE MATERIALS

TEMPERATURE
0
-17.8
50
10.0
70
21
100
37.8
150
65.6
200
93.3
250
121
300
149
350
177
400
204
450
232
500
260
550
288
600
316
650
343
700
371
750
399
800
427
850
454
900
482
950
510
1000
538
1050
566
1100
593

152

CARBON
STEEL
THROUGH
3% CR MO
-0.0051
-0.4250
-0.0015
-0.1250
0.0000
0.0000
0.0023
0.1917
0.0061
0.5083
0.0099
0.8250
0.0141
1.1750
0.0182
1.5166
0.0226
1.8833
0.0270
2.2499
0.0316
2.6332
0.0362
3.0165
0.0411
3.4249
0.0460
3.8332
0.0512
4.2665
0.0563
4.6915
0.0617
5.1415
0.0670
5.5831
0.0726
6.0498
0.0781
6.5081
0.0835
6.9581
0.0889
7.4080
0.0946
7.8830
0.1004
8.3663

ALLOY
STEELS
THROUGH
9% CR MO

0.0000
0.0000
0.0022
0.1833
0.0058
0.4833
0.0094
0.7833
0.0132
1.1000
0.0171
1.4249
0.0210
1.7499
0.0250
2.0833
0.0292
2.4332
0.0335
2.7916
0.0379
3.1582
0.0424
3.5332
0.0469
3.9082
0.0514
4.2832
0.0562
4.6831
0.0610
5.0831
0.0658
5.4831
0.0707
5.8914
0.0756
6.2997
0.0806
6.7164
0.0855
7.1247
0.0905
7.5414

STAINLESS
STEELS
(304, 316, 347)
-0.0078
-0.6500
-0.0022
-0.1833
0.0000
0.0000
0.0034
0.2833
0.0090
0.7500
0.0146
1.2166
0.0203
1.6916
0.0261
2.1749
0.0321
2.6749
0.0380
3.1665
0.0440
3.6665
0.0501
4.1748
0.0562
4.6831
0.0624
5.1998
0.0687
5.7248
0.0750
6.2498
0.0815
6.7914
0.0880
7.3330
0.0946
7.8830
0.1012
8.4330
0.1080
8.9996
0.1148
9.5663
0.1216
10.1329
0.1284
10.6996

DIMENSIONS
INCHES PER FOOT
MILLIMETERS PER METER

COPPER
-0.0079
-0.6583
-0.0022
-0.1833
0.0000
0.0000
0.0034
0.2833
0.0091
0.7583
0.0151
1.2583
0.0208
1.7333
0.0267
2.2249
0.0327
2.7249
0.0388
3.2332
0.0449
3.7415
0.0512
4.2665
0.0574
4.7831
0.0639
5.3248
0.0703
5.8581
0.0768
6.3997
0.0834
6.9497
0.0900
7.4997
0.0967
8.0580
0.1037
8.6413
0.1105
9.2080
0.1175
9.7913

BRASS
-0.0081
-0.6750
-0.0023
-0.1917
0.0000
0.0000
0.0035
0.2917
0.0093
0.7750
0.0152
1.2666
0.0214
1.7833
0.0276
2.2999
0.0340
2.8332
0.0405
3.3749
0.0472
3.9332
0.0540
4.4998
0.0610
5.0831
0.0680
5.6664
0.0753
6.2747
0.0826
6.8831
0.0902
7.5164
0.0978
8.1497
0.1056
8.7996
0.1135
9.4580
0.1216
10.1329
0.1298
10.8162

ALUMINUM
-0.0104
-0.8666
-0.0030
-0.2500
0.0000
0.0000
0.0046
0.3833
0.0123
1.0250
0.0200
1.6666
0.0283
2.3582
0.0366
3.0499
0.0452
3.7665
0.0539
4.4915
0.0628
5.2331
0.0717
5.9748
0.0810
6.7497
0.0903
7.5247

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

COMMON STRUCTURAL SHAPES USED FOR PIPE SUPPORTS


STRUCTURAL
SHAPE

ANGLE

CHANNEL

SQUARE
TUBING

I-BEAM

SIZE
L 112 x 112 x 14
L 2 x 2 x 14
L 212 x 212 x 14

WEIGHT
PER
FOOT
2.3
3.2
4.1

DEPTH
IN
112
2
212

FLANGE
WIDTH
IN
112
2
212

L 3 x 3 x 14
L 3 x 3 x 38
L 3 x 3 x 12

4.9
7.2
9.4

3
3
3

3
3
3

L 312 x 312 x 38
L 4 x 4 x 38
L 4 x 4 x 12

8.5
9.8
12.8

312
4
4

312
4
4

L 5 x 5 x 12
L 6 x 6 x 12
L 6 x 6 x 34

16.2
19.6
28.7

5
6
6

5
6
6

C 3 x 4.1
C 4 x 5.4
C 5 x 6.7

4.1
5.4
6.7

3
4
5

138
158
134

4
16
5
16

C 6 x 8.2
C 8 x 11.5
C 10 x 15.3

8.2
11.5
15.3

6
8
10

178
214
258

C 12 x 20.7
C 15 x 33.9

20.7
33.9

12
15

3
338

ST 2 x 2 x 14
ST 3 x 3 x 14
ST 4 x 4 x 14

5.4
8.8
12.2

2
3
4

2
3
4

ST 4 x 4 x 38
ST 4 x 4 x 12
ST 6 x 6 x 14

17.3
21.6
19.0

4
4
6

4
4
6

8
2
1
4

5.35
6.13
10.10

ST 6 x 6 x 38
ST 6 x 6 x 12
ST 8 x 8 x 14

27.5
35.2
25.8

6
6
8

6
6
8

8
2
1
4

13.90
16.80
18.80

ST 8 x 8 x 38
ST 8 x 8 x 12

38.9
48.9

8
8

8
8

8
2

26.40
32.90

S 4 x 7.7
W 4 x 13
W 6 x 12

7.7
13.0
12.0

4
418
6

258
4
4

16
8
1
4

3.04
5.46
7.31

W 6 x 15
W 6 x 20
W 8 x 18

15.0
20.0
18.0

6
614
818

6
6
514

4
8
5
16

9.72
13.40
15.20

W 8 x 24
W 8 x 31
W 10 x 22

24.0
31.0
22.0

778
8
1018

612
8
534

3
7

8
16
3
8

20.90
27.50
23.20

W 10 x 33
W 12 x 26
W 12 x 40

33.0
26.0
40.0

934
1214
12

8
612
8

35.00
33.40
51.90

THICKNESS
IN
1
4
1
4
1
4
1

SECTION
MODULUS
IN3
0.13
0.25
0.38

4
8
1
2

0.58
0.83
1.07

8
8
1
2

1.15
1.52
1.97

2
2
3
4

3.16
4.61
6.66

1.10
1.93
3.00

16
8
7
16

4.38
8.14
13.50

21.50
42.00

2
8

4
4
1
4
1

16
8
1
2

0.77
2.10
4.11

Note: Flange thickness for I-Beam and Channel is the mean thickness

153

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

WELDING
BASIC WELDING SYMBOLS AND THEIR LOCATION SIGNIFICANCE
Location
Significance

Fillet

Plug or
Slot

Spot or
Projection

Seam

Back or
backing

Surfacing

Flange
Edge

Corner

(groove weld symbol)

Arrow side

Other side
(groove weld symbol)

Both sides

not used

No arrow side or
other side significance

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

SUPPLEMENTARY SYMBOLS USED WITH WELDING SYMBOLS


Flush Contour Symbol

Convex Contour Symbol


Finish symbol (users
standard) indicates
method of obtaining
specified contour but
not degree of finish.

Weld-All-Around Symbol

Convex countour symbol


indicates face of weld to be
finished to convex contour.

Melt-Thru Symbol

Field Weld Symbol

Melt-thru symbol is not


dimensioned (except height)

Weld all-around symbol


indicates that weld
extends completely
around the joint

LOCATION OF ELEMENTS OF A WELDING SYMBOL


Finish symbol
Contour symbol
Root opening: depth of filling
for plug and slot welds
Size: size or strength
for certain welds
Reference line
Effective throat

Arrow side
of joint

Arrow of
welding symbol

Other side
of joint

Other side
of joint

Corner Joint
Arrow side
of joint

Arrow side
of joint

Field weld symbol

LP

(N)

JO

Arrow of
welding symbol

Length of weld
Pitch (center-to-center
spacing) of welds

F
A

Arrow connecting reference


line to arrow side or arrow
side member of joing

Specification, process,
or other reference

Joint

IN

Tail (may be omitted


when reference not used)

Other side
of joint

Other side
of joint

S(E)

Groove angle, included angle


of countersink for plug welds

Arrow Other
side side

T-Joint

sides

Butt Joint
Arrow side
of joint

Field weld symbol


indicates that weld is
to be made at a place
other than that of
initial construction

Any applicable weld symbol

BASIC JOINTS
Identification of arrow side and other side of joint
Arrow of
welding symbol

Finish symbol (users


standard) indicates
method of obtaining
specified contour but
not degree of finish.

Both

Flush contour symbol indicates face of weld to be made


flush. When used without a
finish symbol, indicates weld
to be welded flush without
subsequent finishing.

Basic weld symbol


or detail reference

Arrow of
welding symbol

Elements in this
area remain as shown
when tail and arrow
are reversed

Weld all-around symbol


Number of spot or
projection welds

ARROW SIDE AND OTHER SIDE MEMBER OF JOINT


Lap Joint
Arrow side
member of joint

Other side
of joint

Arrow of
welding symbol

Edge Joint
Arrow side
of joint

Arrow side
of joint

Other side
member of joint
Arrow of
welding symbol

Arrow
of welding
symbol

Joint
Other side
of joint

DESIGNATION OF WELDING AND ALLIED PROCESSES BY LETTERS


AAC................air carbon arc cutting
AAW ...............air acetylene welding
ABD .....................adhesive bonding
AB ..................................arc brazing
AC ...................................arc cutting
AHW ........atomic hydrogen welding
AOC....................oxygen arc cutting
AW.................................arc welding

154

B ...............................................brazing
BB....................................block brazing
BMAW ..............bare metal arc welding
CAC .........................carbon arc cutting
CAW.......................carbon arc welding
CAW-G ............gas carbon arc welding
CAW-S .....shielded carbon arc welding
CAW-T ............twin carbon arc welding

CW .........................cold welding
DB.............................dip brazing
DFB..................diffusion brazing
DFW ................diffusion welding
DS..........................dip soldering
EASP..........electric arc spraying
EBC ........ electron beam cutting
EBW.......electron beam welding

ESW .................................electroslag welding


EXW ...................................explosion welding
FB ..........................................furnace brazing
FCAW...........................flux cored arc welding
FCAW-EG ......flux cored arc weldingelectrogas
FLB ..............................................flow brazing
FLOW ..........................................flow welding
FLSP........................................flame spraying

FOC ..........................chemical flux cutting


FOW .....................................forge welding
FRW...................................friction welding
FS ..................................furnace soldering
FW ....................................... flash welding
GMAC ......................gas metal arc cutting
GMAW ....................gas metal arc welding
GMAW-EG ...gas metal arc welding- electrogas

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

COMPONENT TYPES
FIGURE
NUMBER:

MSS-SP-69

WW-H-171

1A
1A CT
12
12CT
14
15
17
34
34CT
38
38CT
39
40
47
47SS
238
238SS
49
53
54
63
69
81
81CT
81BRT
81PT
81SG
81SCT
82
84
89
91
91Z
100
100PVC
100SS
100CI
100CT
100EL
100SH
101
113A
113B
125
126
126CT

7
7
16
16
27
21
44
11
11
15
15
44
46
23
23
23
23
13
46
44
45
31
12
12
12
12
12
12
30
32
8
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
39
22
22
37
8
8

7
7
16
16
54
21
45
11
11
15
15
45
47
23
23
23
23

47
46
46
32
25
25
35
35
35
35
30
33
8
3
3
1
1
1
1
12
1
1
39
22
22
38
8
8

FIGURE
NUMBER:

MSS-SP-69

WW-H-171

126LD
126LD PVC
126PVC
132
136
128
140
142
157
175
175SP
192
192W
193
196
200
200VT
217
222
240
247
265GS
265P
276
276P
279
279L
283
283PVC
283SP
283SS
297
298
303
304
304SP
304Z
337
351 to 357Z
650
702
800
800CT
800N
800PVC
1010

8
8
8
13
38
36, 37, 38
43
41
30
4
4
19
19
23
23
1
1
25
24
6
38
40
40
14
14
17
17
24
24
24
24
28
4
34
3
3
3
34
39A or 39B
18
21
10
10
10
10
35

8
8
8
15
38
36, 37, 38, 39
33
42
30
4
4

23
23
12
12

24

38
41
41
14
14
17
17
24
24
24
24
28
4
35
3
3
3
35
40A or 40B
19
21
10
10
10
10

155

SPECIALITIES

MULTI-STRUT METAL FRAMING SYSTEM


Standard channel, combination channel and concrete insert
channel available in standard lengths or cut to suit. Stocked
pre-galvanized, painted, or plain; stainless steel upon
request. Pipe clips, channel nuts, and a variety of fittings
that readily attach to the channel are also available.

NON-METALLIC FRAMING SYSTEM


Fiberglass channel and fittings are available in both polyester and vinyl ester finishes. Non-metallic structural shapes
are also available upon request.

VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL


Spring and neoprene hanger isolators, housed and free-standing to provide shock and vibration isolation on equipment.
Equipment bases, Inertia bases and Isolation Rails are also
available. Seismic control braces to help preserve the safety
and operation of plant systems during a seismic event.
Please ask for our Seismic Brochure.

STRUCTURAL STEEL
We stock the most popular sizes of angle,
channel, I beams, wide flange, steel bars
and rods for your ordering convenience.

FASTENERS
We stock hex bolts, studs, nuts, in carbon
and stainless steel as well as lag bolts, tek
screws, concrete anchors, adhesive tubes
and cartridges. Sammy Super Screws and
accessories.

156

SPECIALITIES

ENGINEERING
We maintain an engineering department to
design pipe hangers and supports for typical
and special applications including seismic,
wind, and snow loading. Our engineers utilize
contemporary CAD and computer piping stress
analysis programs when needed to meet customer requirements. Registered Professional
Engineers are on staff.

STRUCTURAL STEEL FABRICATION


Complete fabrication services to meet your support needs
in carbon steel, alloy steel, stainless, aluminum, hastaloy,
or any other requirement.

PIPE SLEEVES
Wall and floor sleeves with or without waterproof
stops made from plain or galvanized pipe as well as
galvanized sheet metal sleeves made to customer
order. Plastic crete sleeves. Rubber mechanical
seal material is available.

ENGINEERED PRODUCTS
Variable springs, constant springs, sway braces and
travelers, to handle any application.

PRE-INSULATED HANGERS
Calcium silicate and rigid urethane foam in various
densities, vapor barriers, saddles and shields provide a full variety of combinations to suit customer
applications. Pre-insulated slides and guides with
PTFE and graphite are also supplied.

157

INDEX BY PRODUCT NAME


Product Name

Figure No.

Anchor Bolt .................................................................................177


Angle Knee......................................................................................9
Angle Iron Support......................................................................374
Anchor Bolt, Drop-In..................................................................514
Band Hanger.................................................................................1A
Band Hanger, Copper Tubing................................................1A CT
Band Hanger, PVC..............................................................1A PVC
Base Stand, Threaded..................................................................138
Beam Attachment, Welded............................................113A, 113B
Beam Clamp ...........................................................15, 18, 268, 314
Beam Clamp with Swing Nut.....................................................702
Beam Clamp, Adjustable......................................14, 14A, 49A, 82
Beam Clamp, Top .....................................................................6, 18
Beam Clamp. Steel with Weldless Eyenut .................................297
Beam Connector, Side...................................................................18
Beam Hook....................................................................................31
Bracket Clip, Steel ........................................................................78
Bracket, Wall ...........................................................................49, 83
Bracket, Heavy, Welded Steel.....................................................139
Bracket, Light, Welded Steel ........................................................69
Bracket, Medium, Welded Steel ...................................................84
C-Clamp Retaining Clip ..................................................22, 193RS
C-Clamp With Locking Nut.......................................47, 47SS, 196
C-Clamp Without Locking Nut .....................................238, 238SS
Ceiling Mount, Female ............................................................104F
Ceiling Mount, Male ...............................................................104M
Ceiling Stirrup .............................................................................151
Chair and Roll .........................................................................17, 39
Chair and Roll, Adjustable......................................................40, 53
Channel Assembly.......................................................................371
Clevis Hanger..............................................................................100
Clevis Hanger, Refrigeration with Shield .............................100SH
Clevis Hanger, Cast Iron Pipe ................................................100CI
Clevis Hanger, Copper Tubing ..............................................100CT
Clevis Hanger, Elongated.......................................................100EL
Clevis Hanger, Light Duty..........................................................200
Clevis Hanger, PVC ............................................................100PVC
Clevis Hanger, Stainless Steel ...............................................100SS
Clevis Hanger, Vee ...................................................................200V
Concrete Attachment.................................................................1020
Concrete Insert Nut.........................................................75N, 650N
Concrete Insert, Steel............................................................75, 650
Concrete, Single Lug Plate .......................................................1022
Cushion Spring Assembly...........................................................478
Drain, Waste, Vent Clamp .......................................................DWV
Drive Screw .................................................................................166
Extension Bar ................................................................................10
Extension Piece ...........................................................................157
Extension Ring Hanger ............................81, 81BRT, 81PT, 81SG
Extension Ring Hanger, Copper Tubing....................81CT, 81SCT
158

Product Name

Figure No.

Extension Riser Clamp ...............................................................126


Extension Riser Clamp, Copper Tubing ...............................126CT
Eye Rod, Machine Thread, Unwelded.................................33, 33L
Eye Rod, Machine Thread, Welded .....................................93, 93L
Eye Rods, Linked................................................................306, 341
Eye Socket .........................................................................12, 12CT
Forged Steel Clevis...........................................................276, 276P
Hanger Adjuster .................................................................38, 38CT
Hanger Rod, All-Thread.....................................................94, 94SS
Hanger Rod, Machine Thread..........................................133, 133L
Hanger Rod, Round ....................................................................224
Harvard Roll Hanger...................................................................140
Hex Head Bolt.............................................................................162
Hex Nut ............................................................................165, 165H
Hinge Hanger ................................................................................34
Hinge Hanger, Copper Tubing ................................................34CT
Insulation Shield, Copper Tubing .....................................365 CVB
Insulation Shield, Pipe...............265GS, 265P, 265CVB, 465 CVB
Lag Rod .........................................................................................28
Lag Screw, Flattened End .............................................................11
Lock Washer................................................................................176
Pipe Alignment Guide ....................................................1006, 1007
Pipe Clamp, Cast Iron.................................................................158
Pipe Clamp, Double Bolt, Cast Iron.....................................158DB
Pipe Clamp, Extended Offset .....................................................267
Pipe Clamp, Offset......................................................................179
Pipe Clamp, One Hole..............................................................237S
Pipe Clamp, Three Bolt ..............................................................304
Pipe Clamp, Three Bolt, Alloy.................................................304Z
Pipe Clamp, Three Bolt, Heavy Duty...........................................91
Pipe Clamp, Three Bolt, Heavy Duty-Alloy .............................91Z
Pipe Clamp, Two Bolt ....................................................175, 175SP
Pipe Clamp, Two Bolt, Heavy Duty...........................................298
Pipe Clip ........................................................................................72
Pipe Clip, Copper Tubing ........................................................72CT
Pipe Covering Protection Saddle ........................351 through 357Z
Pipe Roll................................................................................67, 173
Pipe Sleeve ..................................................................................450
Pipe Sleeve, Waterproof..............................................................453
Pipe Slide Assembly .................................................................1010
Pipe Stanchion with U-Bolt........................................................125
Pipe Strap................................................................................C1108
Pipe Support........................................................................136, 247
Pipe Support, Adjustable ....................................................101, 137
Purlin Clamp ...............................................................................290
Return Line Angle.......................................................................152
Return Line Hook .....................................................................227S
Return Line, Offset Hook ...........................................................227
Right Angle Beam Clamp...........................................................282
Riser Clamp...........................................................................89, 124

INDEX BY PRODUCT NAME


Product Name

Figure No.

Riser Clamp, Copper Tubing.................................................126CT


Riser Clamp, Extension ..............................................................126
Riser Clamp, Plastic Pipe ......................................................126LD
Riser Clamp, PVC Coated ...........................................126LD PVC
Rod Coupling ....................................123, 123R, 123W, 167, 167R
Roll Hanger, Havard ...................................................................140
Roll Support, Adjustable.....................................................109, 142
Roll and Plate ................................................................................63
Roller Chair ...................................................................................54
Roller Support .............................................................................333
Side Beam Bracket......................................................................303
Side Beam Clamp, Adjustable....................................................217
Side Beam Connector .............153, 153CT, 153PT, 153S, 153SCT
Single Plate ..........................85, 85CT, 85BRT, 85PT, 85S, 85SCT
Socket Clamp Washer, Underground..........................................258
Split Ring Hanger - Double Tapping.................................90, 90PT
Split Ring Hanger - Double Tapping-Tubing..........................90CT
Split Swivel Hanger, Adustable ..................................................240
Spring Hanger .............................................................................399
Stamped Steel Hanger..............................................................66CT
Swing Rod Fitting .......................................................................701
Swivel Ring, Adjustable..............................................................800
Swivel Ring, Adjustable, Copper Tubing..............................800CT
Swivel Ring, Adjustable, PVC Coated...............................800PVC
Swivel Ring, NFPA ................................................................800FP
Three Bolt Pipe Clamp, Heavy Duty ...........................................91
Three Bolt Pipe Clamp, Heavy Duty, Alloy ..............................91Z
Toggle Bolt ....................................................................................59
Top Beam Clamp with Locking Nut ..........................................192
Top Beam Clamp, Retaining Clip .........................................192RS
Top Beam Clamp, Wide Mouth with Nut ..............................192W
Turnbuckle...................................................................................132
U-Bolt, Light Duty ...................................................................283L
U-Bolt, PVC Coated ...........................................................283PVC
U-Bolt, Short ...............................................................................222
U-Bolt, Stainless Steel............................................................283SS
U-Bolt, Standard .........................................................................283
Vee Trough.............................................................................200VT
Wall Bracket ..................................................................................49
Wall Pipe Support .......................................................................221
Washer - Round .......................................103, 103EG, 103G, 103S
Washer Plate ................................................................................260
Washer Plate, Light Duty............................................................102
Wedge Anchor...........................................................................1309
Welding Clevis Attachment ........................................................216
Weldless Eyenut, Forged Steel.........................................279, 279L
Welding Lug................................................................................220
Wire Tubing Hooks................................................................111CT

159

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE

1. PRICES & DESIGNS: Prices and designs are subject to change


without notice. All prices are F.O.B. point of shipment, unless
otherwise stated.
2. DELIVERY: Seller will make every effort to complete delivery
of products as indicted on sellers acceptance of an order, but seller
assumes no responsibility or liability, and will accept no
backcharge for loss or damage due to delay or inability to deliver
caused by acts of God, war, labor difficulties, accident, delays of
carriers, contractors or suppliers, inability to obtain materials,
shortages of fuel and energy, or and other causes of any kind
beyond the control of seller. Under no circumstances shall seller
be liable for any special or consequential damages or for loss,
damage, or expenses directly or indirectly arising from delays or
failure to give notice of delay.
3. SHIPMENTS: All products shipped will be carefully examined,
counted, and packed. No claim for shortages will be allowed
unless made in writing within ten (10) days of receipt of shipment.
Claims for products damaged or lost in transit should be made on
the carrier as sellers responsibility ceases and the title passes on
delivery to the carrier.
4. FREIGHT: All prices are F.O.B. point of shipment. On shipments weighing 2000 pounds or more, rail freight or motor freight
at the lowest published rate is allowed to all US rail points or all
US highway points listed in published tariffs (Hawaii and Alaska
excluded).
5. RETURNS: Seller cannot accept the return of any product
unless its written permission has been first obtained. Credit will
be allowed on the basis of the price charged for the merchandise
less a standard handling charge of twenty percent (20%) and less
any freight charges allowed or paid by seller. Material not in first
class salable condition will be subject to the total cost of reconditioning. Special or non-standard products are not subject to cancellation or return except on such terms as seller may specify upon
application.
6. PRODUCT APPLICATION: Sellers products are indented
for installation and service as illustrated or described in sellers
catalog. Seller shall not be responsible for any losses or damage
sustained by the buyer or any other person as a result of misapplication.
Buyer shall defend, indemnify and save seller harmless from any
and all liability or alleged liability, expenses, including legal fees
arising from personal injuries including death or damage to property caused by reason of improper and/or negligent installation of
pipe hangers designed and fabricated by seller.
In accordance with our product development program, we reserve
the right to revise the design and application of our products without notification. For latest product information, please contact the
nearest Carpenter & Paterson office.
7. WARRANTY: Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. warrants for one (1)
year from date of shipment that all products of Carpenter &
Paterson manufacture will be free from defects in material and
workmanship when used for the purpose which Carpenter &
Paterson recommends. Carpenter & Paterson warrants the products

160

which it sells of other manufacturers only to the extent they are


warranted to Carpenter & Paterson by the supplier. Claim for
breach of the above warranty must be made within thirty (30) days
from the date the material was determined by the Buyer to be
defective or in any event within twelve (12) months from the date
of delivery to the original users, unless otherwise stated. If
Carpenter & Paterson deems to its satisfaction that the products are
defective, the product will be repaired or replaced by Carpenter &
Paterson, and no other charge will be allowed for labor or expense
in repairing or replacing said product by the Buyer. In any event
the amount of any adjustment shall not exceed the net sales price
of the defective product. Where engineering design or fabrication
work is supplied, Buyers acceptance of Sellers design or delivery
of work, shall relieve Carpenter & Paterson of all further obligation other than as expressed in Carpenter & Patersons product
warranty. The foregoing constitutes the Purchasers sole and exclusive remedy under Carpenter & Paterson warranty.
THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF FITNESS OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. CARPENTER & PATERSON MAKES NO WARRANTY
OF MECHANTABILITY. IN NO EVENT AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL CARPENTER & PATERSON BE LIABLE
FOR PERSONAL INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE ARISING
IN ANY MANNER OUT OF THE USE OR APPLICATION OF
THE GOODS WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS PROPOSAL.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND IN NO EVENT WILL
CARPENTER & PATERSON BE LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES WHETHER
FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT OR WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, OR ANY OTHER TORTIOUS ACT OR OMISSION.
The terms of this warranty can be modified or changed only by
authorization in writing by an officer of Carpenter & Paterson, Inc.
Carpenter & Paterson neither assumes, nor authorizes any person
to assume for it any obligation in connection with the sale of its
products or parts of products which have been; repaired or altered
outside of Sellers factory; subject to misuse, negligence, or accidents; or used in a manner contrary to the Sellers instructions or
recommendations. Seller shall not be responsible for design errors
due to inaccurate or incomplete information supplied by the Buyer,
or its representative. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. reserves the right
to revise product design without notification.
8. TAXES: The amount of taxes applicable to the sale of material
or services shall be added to the purchase price and shall be paid
by buyer unless buyer provides seller with an exemption certificate
acceptable to the taxing authorities.
9. PRICING INFORMATION: Orders of any size will be accepted. However, orders less than $150.00 will be subject to a $25.00
handling charge in addition to the cost of the material and freight,
if ant. Prices are subject to change without notice. We are not
responsible for typographical errors.
10. TERMS: Net thirty (30) days; 1-1/2% per month service
charge (18% per annum) will be charged on all delinquent
accounts plus court costs and attorney fees.

FIGURE NUMBER INDEX


Figure

Page

1A .............................11
1A PVC ....................11
1A CT.......................12
6................................86
9..............................101
10............................102
11............................130
12............................120
12CT.......................120
14..............................87
14A ...........................87
15..............................88
17..............................60
18..............................89
22..............................98
28............................120
31............................102
33............................121
33L .........................121
34..............................13
34CT.........................13
38............................121
38CT.......................121
39........................61, 62
40........................63, 64
47..............................99
47SS .........................99
49............................102
53........................65, 66
54..............................67
59............................130
63..............................68
66CT.........................14
67..............................69
69............................103
72..............................15
72CT.........................15
75............................104
75N .........................104
78............................103
81..............................16
81BRT ......................16
81CT.........................17
81PT .........................16
81SG.........................16
81SCT.......................17
82..............................90
83............................105
84............................105
85E .........................106
85B .........................106
85CT.......................106
85SE .......................106
85SCT.....................106

Figure

Page

89..............................18
90..............................19
90CT.........................19
90PT .........................19
91..............................20
91Z ...........................21
93............................122
93L .........................122
94............................123
94SS .......................123
100............................22
100CT.......................23
100DI........................24
100PVC ....................22
100EL .......................25
100SS .......................22
100SH.......................26
101............................27
101U .........................28
102..........................124
103..........................131
103E .......................131
103G .......................131
103S........................131
104F........................107
104M ......................107
107..........................131
108..........................108
108N .......................108
109............................70
110............................71
111............................28
113A .......................109
113B .......................109
114............................29
123..........................123
123R .......................122
123W ......................123
124............................30
125............................31
125SP .......................32
126............................32
126CT.......................33
126LD.......................34
126LD PVC..............34
126PVC ....................33
127............................34
132..........................125
133..........................124
133L .......................124
136............................35
136SP .......................32
137............................35
138............................36

Figure

Page

139..........................110
140......................72, 73
142......................74, 75
143..........................110
145............................37
150..........................111
151..........................111
152..........................112
153..........................112
153S........................112
157..........................125
158............................38
158DB ......................38
162..........................132
165..........................132
165H .......................132
166..........................133
167..........................126
167R .......................126
173............................76
175............................40
175SP .......................40
176..........................133
177..........................113
179............................39
192............................91
192W ........................92
192WRS ...................91
196..........................100
200............................41
200V .........................42
200VT.......................85
216..........................113
217............................93
220..........................114
221............................43
222............................44
224..........................126
227............................45
227S..........................45
237............................46
238............................99
240............................47
247............................46
258............................39
260..........................127
265CVB....................80
265GS.......................78
265P..........................79
267............................48
268............................94
276..........................128
276P........................128
279..........................128

Figure

Page

279L .......................128
282............................48
283......................49, 50
283L .........................51
283PVC ....................49
283SS .......................49
290............................95
297............................95
298............................52
303..........................115
304............................53
304Z .........................54
306..........................129
314............................96
333............................77
341..........................129
351.......................81-84
352.......................81-84
353.......................81-84
354.......................81-84
355.......................81-84
356.......................81-84
356Z ....................81-84
357Z ....................81-84
365CVB....................80
371..........................116
374..........................116
399..........................136
450..........................136
453..........................137
465CVB....................85
478..........................137
514..........................134
650..........................117
650N .......................117
701..........................129
702............................97
800............................55
800CT.......................56
800FP .......................57
800PVC ....................58
1006................138, 139
1007................140, 141
1010........................142
1020........................118
1022........................119
1309........................135
C1108 .......................59
DWV ........................59
161

SALES OFFICES AND WAREHOUSES


CALIFORNIA
5097 Zambrano Street
City of Commerce, CA 90040
Tel: 323 622 1830
Fax: 323 622 1837

NEW JERSEY (SOUTH)


3900 River Road, P.O. Box 556
Pennsauken, NJ 08110-0556
Tel: 856 488 1988
Fax: 856 488 0824

MARYLAND
8941 DArcy Road
Upper Marlboro, MD 20774
Tel: 301 333 4631
Fax: 301 333 4638

CANADA
921 Barton Street, Unit 3
Stoney Creek, ON L8E 5P5
Tel: 905 664 6866
Fax: 905 664 2751

MASSACHUSETTS
225 Merrimac Street
Woburn, MA 01801
Tel: 781 935 2950
Fax: 781 935 7664

SALES OFFICES, WAREHOUSES AND MANUFACTURING PLANTS


LOUISIANA
434 Latigue Road
Waggaman, LA 70094
Tel: 504 431 7722
Fax: 504 431 7900
NEW JERSEY (NORTH)
369 Jefferson Avenue
Saddle Brook, NJ 07663
Tel: 973 772 1800
Fax: 973 772 8333

PENNSYLVANIA
484 Galiffa Drive
Donora Industrial Park
Donora, PA 15033
Tel: 724 379 8461
Fax: 724 379 8463

EXECUTIVE OFFICES
225 Merrimac Street, Woburn, MA 01801
Tel: 781 935 2950 Fax: 781 935 7664
e-mail: cpsales@carpenterandpaterson.com

www.carpenterandpaterson.com

DESIGNERS ENGINEERS MANUFACTURERS